The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
MERCHANTS’ MAGAZINE. e s ta b lis h e d . J u ly , 1 8 3 9 , b y F r e e m a n H u n t . VOLUM E X X X IX . CONTENTS OCTOBER, OF 1888. NO. IV., NU M BE R IV. VOL. X N X IX . ARTICLES. A rt. pagk I. MIGRATION FROM EUROPE TO UNITED STATES. Changed Condition to Labor—Progress of Emancipation—Decline of Slavery—Exodus o f White Labor— Peace of 1S15— Its Effects—Valley o f the Rhine—Caravans—Number o f Emigrants— Distinction between German and British Migration—Early Trade o f the United States with France—T wo Freights on Produce—Change o f Models—Trade o f Havre—Transit across France—Government Measures—Rivalry of Ports—Bremen Regulations—Law o f Passenger Ships—Passengers from four Ports—Total German Migration—Cost of Passage —Destination of Emigrants—Causes of Migration—Government Restraints— Duchy of Baden—Cost of Migration—Cash carried out—Total Money Means—North of Europe—Other Countries o f Europe—Ireland—Causes of Irish Distress— Means o f Migration—Reduction of Population—Remittances of Emigrants—Measures o f the English Government—Act of 1847— Powers o f the Commission—Annual Migration from Great Britain ........... ....... •. ........................... ....................................................... 405 II. COMMERCIAL COLLEGE'—TH EIR N ATU RE AND OBJECT...................................410 III. G A R BLIN G ^: OR, COMMERCIAL COMMODITIES CHARACTERIZED. No. x. SUGARS. Origin and History—Different Types, » ane and Grape—Sugar Cane o f the United States—Different Species of Cane—Character and Properties o f Raw Sugar— White Sugar, how Produced—Grape Sugar—Distinction and Tests -Diastase—Dex trine—Sorghum Saccharatum—Difficulties Attending the Production o f Crystalizable Sugar from it—Qualities of Saccharine Juice—Isomeric Properties o f Cane Juice— Components—Impurities. Mixtures, and Adulterations—Lime, Lead, Iron, Grit—The Use of Albumen in Refining—Bad Qualities of Blood—Fungi and Sugar Lice—Detec tion of Impurities—Constitutional Effects ................................................ ...................... 415 IV. COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL CITIES OF THE UNITED STATES. No. lvij. CHICAGO, ILLINOIS. General Position o f Chicago—Lake and Railways—Trans portation —Population and Valuation—Valuation for eighteen years—Number o f Peo ple since 1831— Railroad Expenditure in Illinois—Miles o f Railroad in Operation— Aggregate centering in Chicago -Country Tributary—Grain Shipments and Prices— Influence o f Russian War oil Prices and Receipts in Chicago—Effect o f Transporta tion—Earnings of Rail roads for 1857—Earnings of Corporations—Illinois Canal—Imports and Exports o f Chicago by all R outes-G rain Received from all Points—Shipping and Lake Trade—'Tonnage—Lumber Market— Western Pineries—Capital in Trade—Re ceipts—Lumber—Shipments Inland—Manufactures of Chicago -Capital—Hands Em ployed— Value—Effects of the Panic—City Improvements............................................. 420 V. SALT, SALT MINES, SALINES, ETC., IN THE UNITED STATES. Cession o f Springs—Superintendent Appointed—Present Produce—Solar Evaporation—Yield per Acre—Made by Fire—Duty on >alt—General White, Agent—Demand for Salt during the War—New Lease—Salines of Kanawha—Wells Sunk -G a s Petroleum- Salt Rock in Virginia—Large Supply of Salt—Importation of salt—Total Salt Home-made and Imported—Onondaga Salines-Salt Lake—Island of St. Martin’s—Volcano Craters— Canada vVest. By E. M e r i a m , ot Brooklyn, New Y ork .................................................... 430 V I. CIIIN A TRADE. Recent Events—Development of Intercourse —Area of China—Popu lation — Destiny — Land Tax — Rice—Horses — Characteristics—Government—Total Taxes—Financial Difficulties—Opium Trade—Accumulation o f Wealth—Early Trade witl) United States—Import of Tea—Exchange of Treaties, their Effect—Foreign Trade of China—Internal Trade—Tonnage—Salt—Government P olicy-F u tu re Prosperity— Imports and Exports of United States with China—Balance o f Trade—Influence o f Gold upon Prices—China cotton—silks —Consumption of Cotton in China—Progress o f Exports Thither—British Cotton Exports to Asia—Indian Cotton—Chinese Market for Cottons—American Goods—Cotton Countries—Insurrection—Mode o f Collecting Taxes—sycee Silver —Balance of Trade—Drain of Silver—Effect o f its Return........... 483 V II. THE BANKING AND CREDIT SYSTEMS. B y C h a r l e s II. C a r r o l l , Merchant, of Boston, Massachusetts..................................................................................................... 443 V III QUARANTINE REFORM. By D r . A. N. B e l l , of Brooklyn, late P. A. Surgeon, U. S. N avy............................................................................................................................................ 450 J O U R N A L OF M E R C A N T I L E LAW. Application for Injunction....................................................................................................................... 455 False Pretense • ase..................................... 457 Jurisdiction—Executory Contract.—Liabilities o f Postm asters..................................................... 458 C O M M E R C I A L C H R O N I C L E AND R E V I E W . General State of Finance—Crops Improving—Harvests Abroad—Low Prices for Food—Exports o f Breadstuffs—Southern E xports-Cotton Value—Specie at New Orleans—Mint—Bank Re serve—Exchange— Bank Returns— Flow of Specie — Paris and London — Consumption of Goods Abroad—Rate of Money—Balance of Trade—Exchange—Exports o f Specie—Com parative Receipts—The Central America—Character of Specie Exports—Abundance o f Coin— Discount on silver—Redemption o f Money—Bank o f Mutual Redemption—Redemption in Philadelphia..................................................................................................................................... 451) 466 V O L . X X X I X .----- N O . I V . 26 402 CO NTENTS N O . I V ., V O L . X X X I X . OF PA G E J O U R N A L OF B A N K I N G , CURRENCY, A ND F I N A N C E . City "Weekly Bank Returns—Banks of New York, Boston, St. Louis, Philadelphia, Pittsburg, New Orleans, Providence.................................................................................................................... Finances of M exico.................................................................................................................................. Michigan Finances.................................................................................................................................. Finances of Memphis, Tennessee.—Debt of North Carolina............................................................. Finances of the Ciiy o f New Orleans................................................................................................... Valuation of Boston.—Valuation and Taxation in Roxbury............................................................. Private Banks of Cincinnati.—The amount o f Specie in the United States................................... Banks o f the State of New Y o rk .......................................................................................................... Valuation of Property in St. Louis.—Finances of Portsmouth, New Hampshire.......................... New Usury Law of Canada.—Irish Encumbered Estates.................................................................. Banks of Missouri...................................................................................... ............................................. Finances of Portland, Maine. —Wealth and Resources of Mississippi.............................................. British Income Tax.— Wealth of Illinois....................................................... - .................................... STATISTICS OF T R A D E AND 466 469 471 472 473 473 474 475 475 476 477 477 477 COMMERCE. Apalachicola, Florida........................................................................................................ 478 Commerce of New Orleans........................................................................................................................4el Commerce of the Sandwich Islands....................................................................................... 483 Imports of W ool into Boston for the first half year.—Tobacco Trade o f Richmond, V irginia... 4r5 Exports of Cuba.—Consumption of Tobacco in France.................................................................... 486 General Statistics o f South American States........................................................................................ 487 COMMERCIAL REGULATIONS. Tariff o f Canada...................................... 488 Crude Naptha, or Coal Oil.—Pecul o f Manilla..................................................................................... 492 Chinese Treaty.......................................................................................................................................... 493 NAUTICAL INTELLIGENCE. Port o f Liverpool, England.—Fixed Light at the Grau d’ Aigues Mortes—Mediterranean, France Fixed Light on Billingsgate Island—Cape Cod, Massachusetts......................................................... Lights at St. Holier—English Channel, Jersey.—Kokscheheren Lighthouse, Russia.................... Light at Port Zebu, Philippine Islands................................. . .......................................................... Fixed Light off Lobos Island—South Atlantic, Rio de la Plata........................................................ Revolving Light on Cape Borda—Australia, South Coast................................................................. Lights at the Delta of the Mississippi River, Louisiaua.................................................................... Fixed Light, varied by Flashes, at Sandy Point, Chesapeake Bay................................................... Revolving Light on Cavoli Islet—Mediterranean, Sardinia............................................................... JOURNAL OF 494 495 495 496 496 496 497 497 497 INSURANCE. Life Assurance.—Life Insurance Companies in the State of N ew Y o r k ......................................... 498 Massachusetts Insurance.......................................................................................................................... 499 POSTAL DEPARTMENT. United States Post-Office Appropriation.—Sandwich Islands Post-Office....................................... 501 English Dead-Letter Office.—Extension of the Atlantic Telegraph C a b l e ................................. 502 Chilian Post-O ffice................................................................................................................................... 503 RAILROAD, CANAL, AND S T E A M B O A T S T A T I S T I C S . English Railways...................................................................................................................................... Railroad Accidents ................................................................................................................................. Cost and Management of English and American Railroads............................................................... Cuban Railways......................................... French Railroads.—Cincinnati, Hamilton, and Dayton Railroad...................................................... JOURNAL OF M I N I N G , MANUFACTURES, AND 503 504 505 506 507 ART. Estimates o f Coal A rea............................................................................................................ 508 Lake Superior Copper Mines.—The new Method o f obtaining Silk.—Manufacture o f V elvets.. 512 STATISTICS OF AGRICULTURE, &c. Wheat Crop.— American Champagne.................................................................................................... 513 Wine-Making in Texas........... ............................................................................................................... 514 Agriculture in France................................................................................................. 515 New Inspection of Chigaco Spring Wheat.—Value o f Horses.—Hop Crop in New Y o r k ........... 516 STATISTICS OF POPULATION, &c. Emigration from State to State.............................................................................................................. 517 Population of Canary Islands.—City Population and V aluation...................................................... 518 Immigration............................................................................................................................................... 519 MERCANTILE MISCELLANIES. Money of the Ancients............................................................................................................................. The Payment of D eb ts.................................................................................................................. . . . . Navigation of the Polar S e a ................. The Pacific Ocean.—Pins and Needles.—Pussy on Shipboard......... .............................................. Value of Slave Labor............................................................................................................................... Origin of Brandy.—Shall we give or ask Credit?................................................................................. Raising Sunken Vessels.—Tanneries.*.................................................................................................. THE 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 BOOK T R A D E . Notices of new Books or new E d ition s..........................................................................................526-528 MERCHANTS’ MAGAZINE AND COMMERCIAL REVIEW. OCTOBER, 1858. Art. I.— MIGRATION FROM EUROPE TO UNITED STATES. CHANGED C O N D IT IO N T O W H IT E LA B O R — PEACE L A B O R — P R O G R E S S O F E M A N C IP A T IO N — D E C L I N E OF E M I G R A N T S — D I S T IN C T I O N U N IT E D STATES W IT H IT S BETW EEN EFFECTS— V A LLE Y GERMAN FRANCE — T W O H A V R E — T R A N S IT A C RO SS U L A T IO N S — L A W 1815— AND OF T H E B R IT IS H M IG R A T I O N — E A R L Y T R A D E F R E I G H T S ON P R O D U C E — C H A N G E FR A N C E — G O V E R N M E N T M E A SU R E S— R IV A L R Y OF PA SSE N G E R O F S L A V E R Y — E X O D U S OF R H I N E — C A R A V A N S — N U M B E R OF OF OF PO RTS— BREM EN R E G S H IP S — P A S S E N G E R S FR O M FO U R P O R T S — T O T A L T I O N — C O S T O F P A S S A G E — D E S T IN A T IO N OF T H E OF M O D E LS— T R A D E G E R M A N M IG R A O F E M I G R A N T S — C A U S E S O F M IG R A T I O N — G O V E R N M E N T R E S T R A I N T S — D U C H Y O F B A D E N — C O S T O F M IG R A T I O N — C A SH C A R R I E D O U T — T O T A L M O N E Y M E A N S — NORTH M EANS OF T H E FROM OF EUROPE — O T H E R OF C O U N T R IE S O F E U R O P E — I R E L A N D — CAU SES OF IR IS H D IS T R E S S - M I G R A T I O N — R E D U C T I O N O F P O P U L A T IO N — R E M I T T A N C E S O F E M I G R A N T S — M E A S U R E S E N G L IS H G O V E R N M E N T — A C T OF 1847— P O W E R S OF T H E C O M M IS S IO N — A N N U A L M IG R A T I O N G R E A T B R IT A IN . A p r o m i n e n t feature o f the present century has been the changed con dition of a large portion o f the human race in respect to labor. Half a century since, slave colonial labor was considered the great source of wealth to most European naions, while white labor was employed in war making, or in peaceful pursuits restrained by mutual prohibition. Since the establishment o f peace in 1815, black slavery in the colonies, and serfdom in Europe, have gradually been abolished. The serfs of Germany were early relieved from bondage, and in 1835 the slaves of the British islands were emancipated. In 1819, Sweden and Denmark purchased the freedom of their blacks. In 1847, 60,000 serfs in Walachia were enlarged. In March of the same year slavery was abolished in Egypt, and Tunis followed the example. In 1848, the French provincial govern ment emancipated the blacks in the colonies; Holland has put a period to slavery in Surinam; and the Brazils have recently suppressed the trade. These movements have produced great changes in colonial pro ductions, but the great exodus o f Europeans to the New W orld has trans ferred wealth and changed the currents of trade to an immense extent. On the establishment of peace in 1815, the attention of the people of 404 M igration fro m E u rope to United States. Europe was turned towards that new world o f which they had heard, and which was as free from political oppression as from the devastations of war and military exactions. The people o f the Rhine Valley, which had so much suffered, were the foremost in the movement, and considerable caravans proceeded to the seaports to take passage for America. This movement gradually increased, and was simultaneous with a similar out ward current from the British Islands to the same destination. From 2,000 to 3,000 per annum in the early years of the century, the combined movement was estimated to have reached 600,000 souls in 1853, the year of the largest movement. In order to gather some distinct idea of the vast operation, it is necessary to consider separately that which re gards the European continent and that of the British Islands. The former has again some distinct features, since the migration from the Rhine Val ley is different from the less numerous passengers from other European countries. Prior to the development o f this movement, the United States trade with Europe suffered some inconveniences, since the raw products of this country going abroad, gave bulky freights to a large tonnage, which had no adequate return freights, and, as a consequence, the produce was charged two freights, to make the voyage pay. The elegant and taper models of the American ships, which had excited such admiration during the war, were changed to more burdensome shapes, that stowed more cotton going out, and left room for better passenger accommodation on the return. This change o f models to meet the wants o f a new trade, marks the facile character of American enterprise; and it was renewed on the occasion of the discovery of the gold countries, which called for the fleet qualities of the “ clipper ships,” when models were again changed. The port of Havre, in France, was that which most favored the emigrants. The largest number of cotton ships went thither, and these afforded the best return accommodations for the emigrants. Accordingly, from 1818 to 1836, the number of Germans who crossed France to take passage ranged from 18,000 to 20,000 per annum. A large portion of these were poor people, driven from home by misery, and all sought to cheapen the cost of passage to the utmost. The French government of the restora tion was soon alarmed, and sought to suppress what it supposed a tide of foreign pauperism through its territory. It ordered, accordingly, that no immigrant should be allowed to cross France without having previously paid to the agent of the vessel the price t>f a passage to New York or New Orleans. He must also have justified in the possession o f $150 for each individual over 18 years, and in half the sum for those under that age, and must also have had his passport countersigned by the French ambassador at Frankfort. The effect of these regulations was to turn tho current from the direction of Havre down the Rhine, to Antwerp, Bremen, and Hamburg. Since then the current o f migration has been divided, and a great rivalry for the possession of the business has sprung up be tween the four ports named. These passengers to be obtained at these ports have attracted shipping, and, reciprocally, the facility o f passage has attracted passengers. The German ports have greatly increased their trade, while Havre has never recovered its passenger ‘p restige, although it procured the modification o f the obnoxious regulation which had so greatly injured it. The authorities at Bremen were the first to avail themselves of the 405 M igration fro m E u rop e to United States. errors of the French government. In 1849, a law subjected emigrant ships to regulation. The height between decks, the thickness of plank, the room for each passenger, the quantity and quality of food allowed, ■were all prescribed, and obligations are imposed upon the vessels to in sure, in case of shipwreck, the transportation of the passengers to the place o f destination. The passengers to be admitted on board only when the vessel is quite ready, and, to facilitate the sojourn o f the emigrants on land, an immense building, capable o f lodging 2,000 persons at once, was constructed at Bremerkaven, with every convenience, including hos pital. The charge is 15 cents per day, lodging and board. For 36 cents per day they get lodging on a good bed, coffee with milk and sugar, white bread for breakfast, soup, meat, and vegetables at noon, and a suitable supper. All runners, and all interference with emigrants, is strictly for bidden, and every means taken to make Bremen attractive to emigrants, even to gratuitous counsel in case o f dispute with the vessels or agents, or other parties. By these means Bremen has obtained a large share of the trade. Hamburg has not made the same efforts, although lately so cieties have been formed for the protection o f emigrants, and the govern ment has opened an office to furnish the emigrant with proper informa tion, and to protect them against imposition on both sides the water. W e may now see the effect o f these changes upon the number of emi grants that left each port in several years:—Tears. Havre. Antwerp. Bremen. 1846 ................ 1847 ................ 1852................... 1857................... 82,381 59,474 72,325 24,825 4,434 14,717 14,369 13,150 32,372 33,682 58,551 49,449 Hamburg. 4.857 7,628 21,916 31,556 Total. 74,044 115,501 167,161 118,990 The emigration movement seems to change from year to year. total from Germany has been as follows for the hist ten years:— 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 ................................... ................................... ................................... ................................... ................................... 81,895 89,102 82,404 112,547 162,301 1853. i 1854. I1855. |1856. ! 1857. T o t a l.................................................................................................... Average per annum............................................................................ The 162,568 203,537 84,761 88,983 118,990 1,187,088 118,708 About a third o f the Germans embark in the German ports. The cost o f transit from the Bhine Valley is about the same to Havre or to the German ports, where they find more facility from community of language, and where they go on board o f government vessels. In Havre they take American vessels, and on going aboard they regard the new country in some sort already attained. The transit over France is further greatly facilitated by the agents of the emigrant ships. It is also the case that the American ships generally are larger, and afford more space per head to the passengers than do the German vessels. The destination of nearly all the passengers from all the ports is for the United States, and at New York they mostly disembark, only in a majority o f cases to continue their route to the West, their final homes. In the reports of the different societies for the protection of the emi grants, many attempts are made to explain the causes o f the great na tional movement. The German, say they, is a persevering worker; he wishes to ameliorate his condition. He is always to carry his labor to 406 M igration fro m E urope to United Slates. the best market, and certain professions have been exercised by Germany in all countries since a long time. They also seek in historical origins the causes of the movement, in ascribing it to Anglo-Saxon affinities, of which the race seems to claim half the world henceforth as its domain. No doubt these are among the causes, but there are others. The princi pal reason why the United States are selected for future homes, is evidently the hope of enjoying civil, political, and religious liberty ; and it has been since the spread of communism in Germany that the movement has in creased, and those views are entertained to a considerable extent among the German emigrants in the United States. They exercise their liberties here to their fullest extent. I f they seek freedom from military service, they are ever ready to bear a just proportion of the public expense. They find here the freedom o f individual employment, not interfered with by trade corporations. They are also able freely to dispose of the fruits of that labor. Finally, they seek and obtain here that which their native country denies them. It was not to be expected but that so important a movement should attract the attention o f those governments whose losses by it in citizens and capital were the most conspicuous, and a number of attempts have been made to arrest it. There were attempts made to found agricultural colonies, particularly in Prussia, where the government offered lands in the Grand Duchy of Posen, and emissaries were sent to the borders of the Rhine, to induce emigrants to accept the terms, which were too oner ous to be attractive to people who had choice o f land and perfect liberty before them. In Bavaria, a monopoly of the right to contract with emi grants for a passage over France is given to two houses only. This is evaded by clandestine migration. In the Netherlands, Baden, and the two Hesses, the rulers are less rigorous, but passports are there not given until every means short of force has been used to deter the emigrant from his purpose, and finally the emigrant is required to renounce all rights of citizenship and nationality. There are other measures for the protection o f the emigrant, for which purpose societies receive great encouragement, and when destitution is the cause o f the departure, the local governments assist by money. In this case, however, a strict renunciation of all future claim to aid is required. It is sorrowful to contemplate to whai extent destitution operates as a cause o f departure along the fruitful valley of the Rhine. After having been oppressed by feudal tyranny, it has, in modern times, been the theater of almost continual wars, until it recalls almost the misery o f Ireland. In the Duchy o f Baden the pay of a day’s labor is 36 kreutzers, (28 cents,) which enables the worker to live when the crops are abundant, but is quite insufficient when the failure of the harvests causes food to rise. This was the case in 1846, followed by the potato disease and the insurrection of 1847. These causes gave a great impetus to migration. Out o f a population of 1,336,943 souls, 14,400 emigrated in 1852. When the emigrants have the means of migrating, bands o f families congregate from different points and proceed together; when they are aided by the government, all those belonging to one can ton go together. The political exiles are few, but among them are men of wealth, who have formed large establishments in America. The expense o f migration from the old to the new home is computed at S I00 per head ; but the sums transported are much more important. In 1854, it was ascertained at Bremen that 8,908 individuals from the M igration fro m E urope to United States. 407 Palatinate carried 2,024,000 florins. Other returns show that the average is over $100 per head in excess o f the cost of voyage. Germany has, therefore, sent away in ten years 1,187,088 people, and $160,000,000. It is the same as if she had armed, equipped, furnished, and lost an army o f I 18,000 every year for ten years. The people of the North o f Europe do not migrate to a great extent. A few go to Canada, but the movement is not important. Holland sends away some 1,000 to 1,200 per annum, and the cause is mostly a religious one, and rather singularly Mormonism has lately found recruits there. The Spanish and Italians do not migrate in any great numbers, except moderately to the South American countries. The attachment o f the French to their native soil is far too marked to permit migration to any considerable extent, and Algiers attracts most of the enterprising. The migration from Ireland has been the most important o f all. In forty-three years, the number which left Great Britain was 4,6 3,894 souls. Of these, 1,220,102 left in the last five years; 1,543,176 in the previous five years; making 2,753,278 in the last ten years— an average o f 275,327 per annum. The original incomplete conquest of Ireland, followed by the religious persecution from Henry VIII. to George III., the economical condition of Ireland constantly deteriorated, and misery made rapid progress. The 1 tndholders became involved in debt, and the subdivisions of the land multiplied as fast as the people, which was in a proportion as great as of the pigs, with which they lived in common. The people had come to depend mostly upon the potato for food, and the appearance of the rot in that crop put the climax to the institution. The unconquered Celts chose to abandon the country they had so long held, and the means were furnished to a great extent from the earnings o f those who had gone before to America. The movement towards England had become so great in 1840, that the city o f Liverpool paid the passages of the Irish back to their island, and the same steamer brought back the same individuals, who thus derived a support during the passage. The current increased by the clearing of the estates, and when the famine broke out in 1847, the efforts o f all parties interested were redoubled to free that country from the starving poor. The sums sent from the United States, by the laboring friends o f the emigiant, were reported officially at $2,300,000 in 1848; $2,700,000 in 1S4'»; $4,964,000 in 1850; $5,000,000in 1851 ; $7,200,000in 1852; $7,350,000in 1853; $8,310,000 in 1854; and the amount for 1857 was $2,500,000; and these do not comprise the whole. The census o f 1851 disclosed the fact that famine and migration had reduced the population from 8,100,000, in 1840, to 6,400,000, in 1851. With the discoveries of gold in California and Australia, came a new incentive to migration, but the diminution o f numbers at home gradually produced a check. The supply of laborers was evidently diminished, and the Russian war demonstrated the scarcity of men. The English government aroused itself to action, and its first great measure was to throw the support of the poor upon the parishes; and as the tax for that purpose became out of proportion to the revenues of the encumbered land, a sale o f encumbered estates was authorized. These measures have been very successful for the improvement o f the condition of the country; capital has entered into the cultivation of Ire land ; but, at the same time, the desire to purge the land by emigration of an encumbering population has continued to act. When the gold dis- 408 M igration fro m E urope to United States. coveries of Australia gave a new impulse to the movement, the act o f 27th November, 1847, which had erected the Commission of Emigration, was amended by conferring new powers for the sale of lands belonging to the crown in the colonies, and for the surveillance o f the emigration of poor families for the colonies. The act also lays down minute regula tions for the passenger ships, which are subjected to the control of the Commission under the law. The space allowed each passenger for a voy age to America is twelve feet, and when the tropics are crossed fifteen feet. The regulations in relation to provisions are minute and satisfactory. To give effect to the powers of the Commission, its funds are drawn from the sale of the colonial lands. It derived in one year from the province of Victoria $3,500,000. These funds enable it to aid the emigrants by gratuitous passages, where the means are otherwise wanting. T his Com mission is supported by emigrant societies, not only in the United States but in Australia. The Commissioners are enabled to keep the public in formed of the state o f the labor market, and the peculiar advantages offered to the adventurer. The migration of the British Islands has been as follow s:— E M IG R A T IO N Years. 1825............... 1826............... 1827............... 1828............... 1829............... 1830............... 1831............... 1832............... 1833............... 1834............... 1835............... 1836............... 1837............... 1838............... 1839............... 1840............... 1S41............... 1842............... 1843............... 1844............... 1845............... 1846............... 1847............... 1848............... 1849............... 1850............... 1861............... 1852............... 1853............... 1864............... 1855............... 1856............... 1857............... Total FROM G R E A T B R I T A IN . To North American To colonies. United States. 8,741 12,818 12,648 13,307 30,574 58,067 66,339 28,808 40,060 15.573 12,658 54,123 21,001 5,551 7,063 14,526 12,817 15,678 24,887 23,418 32,872 29,109 38,074 26,720 37,774 36,770 14,332 33,536 40,642 45,017 63,852 28,335 43,660 58,538 82,239 142,154 188,233 219,450 223,078 267,357 244,261 230,885 193,065 108,414 127,000 126,905 2,786,212 To Australian colonies and New Zealand. 485 903 715 1,056 2,016 1,242 1,561 3,783 4,093 2,800 1,860 3,124 5,054 14,021 15,786 15,850 32,625 8,534 3,478 2,229 830 2,347 4,949 23,904 32,191 16,037 21,532 87,881 61,401 83,237 52,309 33,000 61,248 To all other places. 114 116 114 135 197 204 114 196 517 288 325 293 326 292 227 1,958 2,786 1,835 1,881 1,873 2,330 1,826 1,487 4,887 6,490 8,773 4,472 3,749 3,129 3,366 8,118 2,443 3,721 Total. 14,891 20,900 28,003 26,092 31,198 56.907 83,160 103,140 62,527 76,222 44,478 75,417 72,034 33,222 62,207 90,743 118,592 128,344 57,212 70,686 93,601 129,851 258,270 248,089 299,498 280,849 333,966 368,764 329,937 323,429 176,807 176,554 212,875 4 ,5 0 8 ,2 9 6 409, Migration from iJjuTt’p c to United States. The migration from Germany and from Great Britain for the last twelve years compare as follows : — Years. Germany. Germany. G. Britain. 1846 ................... 1847..................... 1848..................... 1849..................... 1850.................... 1851.................... 74,044 115,501 81,891 89,102 82,404 112,507 129,851 258,270 248,089 299,498 280,849 835,966 1852 ............... 1853.................. 1854.................. . 1855.................. 1856.................. 1857.................. 102,801 162,568 203,537 84,761 88,983. 118,990 868,764 329,937 323,929 176,801 176,554 212,874 T otal........... 555,449 1,552,523 Total......... . 822,007 1,588,860 G. Britain. Years. The propor tion of Germ ans who migrated iu the first six years was about one-third of those from Great Britain and this has risen to one-half in the last six years. W e may now take from the official annual tables the whole number of immigrants that have arrived in the United States from each country in the last thirty-seven years:— N U M B E R OF A L IE N S A R R I V E D IN T H E U N IT E D S T A T E S F R O M E A C H C O U N T R Y . 1820 1816 1846 1851 to to to 1815. 1845. 1850. 1855. 21,595 50,304 5,658 347 108,362 10,327 29,430 680 115 405,481 23.618 138,892 3,221 1,154 613,597 151,952 629,304 25,000 3,166 221,242 Great Britain.. 186,266 France ............ 26,638 3,565 Spain ............. Portugal......... 891 Belgium........... 33 Prussia............. 433 Germany.......... 52,868 H o lla n d ......... 1,757 Denmark........ 467 Swed. it N orw . 509 Poland............ 164 Russia.............. 325 T u rk e y ........... 23 Switzerland . . 6,020 Greece ............ 29 Italy, Malta,Ac. 2,339 E u ro p e ........... 2 Brit. America.. 6,677 South America. 1,004 Cent. America. 147 M exico............ 9,033 West Indies . . 9,528 A s ia ................ 46 Africa &Auet’a 646 All other.......... 446,033 51,488 2,232 202 1,008 13.321 198,729 2,631 959 5,521 810 263 31 6,155 50 1,136 48 20,735 918 38 4,232 12,115 50 174 780,482 63,588 1,168 466 4,083 2,771 326,667 6,402 365 9,168 21 329 33 1,547 6 1,200 3 30,421 3,055 334 1,423 8,184 49 326 930,664 51.343,445 57,020 188,734 4,301 11,251 2,049 490 6,991 1,867 35,995 19,450 627,823 11,206,087 17,583 6,793 3,059 1,268 29,141 14.253 1,318 823 938 21 123 86 18,349 31,071 108 23 8,345 3,670 526 473 91,699 83,866 5,440 463 640 121 15,969 1,281 36,317 5,490 16,838 16,693 2,120 1,074 to England........... Ireland............. Scotland......... W a le s ............. U . Kingdom. . . Total............ 309,330 .... Total, 35 years. 207,492 747,930 34,559 4,782 I.,848,682 .... 767,359 1,232,076 1,746,802 ■!,055,087 1856. 1857. 25,904 54,349 6,297 1,126 14,331 101,207 7,246 1,982 7,221 68,308 1,395 111,836 2,397 91,781 1,157 .. .• 1,780 6,493 1,337 4,733 18,609 47,633 200,436 271,316 This number is very large, and it is curious to test the accuracy by the numbers reported by the census of the United States in 1850, as those living in the United States and born elsewhere. To do this, we take from the above table the numbers reported to have arrived up to 1850, and compare them with the numbers reported here by census, as follows: 410 Commercial Colleges: their Nature and Object. Arrived to 1850. Ireland.......... England . . . . 218,626 9,559 Wales............ United Kingd om. T ota l......... . . . Germany . . . Prussia.......... 1,127,440 1,412,751 ia i 7i4 578/264 16,545 In U. States per census, 1850. 961,719 Switzerland........ 278,675 H olland............. 70,550 29,868 Portugal............. S p a in ................. Swed’n &Norw’y 1,340,812 M ex ico............... 64,069 573,225 Total............... 10,549 Arrived to In IT. States per census, 1850. 18-50. 12,722 10,790 5,124 1,559 6,950 14,888 14,688 13,358 9,848 1,313 1,274 3,113 16,237 13,317 2,309,785 2,240,535 These tables give the greatest degree o f accuracy, corroborating each other in a marked manner, and speaking well for the longevity o f the immigrants; since, in the aggregate o f 2,309,785 persons who arrived from 1820 to 1850, 2,240,535 were living in the latter year, showing a loss of but 69,250 persons. In the returns for the United Kingdom the larger proportion of the arrivals are not designated as to which kingdom they belong, but the census analyzes the return with remarkable precision as to the aggregate. The number o f persons arrived from France includes many who were not born there, and it is probable that more French than o f any other nation have returned home. Of all the foreigners in the United States, more than one-half are in New York and Pennsylvania. Three-fourths of the remainder are in Massachusetts, Ohio, Illinois, and Wisconsin. One-third of all the Iris'll are in New York ; another third is in Massachusetts and Pennsylvania, and the remainder distributed through the Union. One-third of the English are also in New York. The majority of the Germans are in the Western States—one-fifth of the whole number being in Ohio. It is to be observed, however, that since these figures for the census of 1850, the numbers who have arrived have nearly doubled, and it is probable that they have settled in nearly the same ratio. The number of Irish in New York in 1855 was 469,753, an increase o f 126,000 in five years. In the last two years there has been some check to the movement, but it is not to be supposed but that, with the return o f prosperity in the United States, the stream will be renewed with greater vigor, transferring men and wealth to the United States in a larger ratio than ever. Art. II.— C0ADIERCIA1 COLIEGES— TIIEIR NATURE AND OBJECT. “ C o m m e r c e is King,” very truthfully remarks Thomas Carlyle, and this “ ipse dixit” will apply much more pertinently now than ever before. To it England owes all that she confessedly possesses— wealth, power, dominion, and influence. “ There needs no ghost come from the grave” to presage for us, the lineal descendants o f such busy, enterprising, and money-making Saxons, a similar destiny. The world’s history can produce no instance o f so young and inex perienced a nation embarking in a commercial career with such hot and eager haste, and pursuing it with such determined, and even engrossing, persistence. The close and steadfast prosecution of our material interests, Com m ercial C olleges: their N ature and Object. 411 which unquestionably stamps our national character, has already rendered us in the world’s estimation obnoxious to reproach. W e are even at this early day stigmatized as universal “ worshipers o f the almighty dollar.” “ The United States,” sneeringly remarks one exalted in the world’s regard, “ is but one extended counter from Maine to Texas.” Granted ; and it is the surest guaranty o f a prosperous future. W e would not have it otherwise. The glaring faults which are now— it may be even offen sively— patent to the world, will bring with advancing age their own cor rection. They are but the accidents of our anomalous conditions, and are engendered by the remarkable combination of circumstances which have thus far environed us; they are but the offspring of the bounding pulse and elastic spirits o f an impetuous and exuberant boyhood. It needs but a hasty survey o f our geographical position, as related both to this and the other hemisphere, of the physical conformation of our country, with its varied climates, its extended seaboard, its expansive lakes, broad-rolling rivers, and exhaustless mineral and agricultural wealth, to establish beyond peradvent.ure the “ manifest destiny” of this Con federacy, as well as the character o f the people who are to rule it. Whether the amazing prosperity which is in store for us will prove a blessing or a curse, is the problem to be solved, since it will depend en tirely on our education, and the objects of national ambition. A full and continued flush of success may sober or may madden us, and the most obvious safeguard against the latter result is, thorough and judicious popular education. The more carefully you prepare business men— with whom in great measure the future of the country rests— for the lives they are to pursue, the more you enlarge their views, moderate their desires, rectify their aims, and insure their reasonable success. The dangerous proclivity ex hibited by American youth to rush too rashly, and without due prepara tion, into the varied and hazardous walks of commerce, is one of the cry ing evils of the day. It has become in most quarters an absolute epidemic. Agriculture, manufactures, and the mechanic arts have been too much and too long neglected. The tendency with us now is to congregate in towns and cities, and to throng the avenues to wealth and honor, which are already overcrowded. This propensity is far from healthful, and leads to wide-spread distress and the most poignant disappointment. Gross ignorance and inexperience are every day yielding terribly bitter and ex pensive lessons, and most of the lamentable failures which attend Ameri can mercantile life, and which careful statisticians have computed equal to over 90 per cent o f those who embark in business, are directly attribut able to shameful mismanagement and ignorance o f business, as well as to an absence of commercial experience and discipline. A faulty, or rather no, system in bookkeeping has absolutely ruined a larger proportion o f our industrious and pains-taking merchants than would generally be credited by those having no access to reliable records. Of slovenly business habits, they neither know what they themselves are doing, nor what those with whom their nearest interests are entrusted m aybe undoing. . The disheartening results arising from causes so pal pable demand radical reform. They are a sad, but very significant, com mentary on the deficient commercial education of the times, and plead potently for correction. 412 Com m ercial Colleges: their N ature and Object, It may be esteemed a truth, and one which both individual experience and trustworthy statistics will confirm, that there is no royal road to suc cess in business life. There, as in all other departments of industry, the most ample and enduring rewards are to the laborious, the methodical, and the persevering. In legitimate business, luck, which in speculation may serve to do or undo, should never be relied on. It lures but to de ceive. Its effects are illusory and not substantial. The cases wherein it has led on to fortune are exceptional ones, and only serve to prove the general rule. The most solid, stable, and firmly-based prosperity is the direct result of fiscal and regular laws, which will no more suffer violence than will those of astronomy. In America there is no law o f primogeni ture, little- entailed property, and fortunes change with our weather, and rise and fall with our streams. Here, more than anywhere else on earth, experience would seem to give the lie to regular system, to logical se quence, and ploding method ; but observe more closely, penetrate more deenly, and take a wider scope of men and things, and our assertion stands confessed. The obvious want o f the age and the country is a more careful and efficient system, by which the youthful aspirants for commercial honor and reputation may be more suitably prepared to enter the crowded arena of business, where so many hazards and vicissitudes beset them, and where they must encounter sharp competition, shrewd rivals, and ex perienced opposition. They must acquire a thorough acquaintance with the tools they are to employ before they can carve out for themselves fortunes. The race is not always to the swift, nor the battle to the strong, and to succeed in business there needs more than mere desire and indus try. Resolution, knowledge, prudence, experience, calculation, and regular method are all required. As a most powerful means to these ends, we know nothing at all com parable to commercial colleges. They are peculiar institutions, which have sprung but lately into vigorous life in response to a general and widely-felt want. They are the realization of a notable aspect in popular education, and are growing daily in the public regard. No matter, how ever, how perfect and efficient they may be, they cannot, no more than can schools of law, medicine, and divinity, insure the success of those they prepare for their respective callings. They are only but potent auxili aries, instrumental in affording that preliminary and elementary knowledge and discipline which enables its possessors to occupy strong vantage ground in the keen and hotly contested struggle for name and place. The learned professors can make no more numerous or more pressing requisitions on their members than do the multiplied and diversified departments of com merce on theirs. Business, as much as professional, men must be taught to reason, reflect, calculate, and discriminate. They require as much varied and useful knowledge ; they must become experienced in forms, and in commercial law and usages; they must become accustomed to method, to effective system, and must learn to deal iu hard and shrewd common sense. W ith commercial schools, as with institutions in kindred departments o f knowledge, they are made the more efficient and fruitful in good re sults, in proportion as they become a speciality. They are now but in their infancy, and have scarcely received that attention and support from the public which their great importance demands, but they are rapidly and Com m ercial C olleges: their N ature and Object. 413 manifestly growing in popular regard and patronage. Their progress to wards perfection and augmented utility must be, pari passu, with the amount of patronage they receive, and the amount they deserve. Since so large a proportion o f our youth select mercantile occupations for a livelihood, that branch of popular education should possess its halls of learning and practice, its cultivated and experienced professors, its regular courses of instruction, and its diplomas and degrees of dignity'. The practical benefits which they can render society will of course de pend upon the extent and thoroughness o f the education they impart, and that again will depend on the measure of encouragement they obtain from society, and upon the elevation of the popular standard of mercan tile education. It has been well said by a distinquished New York ac countant, that the young man who acquires a careful education through the medium o f a good commercial college, will find himself in possession o f a science which he can apply under all possible circumstances, and which will make him as much the superior of him who is obliged, as an apprentice, to pick up his knowledge through a series of years and by costly and varied experience, as the educated engineer is to the ordinary mechanic. Commerce is King with us also, and the race o f accomplished and highly-educated merchants is steadily increasing in this country. Boston, Philadelphia, New York, New Orleans, and other large trade-centers, fur nish as noble commercial exemplars as any country can boast. Manchester, Liverpool, and Birmingham give laws to England, and our country must also depend for its prosperity and its statesmanship on its business men. In our Congress and State Legislatures an admixture of purely business men with purely professional men works good to the country, and in fur nishing it with those who are hereafter to dignify their various callings, and shed luster on their country, these elementary institutions become valuable adjuvants. A t present, we are to deal with commercial colleges as they now exist, in order to demonstrate what that they might and ought to be, alter they have received the fostering care of the public. It would be useless, and indeed impossible, to give a detailed account of all which now flourish in* various parts of our country, and all of which resemble each other in their prominent features. Obviously, the course and character of the studies prescribed will vary with the peculiar needs of each locality— thus, those on the seaboard will require branches o f preparation entirely diverse from those of inland institutions, and vice versa. Those now most prom inent are situated at Albany, Buffalo, Cleveland, Chicago, Cincinnati, St. Louis, and Pittsburg. E x uno disce omnes, and a more particular account o f the “ Iron City Commercial College,” o f Pittsburg, Pennsylvania, with which we are more intimately acquainted than with any other, and which we believe to be the largest, most flourishing, and most completely or ganized in the country', will serve to familiarize the reader with the scope and general features of the whole class. The “ Iron City College” is a legally chartered institution, possessing power to graduate its students with regular diplomas. The whole num ber of students, regular and eclectic, entering during the last two years, rises one thousand, o f which there have been in attendance at one and the same time not less than three hundred. The whole number has been gathered from all parts of the country, more than half coming from States 414 Com m ercial Colleges: their N ature and Object. outside of Pennsylvania— Canada, Florida, Texas, Kansas, Georgia, Maine, and, in brief, two thirds o f the States being more or less largely repre sented. The whole number of professors, tutors, and regular lecturers em ployed is fourteen, besides, during the year’s course, at least forty others selected to deliver addresses to the students on special subjects connected with their pursuits. The course prescribed embraces almost every branch of commercial elementary knowledge which is necessary to thoroughly prepare a student for any business in which he may desire to embark. The principal studies are bookkeeping, of most approved methods, and as applied in mer chandising, banking, railroading, steamboating, and every customary form of business; mathematics, penmanship, plain and ornamental, bank-note engraving, and detecting of counterfeit money, mercantile law forms and usages, languages, etc. Auxiliary to these regular divisions, two daily lectures are delivered— an attendance on which is made obligatory on every student— on various important subjects, as theory and practice o f accounts, exchange, foreign and domestic, partnership settlements, appli cation of bookkeeping to the several branches of trade, political economy, financial practice, commercial law, banking and counterfeit detecting, mercantile correspondence, etc., etc. The actual and effective value o f a commercial school education should and will mainly depend on the standard of knowledge and practice re solved on, upon the practical nature and extent of the course of study prescribed, and upon the fidelity and thoroughness with which it is car ried out; and herein, we are o f opinion, consists a peculiar merit of the college in question. There is, of necessity, for those who can enter but for a limited period, or who desire to prosecute only a particular branch of preparation, an eclectic course, wherein certain studies only, or such as are outside of the regular routine, are pursued. For such, special and individual arrangements are made, but to them the graduation diplomas cannot be awarded. Such as are “ regulars,” are required not only to prosecute to the end the prescribed course, but to attend on all the lec tures, regular and special, and to stand frequent and satisfactory examina tions, which are rigidly and critically conducted, not only to test the students general knowledge, but more particularly to measure his ability and readiness to apply in practice what he has gathered by theory. Nothing but the most complete efficiency, regardless of the time expended, can procure the college diploma. The time required to complete the full course must obviously depend on the student's previous proficiency, on his aptitude and diligence, and on the assiduity with which he prosecutes his studies. Those who are reasonably quick, who come well grounded in the elementary branches of a good English education, and who apply themselves during both day and night sessions, can receive the degree of the institute in from ten to fifteen weeks. There are no vacations; students may enter when they please, and pursue their studies as rapidly as they can, no one being retarded by being allied to a sluggish or an incompetent companion or class. W hile those who possess the leisure or the inclination to remain longer than the period usually found sufficient, in order the better to perfect themselves, or to enlarge their practical knowledge, are encouraged to do so ; those likewise, who are found unfitted to receive their degree, must do so. It is manifestly as much the interest, as it should be the desire, of a mercan- Garblings ; or, Commercial Commodities Characterized. 415 tile college to have young men abide with them until they graduate with such honor as may prove them a credit to their Alma Mater. There is one desirable feature o f the “ Iron City College”— and one that we believe peculiar to it, which we must not pass unnoticed— it makes itself an express and a very efficient agent in procuring situations and occupations for such as it qualifies to hold them. The great demand which exists for its graduates, and the high salaries which they command, are the best possible guaranties o f the practical and business value o f those whom it recommends. The cost of a full regular course at this institute, including expenses o f residence while in attendance, is so moderate— less than a hundred dol lars— as to make it accessible to persons o f limited means. Four large hails are at present employed, but the management design shortly to en large their accommodations, since no less than Jive hundred scholars are expected to be in attendance during the coming winter. The college is under charge of Professor F. W . Jenkins, a gentlemen of large experience and varied accomplishments, as well as an excellent disciplinarian. He is assisted by an able corps of professors and tutors, who have acquired much skill and experience in imparting instruction. Of course, the system of commercial education is by no means yet con sidered perfected, and the management o f the “ Iron City College,” as well, doubtless, those of other similar institutions, have it in contem plation to add from time to time such features as experience may suggest, or the needs of a more thorough and efficient education may demand. It seems to us, therefore, judging from what they have done, are doing, and will yet do, that as a class they are eminently worthy of public attention and patronage. A r t . III.— GARBLINGS: Oil, COMMERCIAL COMMODITIES CHARACTERIZED. N U M B ER X .* SUGARS. O R I G IN AND H IS T O R Y — D I F F E R E N T T Y P E S , C A N E A N D G R A P E — S U G A R C A N E O F T H E U N IT E D ST A TE S— D I F F E R E N T S P E C IE S O F C A N E — C H A R A C T E R A N D P R O P E R T IE S O F R A W S U G A R — W H I T E S U G A R , H O W P R O D U C E D — G R A P E S U G A R — D IS T IN C T I O N A N D T E S T S — D IA S T A S E — D E X T R I N E - S O R G H U M -S A C C H A R A T U M — D IF F IC U L T IE S A T T E N D IN G T I I E P R O D U C T IO N O F C R Y S T A L I Z A B L E S U G A R F R O M I T — Q U A L IT I E S O F 8 A C C II A R IN E J U IC E — IS O M E R IC P R O P E R T IE S O F C A N E J U IC E — C O M P O N E N T S — I M P U R I T I E S , M IX T U R E S , A N D A D U L T E R A T IO N S — L I M E , L E A D , I R O N , G R I T — T H E U S E O F A L B U M E N I N R E F IN IN G — B A D Q U A L I T IE S O F B L O O D — F U N G I A N D S U G A R L I C E — D E T E C T I O N O F I M P U R I T I E S — C O N S T I T U T I O N A L E F F E C T S . T he word sugar is derived from the Sanscrit, Sa-kar, w’hich signifies white earth. In China and Hindostan, sugar has been known from time immemorial. The ancient Greeks were also acquainted with it, and Diascorides informs us that it was obtained from reeds growing in India and Egypt. Sugar was not much used in Europe, however, until after * For No. I, seo Merchants' Magazine for July, 1857, (volume xxxvii., pp. 19-23 ;) for No. 2, see same for August, (pp. 166—171 ;) for No. 3, see same for September, (pp. 298-303 ;) for No. 4, see same for November, (pp. 542-554;) for No. 5, see same for January, 1858, (volume x x x v iii, pp. 43-50 ;) for No. 6, see same for February, (pp 175—1S3;) for No. 7, see same for March, (pp. st92-302;) for No. 8, see same for August, (vol. xxxix., pp. 104-175;) for No. 9, see same for September, (pp. 416 G arhlings, or, Com m ercial Commodities C haracterized: the discovery of America, and the transplantation of the sngar-cane in the West Indies. Yet sugar, in all respects identical with that from the cane, exists in, and may be obtained from, a great variety of other plants which possess no botanical relations. And in countries where the sugar cane is not acclimatable, sugar is obtained from such other indigenous plants as are known to contain it. Beets, grapes, melons, sweet-potatoes, turnips, carrots, maples, birch, palms, cocoanut trees, pine apples, mangos, sabadillos, oranges, bananas, and many other plants, furnish sugar. The sugar obtained from all these various sources is perfectly identical in com position ; nevertheless, very different in properties— a character o f natural products which has already been pointed out under the head o f distilled liquors. Sugar, as thus constituted, may be divided into two grand types— cane and grape, both alike consisting of twelve equivalents o f carbon and eleven each of hydrogen and oxygen. But grape-sugar combines with it the necessary amount of water— one equivalent— to convert it into alcohol and carbonic acid by the process of fermentation. Hence, the fermentation of cane-sugar, in order to give the same results, requires the addition of a corresponding proportion o f water. The alcohol and car bonic acid produced by the fermentation of grape-sugar, or cane-sugar with an additional equivalent of water, exactly equals in weight the amount of sugar employed. The sugar-cane of the United States, saccharum officinarum, belongs to the gramnacese or cereal family o f plants, and is too well known to require particular description. In other parts of the world different species of the same class of plants are cultivated. Of such are the Saccharum Sinense of China, the Saccharum Violaceum of the W est Indies and Tahiti, the Sorghum Saccharatum, or Sweet Sorgo, etc., o f various other places; and from these the chief sugars of commerce are produced. In the manufacture o f cane sugar, soon after the juice is expressed, it begins to ferment and generate acid, which, in order that it may not in terfere with crystalization, is immediately saturated with lime. The juice is then promptly concentrated by evaporation, and, on cooling, the sugar crystalizes in grains, which constitute brown sugar, or the raw Muscovado sugar o f commerce. It varies from a pale yellowish-gray to a deep yellow-brown color, and, while new, is dry and easily separated into small, shining, four-sided grains; when pure, it has a clear, sweet taste, and slight honey-like odor. Brown sugars are sorted or classed, according to their general aspect, into particular grades, depending upon their color, moisture, and crystaline state. White sugar is produced by elutriation with a small quantity o f water, solution in water heated by steam, clarification with albumen or alumina, filtering through charcoal, and concentration in vacuo, at the temperature o f 150° F. Pure crystaline sugar is perfectly white, free o f odor, o f an intense sweet taste, without aroma. Its density is from 1.563 to 1.606, Fuses at a gentle heat, and on an increased temperature, sw'ells and emits the peculiar odor o f caromel. A t a red heat, its burns with a livid white flame. In boiling-water it is soluble in any quantity, and water at the temperature of 60° dissolves more than twice its weight. It is soluble in about twelve parts o f rectified spirits, and in eight parts o f alcohol. Pure cane sugar undergoes no change by simple exposure to the air. The deliquescent property o f raw sugar depends upon impurities. Sugars. 417 Sulphuric acid decomposes cane sugar, and deposits a black mass, re sembling charcoal. Nitric acid converts it into saccharic and oxalic acids, and chlorine converts it into saccharic acid alone. Grope sugar stands in relation to cane, pretty much as a counterfeit does to a genuine natural product— it is a compound identical in composi tion, but produced by artificial means. As already indicated, however, this type of sugar is abundantly diffused through the vegetable kingdom, and may be obtained as a natural product in large quantities. It is also the product of a fatal disease, diabetes ; and, as above stated, it may also he made artificially. To make grape sugar, take fifteen parts of potato-starch, sixty parts of water, and six parts o f sulphuric acid ; mix them together and boil for four hours. Then neutralize the liquid with chalk, filter and evaporate to small bulk. By digesting with animal charcoal the color may be re moved, after which the solution may be boiled down to a thin syrup, and left to crystalize. In the course of a lew days it solidifies to a mass of grape sugar. Diastase (the name o f a peculiar substance contained in germinating buds and seeds in the process of development) also possesses the curious property of converting starch into grape sugar. A little infusion of malt, or other germinating grain, mixed with a large quantity o f gelatinous starch, and heated to the temperature of about 160°, in a short time oc casions complete liquefaction, by the production o f dextrine— a soluble substance resembling gum— which, in the course o f a few hours, changes into grape sugar. Dextrine seems to be only a condition of starch— the same in composition, but different in properties. Sugar obtained from the maple tree, beet-root, and some other plants, pertains to the type of cane sugar. Sorghum, Saccharatum.— The introduction o f this plant in the United States a few years ago, was at first looked upon as a valuable addition to our agricultural resources. But scarcely had its perfect adaptation to soil and climate been proven, before doubts were promulgated whether its juice could be granulated. Exclusive familiarity with the saccharum officinarum lead our chemists to expect and to look for the same conditions in the sorghum, and failing in their efforts to crystalize the crude juice of immature specimens, they hastily pronounced the sorghum juice to be only glucose or grape sugar. French chemists, however, have been more successful. They have found that the conditions o f producing crystalized sugar from the sorghum juice are, in many respects, different from those pertaining to the saccha rum officinarum. The crude juice of the sorghum contains a gummy principle, which, as maturity advances, gradually changes into sugar. One of the first conditions of this plant, therefore, is that it shall be fully ripe. The transformation of the gummy matter into sugar is indicated by an increasing specific gravity of the juice, which, when it reaches 1.080 and over, contains crystalizable sugar. An experiment made at Verieres in 1856, on sorghum grown in the Department of the Seine and Oise— a climate by no means best adapted to the greatest perfection o f the plant— showed the juice to contain lOJper cent of crystalizable sugar, and 5| per cent of uncrystalizable, or glucose juice. So that it only seems necessary to exercise the same skill in developing the qualities of the sorghum as has been exercised on other VOL. x x x ix .— n o . iv . 27 418 G arblings ; or, Com m ercial Commodities C haracterized: sugar-producing plants, in order that the sanguine expectations at first entertained concerning it may be fully realized. Grape Sugar is easily distinguished from cane sugar by several im portant peculiarities. It is much less sweet, and not near so soluble, requiring one-and-a-half times its own weight of cold water to effect solu tion. When heated, it melts and loses four equivalents o f water; on raising the temperature still higher, it blackens and decomposes. It com bines with lime, baryta, and oxide of lead with difficulty, and when boiled in a solution o f caustic potash it changes into a blackened sub stance. Cane sugar by the same tests is but slightly affected. It dis solves in oil of vitriol without changing color, and gives rise to a peculiar acid, which, with baryta, forms a soluble salt. Cane sugar, as above stated, becomes instantly charred on the addition of oil of vitriol or sulphuric acid. Cane and grape sugars, however, are frequently, indeed always to a certain extent, associated in the same plant or substance producing them. In honey this association is pre eminent, and it is only by the process of purification that they are entirely separated. When cane juice is first expressed, it is always more or less turbid. This condition is owing to the presence of innumerable cells and particles of gluten, starch, gum, woody fiber, wax, etc., all of which are in com position nearly allied to each other, and to the saccharine fluid in which they float. It is, therefore, by no means surprising that one kind of sugar may be transformed into or combined with another, or that any or all of the substances associated with it, may, by the action of certain salts and acids contained in the liquid during different stages of manufacture, change the whole into glucose or molasses, or produce a variable per centage of crystalizable sugar. These components of cane juice are all isomeric. Impurities, Mixtures, and Adulterations.— The most palpable impurities are owing to a want of cleanliness and purity of material used in manu facturing—fragments o f cane, lime, lead, iron, and grit. The first of' these substances may be regarded as certain evidence of cane sugar, but its presence indicates a want o f nice preparation, and samples containing it also usually contain the other impurities named— from an excess of lime used in its manufacture, from the careless use of leaden and rusty iron vessels, and from neglecting to have the canes well washed before they are ground. Impure sugars are so common that the unprincipled dealer finds a never-failing resource in them for adulterating better qualities, without the necessity for other and more dissimilar articles. The introduction of other substances, however, such as flour, starch, etc., is sometimes prac ticed for the purpose of improving color. The deterioration of sugar is always in proportion to the amount o f impurities present, while pure crystalized sugar is scarcely at all affected by time, and not disposed to ferment or putrify. Grape sugar, on the other hand, is deficient in sweet ening power, and very prone to purification. It is therefore obvious that the existence or mixture of grape sugar with cane impairs its quality in proportion to the amount present. Raw or Muscovado sugar always contains a considerable amount of molasses, which is mainly constituted of glucose or grape sugar. And the variety of sugar called “ bastards” is also chiefly composed o f un- Sugars. 419 crystalizable glucose— consisting of fragments of cane, vegetable albumen, etc., which promote fermentation ; and it is necessary that cane sugar be transformed into grape sugar before fermentation can take place, this condition being due ;o the presence o f albumen, a nitrogenous com pound, which pure cane sugar never contains. The use of albumen, obtained from eggs and blood, in the manufacture o f white sugar, is due to the solidification o f that substance by heat, by which it forms meshes and films, which, being lighter than water, ascend, and in their course take with them the impurities contained in the solu tion. These impurities, with the albumen, form a scum on the surface, which is removed. This process, however, is sometimes defective when blood is used, which contains salts and other effete materiel which is not removed by the albumen. P ure albumen, the white of egg only, should be used. The impurities above pointed out are not only injurious and unwhole some in themselves, but they lead to others which are abominable, unclean, and poisonous. The conditions of fermentation and decomposition are precisely those which give rise to and promote the growth of fungous plants and the most loathsome insects, which are never present except as a consequence of nitrogenized compounds. Fungi consist of cells and fibers, always sprouting from organized and decayed substances, and sugar that contains them possesses the essential qualities of miasmatic poison, which, however small the quantity intro duced into the human system, has the quality o f a “ little leaven,” and establishes a predisposition to disease which only awaits an exciting cause. Acarus sacchari, the sugar louse, is also generally present in impure sugars. It. like the fungi, cannot live without nitrogen. This insect be longs to the same class as, and much resembles, the itch insect. It is so large as sometimes to be visible to the unaided eye, and may be discovered in the following manner:— Take two or three teaspoonfuls of common brown sugar and add it to a wine glassful of warm water, allow it to stand for an hour or two, and by the end o f that time animalcules may be discovered on the surface of the liquid, adhering to the sides of the glass, or in the capious dirty sediment at the bottom. A further study o f these animals may, perhaps, demonstrate that they cause “ grocers’,” or sugarhandlers’, “ itch,” which is only another name for “ bakers’ itch,” and rarely attacks those who only handle pure sugar or pure flour. Besides the means above pointed out for the detection o f impurities, the microscope is an unfailing resource for discovering acarus sacchari, fungi, granules o f starch, flour, woody fiber, etc. Lime may be detected by a white precipitate with oxalate o f ammonia. Gum, by a white precipitate on the addition of a solution of subacetate of lead. Grape sugar, by adding sulphuric acid. Constitutional Effects.— Sugar, in some form or other, is an essential requirement for the healthy sustenance o f man. It is of universal dis tribution in the vegetable kingdom, and has, in all ages, been considered a necessary element o f nutrition. In composition it is analogous to the chief elements of bread, nearly all of which are transformable into sugar. It is, in itself, non-nitrogenous, but it obtains this element from other necessary compounds, which constitute the formative material for the human constitution. 420 Com m ercial and In d u stria l Cities o f the United S tates: A common prejudice against sugar is, that it injures the teeth— an economical idea for children, but at variance with physiological fact. Inferior qualities of brown sugar are not only poisonous, but they are deficient in sweetening power, and by increased weight from moisture, they are more expensive than the purest refined. The best qualities of brown sugar are infinitely inferior to the worst white lump. Art. IT.— COMMERCIAL AND INDUSTRIAL CITIES OF THE UNITED STATES. NUM BER CH ICACO , LVH . ILLIN O IS. G E N E R A L P O S I T IO N O F C H IC A G O — L A K E A N D R A I L W A Y S — T R A N S P O R T A T I O N — P O P U L A T IO N A N D V A L U A T IO N — V A L U A T IO N TU RE IN F O R E IG H T E E N I L L I N O I S — M IL E S O F Y E A R S — N U M B E R O F P E O P L E SIN C E R A IL R O A D IN 1851— R A IL R O A D E X P E N D I O P E R A T I O N — A G G R E G A T E C E N T E R IN G IN C H IC A G O — C O U N T R Y T R I B U T A R Y — G R A I N 8 I I IP M E N T 6 A N D P R IC E S — IN F L U E N C E O F R U S S IA N W A R O N P R IC E S A N D R E C E I P T S I N C H IC A G O — E F F E C T O F T R A N S P O R T A T I O N — E A R N IN G S O F R A I L R O A D S F O R 1857—E A R N IN G S O F C O R P O R A T IO N S — I L L I N O I S C A N A L — IM P O R T S A N D E X P O R T S OF C H IC A G O B Y A L L R O U T E S— G R A I N R E C E IV E D F R O M A L L P O IN T S — S H I P P I N G A N D L A K E TR A D E — TO NNAGE— LU M BER M AR K E T— W ESTERN P I N E R IE S — C A P I T A L I N T R A D E — R E C E IP T 8 — L U M B E R — S H IP M E N T S I N L A N D — M A N U F A C T U R E S O F C H I C A G O — C A P I T A L — H A N D S E M P L O Y E D — V A L U E — E F F E C T S O F T H E P A N I C — C IT Y IM P R O V E M E N T S . T he general position of Chicago, which so early designated it as the leading city of the West, has not failed to foster its rapid growth, and to sfistain its pretensions as the Western emporium. Commanding, as it does, the coasts of the Old as well as of the New W orld, from its position at the head of lake navigation, which has lately, in the Michigan courts, been decided not to be inland navigation, it is the center o f railroad com munication with a vast and fertile country peculiarly adapted for the cheap construction o f those means of rapid transportation, and which pours its produce, as o f necessity, into the bosom o f Chicago. These general circumstances could not fail to produce great results, and we trace them generally in the following figures of population and valuation of the c it y :— POPULATION Years. 1840 ..................... ............... 1841....................... 1842........................ 1843....................... ............... 1844....................... 1845....................... ............... 1846....................... ............... 1847....................... ............... 1848....................... ............... 1849....................... ............... 1850....................... ............... 1851....................... ............... 1852....................... ............... 1853....................... ............... 1854....................... ............... 1855....................... ............... ............... 1866 ............... AND VALUATION OF CnlCAGO. Population. 4,479 .... 7,580 12,088 14.169 16,859 20,023 23,047 28,269 32,270 38,737 60,652 65,872 83,509 110,000 Eeal estate, Personal property, valuation of. valuation of Total. ........... $94,437 $94,437 $39,720 166.744 127^024 151,342 42,585 108,757 1,441,384 479,093 962,221 2,763,281 771,186 1,992,095 3,065,022 791,851 2,273,171 4,521,666 3,664,425 857,231 863,704 5,849,170 4,995,466 1,302,174 6,300,440 4,998,266 6,676,684 1,495,047 5,181,627 1,534,284 7,220,249 5,685,965 1,758,458 8,562,717 6,808,262 2,391,102 12,498,306 10,107,204 3,711,154 16,841,831 13,130,677 24,394,239 5,401.495 18,790,744 27,422,204 6,521,000 21,901,204 31,489,140 5,717,959 25,771,181 421 Chicago, Illin ois. The increase has been very rapid since 1851, and if we take the ag gregate valuation for a number of preceding years, the results are as follow s:— TABLE 1839___ 1840___ 1841___ 1842___ 1843 . . . 1844___ E X H IB IT IN G TOTAL VALUE $1,829,420 1,861,205 1,888,160 2,325,240 2,250,735 OF B E A L 1845___ 1846___ 1847___ 1848___ 1849___ 1850___ . AND PERSONAL $3,669,124 5,071,402 6,189,385 9,986,000 7,617,102 8,101,000 PROPERTY IN C H IC A G O . 1851.......... 1852.......... 1853.......... 1854.......... 1856.......... 1857.......... $9,431,826 12,035,037 22,929,637 24,446,288 31.489,140 The increase in the number of the people has been very rapid since 1851 ; that is to say, since the influence of the gold discoveries, and the valuation, per head, has maintained its ratio per inhabitant. The influence o f railroads upon this development of business, has been direct and im portant. The amount of money expended in Illinois and the neighboring States has been about $180,000,000, the disbursement o f which has aided in settling, stocking, and working a vast extent of country, the products of which are carried over these roads more or less directly to Chicago. The progress in this respect may be seen from the following table o f the miles o f road entering Chicago, completed in June, 1855, and June, 1858 :— June, 1855, miles. Chicago and Milwaukee..................................................... Kenosha and Rockford.................................................... Racine and Mississippi................................................... Chicago, St. Paul, and Fond du Lac................................. Milwaukee and Mississippi, (Western Division.)........ Galena and Chicago Union................................................ Fox River Valley............................................................ Wisconsin Central.......................... .... Beloit Branch......................... fail. i Beloit and Madison.............. .(z.?.. Q y . .. IrfQ rJ k Mineral Point..................... ........................ >• vr , i A f S ) Dubuque and P a cific.......... . ...........f ' y ' •) Galena (FultoD) Air Line. . . . . .T T v................ ..... / Chicago, Iowa, and Nebraska..?>>».. i . ’i t ! • Chicago, Burlington, and Quincy...................................... Burlington and Missouri.................................................. Quincy and Chicago....................................................... Hannibal and St. J osep h .............................................. Chicago and Rock Island.................................. Mississippi and Missouri, 1st division.......... « u 2d « “ “ 3d “ !!!!. Peoria and Bureau Valley............................. Peoria and Oquawka...................................... Chicago, Alton, and St. L o u is ......................... Illinois Central .................................................. Pittsburg, Fort Wayne, and Chicago.............. Michigan Southern and Northern Indiana . . . Cincinnati, Peru, and Chicago..................... Michigan Central................................................ New Albany and Salem................................ ii Eleven trunk and twenty branch and extension lines... June, 1858, miles. 40 85 11 41 84 131 130 121 121 86 34 8 20 96 85 84 181 81 20 17 32 29 136 36 210 35 100 65 182 55 20 282 284 13 47 143 284 704 383 242 28 282 284 2,455 3,953 40 47 281 602 247 There has been put in operation 1,500 miles o f roads, which have ex tended the area of country that pours its wealth into Chicago. The pro jected connections of these roads extend over four thousand miles more, i 422 Com m ercial and In d ustrial Cities o f the United S tates: making 8,000, and their ultimate ramifications embrace every section of the Union. Every extension of railroads forms a center, embracing the breadth of land which feeds that center, as the square of the distance. If a wagon can bring a load 20 miles in a day, and a railroad run 60 miles, then the breadth of land that may be drained in the same time is nine times greater by the railroad. If the cars come 100 miles in the same time the wagons come 20, then the breadth o f land commanded in a given time is twenty-five times greater. From every point of the compass these lengthening roads run from Chicago over the most fer tile country. It is therefore not to be wondered at that Chicago is the greatest grain depot in the world, nor that her grain receipts have improved in the following ratio S H IP M E N T S OK G R A IN F R O M C H IC A G O F O R T W E N T Y Y E A R S . Years. 1 8 3 8 .... 1 8 3 9.... 1 8 4 0 .... 1 8 4 1 .... 1 8 4 2 .... 1 8 4 3 .... 1 8 4 4 .... 1 8 4 5 .... 1 8 4 6 .... 1 8 4 7 .... 1848... . 1 8 4 9 ,... 1850___ 1 8 5 1.... 1 8 5 2 .... 1 8 5 3 .... 1 8 5 4.... 1855... . 1 8 5 6.... 1 8 5 7 .... "Wheat, bushels. 78 3,678 10,000 40,000 586.907 688,907 923,494 1,024,620 1,599,819 2,136,994 2,386.000 2,192,809 1,387,989 799,390 941,470 1,680,998 2,644,860 7,115,270 9,419,365 10,783,292 Corn, bushels. .... 67,315 550,460 644,848 262,013 3,221,317 2,757,011 2,780,253 6,837,899 7,517,678 11,129,668 6,814,615 Tears. 1838........................ 1839....................... 1840....................... 1841....................... 1842....................... 1843....................... 1844....................... 1845....................... . 1846....................... 1847................ . . . 1848....................... 1849 ..................... ................... 1850....................... 1851 ..................... ................... 1852....................... ................... 1853....................... ................... 1854....................... 1855....................... ................... 1856 ................... 1857....................... P R IC E S Winter wheat, bushel. 0 82 0 62 0 68 0 85 1 65 Barley, bushels. ... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... AVERAGE Oats, bushels. 38,892 65,280 26,849 186,054 605,827 2,030,317 1,748,493 3,239,987 1,888,533 1,014,547 416,778 OF G R A IN Spring wheat, bushel. $0 0 0 0 38 40 50 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 38 55 52 40 50 70 0 66 0 78 0 65 0 40 0 60 1 09 1 31 1 05J 0 93 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Eye, bushels. . . . . . .... .... .... 31,453 22,872 19,997 127,028 120,275 148,421 92,032 19,051 17,993 AND 17,315 82,162 41,153 20,132 590 . . . . Total, bushels. 78 3,678 10,000 40,000 586,907 688,907 923,494 1,024,620 1,599,819 2,243,201 8,001,740 2,769,1 11 1,830,938 4,646,291 5,873,141 6,412,181 12,932,320 16,633,700 21,583,221 18,032,678 FLOUR. Flour, per barrel. Corn, bushel. Oats. bushel. #2 25 a 2 60 .. . f o 20 2 50 a 2 75 . .. 3 00 a 3 25 0 20 $0 40 3 25 a 3 35 2 75 a 3 25 0 20 0 15 2 62 a 2 871 0 20 0 16 3 25 a 3 75 0 40 0 30 3 50 a 3 75 0 40 0 19 3 25 a 3 50 0 22 0 14 3 50 a 4 00 0 26 0 15 3 75 a 4 00 0 32 0 26 a 4 00 3 75 0 43 0 20 4 50 a 4 76 0 45 0 40 2 50 a 4 00 0 36 0 28 2 75 a 4 25 0 40 0 24 3 75 a 5 25 0 47 0 33 6 98 a 7 48 0 481 0 30 0 62 0 331 7 121 a 8 141 0 36 0 281 4 91 a 6 26 5 05J 0 53 0 391 423 Chicago, Illin ois. The above tables embrace three periods having reference to the foreign demand which raised the prices. The first period is that o f the famine o f Ireland on the failure o f the potato crops, which commenced in 1845, and which carried the prices of corn and wheat to unusual height during the three years ending with 1850. A t that time Chicago had no other communication with the interior but that of the canal, and lake naviga tion furnished her only avenue to market. The grain of the valley o f the Illinois River, and that commanded by the canal, went South to New Orleans. Nevertheless, the prices were sufficient, as seen by the figures, to develop a large wheat trade in Chicago. In 1846-47-48, during the high prices abroad, the crops rapidly developed, and were brought in by wagons to the port to be shipped by the lake. The years 1851-52 were of reaction and low prices, giving no encouragement to the distant grain ports. W ith the year 1857 commenced not only a marked revival in the foreign trade for grain, mostly wheat, but a large expenditure of money, amounting since to $180,000,000 for the construction of those railroads which have drained the surrounding grain country into Chicago, and have also aided its sales. In Chicago, during the five years ending with 1850, when there were no railroads to bring wheat into the city, wheat averaged 75 cents per bushel. In the last five years it has averaged $1 23 per bushel. Corn has averaged 50 cents, against 33 cents at the former period. The effect o f these prices has been the immense increase in the grain supplies, particularly corn. The $180,000,000 which has been spent in the last named period for the construction of railroads has, to a large extent, become capital in the hands o f cultivators who have produced the grain. The value o f the wheat and corn brought to market at these two periods was as follows :— ,-------—Five years to 1851.------------ , Bushels. Price. Value. ,-------------- Five years to 185S.-------------- , Bushels. Price. Value. W h ea t.. . . Corn........... 9,703,611 1,521,636 $7,778,709 508,212 31,643,785 35,080,113 $1 23 50 $39,554,731 17,540,056 Total. 11,228,247 $7,786,921 67,723,898 .. $57,094,787 75 33 Thus the value o f these two grains alone, received at Chicago, has been equal to an increase o f nearly $50,000,000, or $10,000,000 per annum. This trade has been developed during the season of high prices abroad, and while the railroads have not operated fully. The corn has been re ceived one-half by the canal, and the remainder by the railroads. The wheat has come to hand nearly altogether by railroads. The teams in the last year brought in about 200,000 bushels, and the canal 880,000 bushels, together 10 per cent of the whole. It is obvious that the business of Chicago has been based on a solid foundation; that the natural products o f an area of at least 200 miles diameter, intersected at every point by railroads, has been drawn into her warehouse, and the fast-settling country has required merchandise in re turn. The operations for a moment has encountered a check, but cannot be lasting. Prices o f grain may decline for the moment, but the general trade cannot but increase. The whole machinery is now in operation. If railroad expenditure is less, the attractions of the land are greater, and vast tracts still invite settlers to add to the future resources of Chicago. A t this moment, the machinery of production and transportation, in and around Chicago, indicates that it is just now entering upon 42-i Com m ercial and Industrial Cities o f the United S tates: its career. The prices for grain for the moment are dull, owing to good harvests abroad, but the Western country can now sell and deliver cheaper than ever, 'the railroad expenditure is to be run down for the present; but it follows that the local demand for food is also less in proportion ; that while the whole industry of the section is turned to production, it depends upon the foreign market only for the sale of its surplus. The earnings of the railroads indicate the immense development of business they have occasioned. Six years since the whole amount was $40,000, derived from 40 miles o f the Galena Boad. The result of the last year’s business was as follows E A R N IN G S OF A L L T H E R A I L W A Y S C E N T E R IN G IN C H IC A G O F O R T H E Y E A R 1857. T O T A L E A R N IN G S . Passengers. Chicago and Milwaukee............. Racine and Mississippi.............. Chicago, St. Paul,<fc Fond du Lac Milwaukee and Mississippi........ Galena and Chicago Union........ Fox River V alley....................... Mineral P o in t............................. Dubuque and Pacific ................. Chicago, Iowa, and Nebraska... Chicago, Burlington, & Quincy.. Burlington and Missouri........... Quincy and Chicago................... Chicago and Rock Island........... Mississippi and Missouri........... Chicago, Alton, and St. Louis... Illinois Central............................. Pittsburg, F. Wayne, & Chicago Michigan Southern N. Indiana Michigan Central....................... New Albany and S a lem ........... Freight Mails, &c. $239,808 19 $178,452 66 $11,644 (vide receipts in full) 726.909 58 1,321,787 67 69,258 (estimate.) 8,465 29 14,465 87 650 22,676 09 28,720 07 273 1,552 21 448 11,630 39 592,565 81 1,280,522 76 16,497 30.618 45 17,836 38 589 145,422 12 173,011 04 18,890 742,949 84 882,384 16 65,967 147,911 35 148,244 30 442,434 18 523,806 43 32,068 1,064,978 46 1.087,987 55 190,998 941,175 14 653,916 61 53,787 1,316,478 21 833,053 80 31,592 1,447,526 78 1,130,819 25 78,125 (estimate.) 54 72 35 89 05 92 75 73 57 86 56 48 96 33 Total. $532,782 271,608 429,305 441,408 2,117,904 30,000 23,581 51,660 19,830 1,889,586 49,044 337,323 1,681,101 296,155 998,309 2,293,964 1,652.727 2,186,124 2,656,471 631,868 92 44 39 94 97 00 51 05 65 49 58 89 57 74 47 57 95 97 36 00 Total...................................................................................................... $18,590,520 26 Several new lines were added to the above list during the past year, but in order that we may form definite ideas of the aggregate effect of the panic on the railways, we present the earnings of the twelve roads then reported for each year:— ,-------------------Earnings.- 1857. 1856. Chicago and Milwaukee...................................... Chicago, St. Paul, and Fond du Lac................. Galena and Chicago U n ion ............................... Fox River Valley .............................................. Chicago, Burlington, and Quincy....................... Quincy and Chicago, six months....................... Chicago and Rock Island ................................. Chicago, Alton, and St. Louis............................. Illinois Central...................................................... Michigan Southern and Northern Indiana.. . . Michigan Central................................................ New Albany and Salem..................................... Total.............................................................. $660,000 137,303 2,456,045 50,000 1,627,029 215,222 1,751,704 1,000,000 2,469,533 3,114,756 3,120,154 743,492 00 67 80 00 61 79 60 00 67 06 10 53 $17,343,242 83 $522,731 429,305 2,117.904 80,000 1,899,586 347,323 1,681,101 998,309 2,293,964 2,186,124 2,656,471 631,868 92 39 97 00 49 89 57 48 57 97 86 00 $15,784,692 60 The result is not a large decline, but the panic operated but upon a portion of the year’s business, and will more fully develop its effects in 425 Chicago, Illinois. the succeeding year. In addition, these railroads are the operators of the Illinois and Michigan Canal, o f which the tolls are $200,000 per annum. The imports and exports of the city, from all sources for the past year were as follows :— S T A T E M E N T S H O W IN G TH E C O M P A R A T IV E R E C E IP T S R A IL R O A D FOR AND S H IP M E N T S B Y L A K E , CANAL, AND 1857. R E C E IP T S . Articles. Agricultural implements, .lbs. Agricultural products............. A shes........................ A pples....................... Barley....................... Barrels, empty.......... Beer........................... Brick......................... ............M. B u tter....................... Cattle......................... Cheese....................... Coal........................... Corn. . . ; ................... C otton....................... Dressed hogs............ Dressed beef............. Dried fr u it............... Flour......................... ........bbls. Furniture................. packages Furniture................... F urs........................... Grass seed................. H e m p ....................... Hides......................... Hides......................... .........No. Hogs, live................. Horses....................... Hubs........................... Iron and n a ils......... Iron, pieces and scrap.............. Lard......................... Lath........................... ........ No. Lead......................... Lime, &c ................... Lumber..................... Machinery................ packages Machinery................. Malt........................... Merchandise.............. packages Merchandise............. Meal....................... . Mill stuffs................. Molasses................... ....b b ls . Oats........................... Oil-cake..................... Paper......................... Pickets....................... ........ No. P ork................ ....b b ls . Posts, cedar............... ........ No. Provisions................. Railroad iron............ Railroad ties............. R y e ........................... Salt............................ Lake. 146,460 8,375 38,160 1-2,910 22,596 659 .... 53 134,043 3,200 ... .... .... 5.347 4,290 5,900 .... .... 1,159 ... .... 24,584 6,950 6,154 .... 79,650,000 23,320 444,396,300 175 104 3,360 160,763 82,749 ... .... 80 Canal. 37,300 23,760 ... 2,692 1,240 191 4,395 8 000 6,636 4,122,605 .... .... .... 12,931 11 1,138 162,751 193,637 72,353 .... .... .... 8 21 149 ... 36 7,686 196,150 .... 41 .... 202 13,700 435,319 .... 366,739 .... .... 5 544,302 14,200 27,805 120,076 .... 204,469 2,787 .... 1,395,198 .... 2,213 .... Railroad. 15,286,072 11,723,006 181,792 8,795 86,191 32,771 2,429 217,721 1,534,990 48,235 970,590 30,671 3,085.825 103,000 8,442,611 211,712 516,987 376,752 2,632 2,288,572 .... 5,366,931 61,833 208,902 4,428 .... 2,835 255 7,085 494,000 2,091 45,4 85 15,046,748 59 42,876 91,663 101,892 7,927,556 1,848 940,432 45,767 436,460 1,182,000 6,126 4,852,830 787 2,057 84,485 4 Total. 15,328,370 11,893,227 181,792 17,170 122,043 46,921 25,025 218,471 1,539,385 48,288 978,590 171,360 7,211,630 103,000 8,442,611 211,712 516,987 395,030 4,290 2,643 1,138 2,257,223 193,637 5,439,284 62,992 208,902 4,428 24,684 9,793 6,620 7,234 80,144,000 2,127 76,491 459,639,198 175 204 45,736 160,763 174,612 115,592 8,362,875 1,848 1,307,251 45,767 436,460 1,182,000 8,918 544,302 6,252,228 28,092 122,138 86,698 204,473 426 Commercial and Industrial Cities o f the United States: Articles. Salt................................... .sacks Lard................................. Sheep............................... ..N o. Shingles........................... Shingle bolts................... .cords Shot................................. Spokes............................. Staves............................... Stone.....................cubic yards Stone-ware..................... Sugar................................ Tar.................................... Threshing machines . . . . ..N o. Tobacco........................... Wagons and buggies... . ..N o. W heat............................. Whisky............................. , bbls. White-lead....................... W ood ............................... cords W o o l ............................... Agricultural implements . .lbs. Agricultural products.. . A p p le s ............................. Barley.............................. Bark................................. .cords Barrels............................. ..N o. B eans............................. ..bush. Beer.................................. .bbls. Beef................................. Broom c o . n ..................... Buckwheat flour............. B u tter............................. Castings........................... Cheese............................. Coal................................. Corn................................. .,bu<h. Cattle................................ ..N o. Dressed h o g s ................. ..lbs. Dressed beef................... Dried fruit....................... Engines........................... ..N o. F is h ................................. Flour................................. Furniture......................... Grass seed....................... Grind-stones ................... Hair................................. Hay.................................. Hides............................... ..N o . Hides................................ H oops............................... cords H o g s ................................ Horses............................. Iron and n a ils................. Iron, pieces and scrap.. Lard................................. Lath.................................. ..N o. Lead................................. L im e ................................ .bbls. Lumber........................... M achinery....................... Lake. 117,877 Canal. Bailroad. 1,850 .... 130.462,250 7,182 373,300 3,123,000 58,123 ... .... .... 81,000 .... 30,610 122,842 .... 1,714,961 29,750 no 625 8,470 430 79,463 .... .... .... 6,776,514 122 .... 226 .... 634 .... 5 .... 167,227 .... 147 644 47 ... 14 731,300 40 434 75,200 196,000 .... .... .... 39 601 2,210 .... 928 1,010 240,330 . . . . .... 6,432,166 210 91,266 5 885,531 5,881 425,012 21,592 89,588 SHIPMENTS. ___ 520,418 .... 63,312 .... .... 10 1,104 9,993 686 8,900 54 .... 6 44,203 53 358 .... «... .... • 52,469 1,368,000 .... .... 596 .... .... 35 .... .... 140 106 .... 14,118,275 .... 1,392 82,427,639 . . . . 153 9,461,029 24,255 17.974 1,027,243 6,930,844 1,348,192 165,682 5,931 158,829 10,037 8,600 1,313 146 35 83 45,350 849 218,406 22,764 48,620 25,365 4,229,253 348,626 13,179 ... 78,407 392 806,648 .... ... 66,578 1,320,300 110,070 2,105 24,328 35 1,476 38,519,420 180 12,759 228,919,870 2,273 Total. 117,371 1,850 52,469 131,830,250 7,182 81,000 373,300 3,153,610 122,842 58,123 8,147,127 29,750 350 91,266 783 10,355,030 30,566 425,012 119,029 1,116,631 7,451,262 1,401,404 165,582 5,941 169,926 686 13,937 8,654 1,319 44,402 393 83 45,350 1,075 218,406 23,398 6,825,134 25,487 4,229,253 348,626 13 179 5 147 255,278 439 1,537,948 14 40 1,030 141,778 1,516,300 35 110,070 2,105 24,479 742 3,686 52,637,695 1,108 15,161 311,787,839 2,273 427 Chicago, Illin ois. Articles. Marble..................... Machinery............... Merchandise............ Merchandise......... Meal......................... Mill-stufFs............... Mill ston e............... Molasses................. ........ bbls. Oats......................... Oil........................... Pelts, <fec.............. Pork......................... P o s ts ....................... Provisions............... ...........lbs. Railroad iron......... Reapers................... ............No. S a lt ......................... Salt......................... Lard............... . . . . Sheep..................... Shingles.................. Shingle b o lts ........ Staves....................... Stone ..................... Sugar....................... Sundries.................. Tallow..................... Vinegar................... Wagons................... W heat..................... W h isky., ............... W o o d ................... .. W o o l ....................... Lake. 115 9,189 23,178 402,770 Canal. 102 91 717 .... 6,500 389,184 12,151 1,617,460 129 102 2,240 1,890 35 .... 91 31,656 55 .... 11,578 58,534 585 45 20,131,250 489 519 1,604 99 1,807 9,284,705 609 8,276 12,645 35 37 60 110 12,383 359 .... Railroad. .... 137,253 113,289 76,716 1,400 1,506 24,538 592,973 17,836 587,880 1,846,106 869 57,501 88 6,471 134,696,500 76 206 7,000 876,550 3,464 345 .... 1,624 187,964 9,014 126 735,711 Total. 102 206 147,159 23,178 516,059 76,716 7,900 1,506 415,612 35 592,973 30,078 619,536 3,463,566 184 971 71,319 58,534 673 6,516 154,827,750 665 725 8,604 889,195 3,598 2,189 60 1,734 9,485,082 9,982 126 738,987 The aggregate receipts of grain and flour have seen has follows for all points inland and by lake :— 1856. 1857. 1854. 1855. 3,038,955 7,490,753 4,193,385 85,961 201,764 7,535,097 8,532,377 2,947,187 68,068 301,805 8,767,760 11,088,398 2,219.897 45,707 128,457 10,554,761 7,409,130 1,707,245 87,911 127,689 Total................ Flour, its equival’t in wheat 792,875 1,203,310 23,050,219 1,624,605 19,886,536 1,969,670 Total............... .bush. Flour......................... . .bbls. 15,804,423 234,575 20,487,953 320,312 24,674,824 410,989 21,856,206 489,934 Wheat..................... Corn......................... Oats......................... Rye.......................... Barley..................... Rapid as has been the progress of great railroad enterprises, it has not been at the expense or sacrifice of the lake commerce. Indeed, it is far otherwise; for since the completion of the great lines of railroads, the commerce of the lakes has been greater than ever before. Indeed, the railway interest acts as a direct feeder to the shipping; and if the one prospers the other cannot decay. As carriers they are not competitors ; for the railways can never carry either freight or passengers as cheap as the sail-vessel, propeller, or steamboat. There are articles o f merchandise where dispatch is the great desideratum with the purchaser, which it is better to carry by railroad; but in the great staples of trade— the grain, flour, beef, pork, and lumber— the sail-vessels and propellers will always be the principal carriers. 428 Com m ercial and In d ustrial Cities o f the United S tates: N U M B E R A N D T O N N A G E O F V E S S E L S A R R I V IN G 1854 ..................... 1855 ..................... No. vessels. Tonnage. 5,021 1,092,644 6,610 1,608,845 1854 A T C H IC A G O , 1856 ..................... 1857 ..................... TO 1857. No. vessels. Tonnage. 7,328 1,545,379 7,557 1,753,413 Chicago, as a lumber market, has for many years stood pre-eminent. Its rise and progress is only equaled by the rapid development of the city as a center o f the territory west of the great lakes; and, in importance, this branch of its commerce is second perhaps to no other. The river banks are lined for miles and miles with the immense piles of lumber which is shipped to Chicago from the pineries o f Michigan, Wisconsin, and Canada, and it is perhaps the best criterion that could be adopted to comprehend the magnitude of the trade. The capital invested in the lumber business is immense. Not to speak of the property owned by merchants in mills and woodlands, the wealth which is invested in stock, in docks, and in real estate in that city, cannot be less than ten or a dozen million dollars. The fleet of lumber vessels alone did not cost less than a million and a half o f dollars; and the number of hands employed in the business, one way and another, cannot fall short of ten thousand. The receipts for a number of years were as follows :— R E C E IP T S OF L U M B E R , L A T H , A N D S H IN G L E S FOR Lumber. 1847 .............................. 1848 .............................. 1849 ............................. 1850 .............................. 1 8 5 1 ............................. 1852 .............................. 1853 .............................. 1854 .............................. 1855 ............................. 1856 .............................. 1857 .............................. ELEVEN TEARS. Shingles. 12,148,500 20,000,000 39,057,750 55,423,750 60,338,250 77,080,500 93,483,784 28,061,250 158,770,860 135,876,000 131,832,250 Lath. 5,655,700 10,250,109 19,281,733 19,809,700 27.583,475 19,759 670 39,133,116 32,431,550 46,487,550 79.235,120 80,130,000 The destination of this lumber is seen by the routes it took last year as follow s:— S H IP M E N T S OF LUM BER F O R THREE 185§. YEARS. 1856. 1S57. 240,330 82.427,643 70,732,960 By lake..........................................feet. By ca n al.............................................. By Galena Railroad........................... By Michigan Southern Railroad___ By Michigan Central Railroad.......... By Rock Island Railroad................. By Illinois Central Railroad............. By Chicago and St. Paul Railroad.. By Chicago, Alton, and St. Louis R. By Chicago, Burlington, & Quincy R. By Chicago and Milwaukee Railroad City supply on hand.......................... 5,500 81,040,328 111,081,351 216,386 287,983 18,207,723 90,968,113 203,285,437 414,870 26,526,425 32,615,279 8,333,453 17,088,850 71,329,393 1,888,590 148,030,405 Total feet..................................... 306,553,467 456,673,169 459,639,198 17,800 73,633,990 135,709,150 152,014 149,705 24,232,705 4,746,184 ) .......i W ith these leading features o f the large commerce which is carried on in Chicago, in receiving the produce o f the fast-settling prairies and sup plying them with lumber and goods, a large manufacturing business has grown up in the city. The capital and hands employed are as follows :— Chicago , Illin ois. M ANU FACTURES OF Iron works, steam engines, Ac............................. S to v e s..................................................................... Agricultural implements....................................... Brass and tin ware, A c.......................................... Carriages, wagons, Ac............................................ High wines, beer, ale, A c...................................... Soap, candles, lard, A c.......................................... Furniture................................................................. Stone, marble, A c .................................................. Planing mills, sash, doors, Ac............................... Musical instruments.............................................. Leather................................................................... Barrels, wooden ware, A c .................................... Brick......................................................................... Flour ..................... .............................................. Chemicals................................................................. Harness, saddles, A c.............................................. Sheet and bar lea d ................................................ Glue and neats foot oil.......................................... Starch (estimated)................................................. Daguerreotypes, ambrotypes............................... Engraving, dec.......................................................... Cigars...................................................................... White lead...................................... ..................... Types, Ac................................................................. Boots, shoes, clothing, A other manufactures, est. Miscellaneous (reported)........................................ T o ta l............................................................... 429 C H IC A G O . Capital. $1,763,900 185,000 597,000 257,000 356,000 497,000 296,000 354,000 617,950 445,000 13,200 332,000 178,700 300,000 325,000 15,000 82,900 25,000 20,000 15,000 75,000 11,000 8,050 50,000 500,000 439,700 $7,759,400 Value of Ilands. Manufactures. 2,866 $3,887,084 70 238,000 575 1,134,300 351 471,000 881 948.160 165 1,150,320 100 528,021 504 543,000 843 896,775 554 1,092,397 31 37,000 126 432,000 171 357,250 500 712,000 73 636,569 15 32,000 220 271,000 75 100,000 15 25,000 25 75,000 75 100,000 30 29.500 26 16,800 10 7,200 20 .... 1,750 750,000 502 1,044,697 10,573 $15,515,063 The panic of the last fall has thrown a cloud over these employments for the moment, only to restore greater activity with the coming year. With the wealth of the city its embelishments indicate the public spirit of its people. The Chicago Daily Press remarks :— The improve ments for the year 1857 have generally been of a character, both as to style of architecture and costliness o f materials, far ahead of the im provements of any former year. Massive business blocks, such as can be found in no other city in the United States, except New York, some of iron, some of marble, and others of brick, five stores in height, with capacious basements; costly marble and brick residences, and spacious churches, constitute the more prominent features of these improvements. Aside from these, a larger amount of less pretending improvements have been made than ever before, which, if not effecting so marked a difference in our city’s characteristics as those first spoken of, are nevertheless of quite as much importance to its growth and prosperity, in affording cheap places of business for men of limited means, and residences at living rentals for the families of the less thrifty traders, and for the operatives in our growing manufacturing establishments. Without going into our usual detail under this head, we present the following table as showing the amount of capital invested in these improvements during the year 1857 Description of building. Business blocks and buildings................... Residences................................................... Churches...................................................... ......... 75,000 West division. $211,500 227,500 67,200 North division. $144,200 189,400 61,500 $2,110,895 $506,200 $395,100 South division. 430 Salt, S alt M ines, Salines, etc., in the United States. Total in three divisions.............................................................................. 2,000 buildings m various parts of the city, not included in the above, averaging $1,000 each (estimated) .................................................... City improvements, as per report of Superintendent of Public Works Unenunoerated improvements, by sewerage and water commission ers, by gas company, by canal companies, and by private individ uals (estimated)...................................................................................... $3,012,195 00 Total..................................................................................................... Cost of improvements 1851 ..................................................................... “ “ 1855 “ “ 1856 “ “ 1857 $6,423,518 2,438,910 3,735,254 5,708,624 6,423,518 2,000,000 00 411,323 62 1,000,000 00 62 00 00 00 62 Art, V.— SALT, SALT MINES, SALINES, ETC., IN THE UNITED STATES. C E S S IO N O F S P R I N G S — S U P E R I N T E N D E N T Y IE L D A P P O IN T E D — P R E S E N T P R O D U C E — S O L A R E V A P O R A T I O N — P E R A C R E — M A D E B Y F I R E — D U T Y ON S A L T — G E N E R A L W H I T E , A G E N T — D E M A N D F O R S A L T D U R IN G TH E W A R — N E W R O C K IN L E A S E — 8 A L IN E S O F V IR G IN IA — L A R G E SU P P L Y K A N A W H A — W E L LS SU N K — GAS— PETROLEU M — SA L T O F 8 A L T — I M P O R T A T IO N O F S A L T — T O T A L S A L T n O M E -M A D B A N D IM P O R T E D — O N O N D A G A S A L IN E S — S A L T L A K E — I S L A N D O F ST . M A R T I N ’ S — V O L C A N O C R A T E R S — C A N A D A W EST. I n 1788, tlie State of New York, in a treaty made with the Indians at Cavuga Ferry, obtained a cession o f the Onondaga Salines. In 1797, the State appointed a superintendent of these salines, and from the 20th of June of that year to the 31st of December, 1857, these salines pro duced one hundred and ten million two hundred and ten thousand four hundred and fourteen (110,210,414) bushels o f salt, o f fifty-six pounds each. About forty gallons of salt water of these salines make a bushel of fifty-six pounds of salt. The State superintendent, in 1850, estimated that salt, "by solar evaporation, could be made at these salines for four cents per bushel. An acre of solar salt-vats yield three thousand bushels of salt per annum— one man can attend two acres. Salt made in iron kettles by heat of fire, requires two-and-a-half cords of wood to produce a bushel of salt. A block o f forty iron kettles, of one hundred gallons each, will, in five running days, with two additional for cooling down and clearing out the kettles, yield one thousand bushels o f salt. The wells from which the salt water is pumped up are from two hundred and thirty-seven to two hundred and eighty-five feet in depth. The State of New York, from 1797 to 1834, imposed a duty of twelveand-a-half cents per bushel of fixty-six pounds. In 1835, it was reduced to six cents, and since 1846 has been at one cent per bushel. The present rate pays the expense of sinking wells, pumping, etc. The supply o f salt water does not appear to diminish, nor its quality in the least impaired, by continued pumping. Among my files, I have an old letter from General White, o f Equality, Illinois, which says :— “ In 1809, I was appointed agent on the part of the United States for the works at this place, and being then quite a young man, and was advised that the object o f the government was to make the greatest possible quantity of salt at as low a price to the con sumer as possible, these were the propositions offered in the advertisements, Salt, Salt M ines, Salines, etc., in the United States. 431 and the leases were taken with strong covenants to make as much salt as could be made, and to sell it at a given price, generally seventy-five cents for a bushel of fifty pounds, the first lease lower but soon raised by per mission of the government. My duty consisted principally in distributing this salt, as fast as made, among the applicants, as the demand was greater than the supply, and a short distance off it was worth from two to three dollars for a bushel of fifty pounds, or from four to six cents per pound. The lease expired in 1&13, during the war, when a great demand for salt existed. The government now seemed to change its policy, and instead of leasing to those who would make the greatest quantity and sell cheapest, they wanted the most rent they could get, and permitted a higher price, viz., one dollar and twenty-five cents per bushel. A new set o f men came, and gave fifty thousand dollars per annum, under the impression that the water was inexhaustible, and that the advance in price would enable them to pay this rent, and they would make a fortune. By this time the wood was exhausted, (had not learned to burn coal then,) new lines of pipes had to be made, new wells dug, old lines lengthened, new furnaces to be erected, and by the time this was done peace came, and the Kanawha Salines extended their works, down went the price o f salt, and ruined all here.” The salines o f Kanawha, in Northwestern Virginia, were first worked by the Indians and by the early white settlers to 1808. A large number of wells were subsequently sunk for a distance o f ten miles along the banks of the Kanawha River. Within a few years past, wells have been sunk there to a depth o f from one thousand to fifteen hundred feet, and the salt water that comes from the greatest depth is, in mid-summer, as cold as iced water, and the gas that rises from these wells is as cold as a northern blast on this continent in winter. This gas is turned under the kettles, and is burnt in the furnaces for boding down the salt water and making salt. The tubes, through which the gas and salt water is forced from great depths, become coated with a white concrete substance, as hard as stone, and unless removed, like soot from a chimney, will close the wells in a few months. I have specimens of this incrustation, but have not yet analyzed it. The outer surfaces of the kettles, in the fur naces where the gas is burnt for fuel, become coated with a black, spongy substance that is very hard, and on being broken exhibits the appearance of a mass of vegetable roots. The gas is so abundant, and so powerful, that it forces the salt water to the height of seventy feet above the ground. The Kanawha brine contains bromine, the salt has a redish tinge, and is highly esteemed in the West. A large quantity of salt is made at these salines annually. Coal, in addition to the gas, is used under the kettles for fuel, and is found abundantly in the surrounding hills. When the wells were first sunk there, liquid petroleum in great abundance came up with the first discharges of salt water. The intense cold in the deepest wells at Kanawha presents the converse o f the temperature o f the deep artesian well at Grenalle, Paris. In 1840, in deepening a salt well at Saltville, on the north fork o f Holsten River, southwestern mountains o f Virginia, a bed of salt rock was struck at the depth of two hundred and twenty feet from the surface, and a shaft sunk in it to the depth of one hundred and sixty feet. This de posit is under a strata of gypsum of thirty feet in thickness. The place in which this deposit was found is what geologists call a trough between 432 Salt, Salt M ines, Salines, etc., in the United Stales. two mountains, and is near eighteen hundred feet above the level of the sea. New River, a tributary of the Kanawha, heads near this salt mine. The salt made of these mines is the best that is sold in any o f our markets— it is a pure chloride o f sodium. No water was found in the shaft sunk in the salt rock, and they sunk a well at a distance of forty feet from it, and at the depth of two hundred and fourteen feet obtained an abundant supply o f water, fully saturated with salt. They find it more economical to raise the salt water and evaporate it than to raise the salt rock, dissolve it, precipitate the earthy matter held in suspension, and then evaporate the clarified salt water. The supply of salt at these mines is very large— the Holsten is a tributary of the Clinch River, which is a tributary of the Tennessee River, affording the means of transportation to Tennessee, Alabama, Mississippi, etc., and the railroad, recently made in that part o f the country, will afford an easy and cheap transportation to the East. Thus it is seen, in this brief statement, how bountifully our country is supplied with the necessaries of life, and what progress we have made in bringing it into use. In the year 1840, the importation of salt into the United States was eight million one hundred and eighty-three thousand two hundred and three bushels of fifty-six pounds, and six million one hundred and seventynine thousand two hundred and three bushels. The Virginian and Western bushel is fifty pounds; New York bushel fifty-six pounds, the same as the United States Custom-house bushel. In 1840, ihe quantity o f salt imported, and that manufactured together, was equal to fourteen million three hundred and two thousand three hun dred and seventy-seven bushels, being equal to an apportionment of seveneighths of a bushel to every man, woman, and child in the United States. In the year 1855, the Onondaga Salines produced six million eightytwo thousand eight hundred and eighty-five bushels o f salt, the largest quantity that has been made at these salines in any one year. When Capt. Stansbury returned from the Salt Lake of Utah, I was at Washington, and had several interview's with him. He brought home some samples o f the salt made there, but the salt water he lost by the carelessness of the express which brought it. The salt pond in the Island of St. Martin’s, W . I., produces salt that weighs ninety-pounds to the measured bushel; it has the transparency and hardness o f alum, and is in pepper-shaped crystals o f large size. The water of that pond has been reinforced by an earthquake; previous to that, a few years the saline supply was cut off by a similar convulsion. Some of the salt mines on our globe are in the craters o f volcanoes. In the State of New York and in Canada West, at a point west of the Onondaga Salines, salt water is found in great abundance, and much of it has a specific gravity greater than that of the Dead Sea, or Sea of Sodom, and holds in combination so large a percentage o f the deliquescing chlorides, calcium, and magnesium, as to render it unfit for antisceptic purposes. The great Salt Lake o f Utah is at a great elevation above the sea board, while the surface of the Lake of Sodom, or the Dead Sea, is below the level of the ocean. During one of the volcanic eruptions o f Mount Vesuvius, a few years since, a beautiful arbor of marine salt was instantly formed by the fumes of the volcano. 433 China Trade. Thus we see, in the production of salt, nature displays wonders that are instructive to the human mind. From my immense gatherings of statistics in relation to salt, salt mines, salines, etc., I find it difficult to condense a statement within readable limits, but I trust this statement, brief as it is, will be instructive to those whose duty it may become to frame tariffs, and afford also facts o f in terest to the scientific reader. The great Falls of Niagara, now in the bosom o f a plain, have, under neath the great waterfall, and immediately beneath Table Rock, salt water of as great specific gravity as the water o f the Dead Sea. Art. V I .- C H I N A RECENT TRADE. E V E N T S — D E V E L O P M E N T OF IN T E R C O U R S E — A R E A OF C H IN A — P O P U L A T IO N — D E N S IT Y — L A N D T A X — R IC E — H O R S E S — C H A R A C T E R I S T I C S — G O V E R N M E N T — T O T A L T A X E S — F IN A N C IA L D IF F IC U L T IE S — O P IU M T R A D E — A C C U M U L A T IO N O F W E A L T H — E A R L Y T R A D E "T E A — E X C H A N G E OF T R E A T IE S , T H E IR E F F E C T — F O R E IG N W I T H U N I T E D S T A T E S — I M P O R T OF TRADE OF C H IN A — I N T E R N A L T R A D E — T O N N A G E — S A L T — G O V E R N M E N T P O L I C Y — F U T U R E P R O S P E R I T Y — I M P O R T S A N D E X P O R T S OF U N IT E D STATES W IT H C H IN A — B A LA N C E 8 I L K S — C O N S U M P T IO N O F C O T T O N E X P O R T S T O A S I A — I N D IA N O F T R A D E — IN F L U E N C E IN C H IN A — P R O G R E S S O F G O L D U P O N P R I C E S — C H IN A C O T T O N — OF E X P O R T S T H I T H E R — B R IT IS H COTTON C O T T O N — C H IN E S E M A R K E T F O R C O T T O N S — A M E R IC A N G O O D S — C O T T O N C O U N T R IE S — IN S U R R E C T IO N — M O D E O F C O L L E C T IN G T A X E S — S Y C E E — D R A IN O F S I L V E R — E F F E C T OF I T S S IL V E R — BALAN CE OF T R A D E RETURN. T h e recent events that have transpired in China m a rk a new era in our intercourse with that portion of the human race ; interesting, not only on account of its antiquity and supposed wealth, but from the extent of its numbers ; which, with the people of India, with whom a new state of intercourse is about to be developed, make up half the whole human race. The area of China is 1,298,000 square miles, and the population is given by Gutzlaff at 367,000,000, and confirmed at about that by other late writers. Comparatively with England and Wales, the proportion of numbers to territory would be as follow s:— Area, square miles. England and W a le s .................................. C h ina................................ ........................ 37,812 1,298,000 Population, 18,065,634 367,000,000 Acres per head. 2 2£ Thus, even at the figures given, the population is less dense than in England. The census returns give, in some provinces of the empire, the population at an average of more than 700 persons to the square mile. But by the last census the county of Lancaster, England, had about 800 per square mile, not to speak of Middlesex, which has an average of 500, or of Surrey, which has about 700 per square mile. It is also to be ob served that these densely peopled parts of China on the sea-coast, have been penetrated by Europeans, are well known to be very fertile, and in every way well fitted to afford a large amount o f subsistence to their in habitants. The Chinese returns of the land subject to tax, as used in rice cultivation, give nearly half an acre of such land to each living person ; and we are assured that in the southern and well-watered provinces, it is anything but uncommon to take two crops of rice, one of wheat, and one of pulse from the same land in a single season. Now the whole arable VOL. x x x ix .— no . iv . 28 434 China Trade. surface of England and Wales is said not to exceed 10,500,000 acres, which gives little more than half an acre per head ; and they have also to provide for about 1,600,000 horses and cattle, and 8,000,000 sheep and swine. In China they keep few horses, the rude labor being per formed chiefly by m en; they have few cattle o f any description; even their dogs they make serviceable as food ; and their swine are fed only on such garbage as even they cannot convert to human sustenance in any more direct manner. These Chinese are a quiet, peaceable, and docile race, being for the most part more free than Europeans from oppression of any description. They have never encountered feudal slavery in any of its forms, and conse quently have not had to struggle against local customs and the privileges of an aristocracy, as has been the case in Europe, and with the white race generally. To this fact may, perhaps, be ascribed the absence of a pro gressive spirit, which has not been elicited by intolerable local oppressions. The theory of the government has been patriarchal. The emperor is the sire, his officers are the responsible elders of the provinces, as every father is of the inmates of his house, and the gradations of rank carry the im perial authority down to the smallest subdivision of the communities. The authority is felt, however, by individuals, in a very mild degree. The Mandschu government has never been extortionate of itself, nor has it varied the taxes materially. These are levied almost entirely upon rice grounds and salt; and the amount, according to the “ red book ” of 1842, was 150,000,000 taels, or about §200,000,000, which would be a little more than half a dollar per head each inhabitant. The chief expenditure is the army, which is estimated at 700,000 men, but is, in fact, nearly nominal. The present emperor succeeded his father in 1850, and he is the seventh of the Tsing dynasty, which was established on the conquest of the country, in 1675, by the Mandschu Tartars. The discontent of the people, which has always existed to some extent, has of late years been stimulated by the manifest inability o f the govern ment to protect its subjects from plunder, either by bands o f robbers in the interior, or by pirates on the coasts, but which was never openly and thus forcibly expressed, in a refusal to pay taxes wherever an overwhelm ing force was not at hand to compel payment, until the issue of the war with England gave the people to understand that the emperor was not invincible. The deficit on the last budget was some §75,000,000, and as the government has no credit, having at various times illustrated the value of its paper promises to pay by answering “ bearer on demand ” with the paternal bamboo, the resources commonly resorted to in such cases in the western world are not available. One great cause of the derangement of the Chinese finances has been the opium trade, causing an immense drain of silver from China to India. This opium trade has, at the same time, been the chief support of the British Indian government. That which has been destroying China has been fostering India. The trade being illegal, is everywhere settled in silver, and the amount averages $6,000,000 annually. The “ oozing out” o f silver was one of the most potent motives o f the late emperor for at tempting the suppression of the trade. The financial difficulty, it was supposed, would cease if the trade should be legalized, by which the government revenue would be improved. The emperor replied, “ Nothing will induce me to derive a revenue from the vice and misery o f my peo- China Trade. 435 pie.” The new emperor, it appears, is less scrupulous— he has legalized the trade at 40 taels per chest duty. The average import was 50,000 chests per annum, at a cost o f smuggling about equal to this duty ; but the removal of the penalties for its use will immensely extend the sale. The duty will yield on 50,000 chests 82,300,000 per annum. Those people, so long secluded from the “ rest of mankind,” under their own government, are supposed to have accumulated vast wealth in the lapse of ages; and the hope o f participating in that wealth by commer cial intercourse, has fixed the attention of modern traders. The trade with China was early commenced in the United States; but although those engaged in it found it lucrative, it was confined to few hands, and the annual value did not much vary, being restricted mostly by the quan tity of tea consumed in the United States. In speculative years, when the prices of silks and teas ran high, the sum o f the imports from China increased generally, causing a corresponding drain of specie, because the wants of the Chinese embraced few o f the articles which the United States had to sell. In 1820, the imports were large, and fell off one-half with the panic of that year. In 1830, they had recovered the amount, and again declined with the revulsion, and continued to do so under the war between Great Britain and China; the result of which was to put the trade on an entire new footing.* Since the peace there has been much improvement, but the expectations then entertained have not been fully realized. It is now about thirteen years since we exchanged treaties with China, putting us on a level with the most favored nations; that is, opening to us the five ports of Canton, Shanghae, Ningpo, Foo chow, and Amoy. Since that time our trade with China has been steadily growing, until from 1850 to the present time it has averaged about 82,000,000 exports, and 810,000,000 imports. This is a small trade, considering the immense po illation of China; but there is reason to believe that it will now be greatly improved in both respects, since it is understood that the whole country is to be open to foreigners, and that the Amoor River is to be the boundary with Russia. The whole foreign trade of China, like that o f other countries, is but a trifle compared with its internal traffic. Comprising within itself the greatest variety of soil and climate, and penetrated in every direction by large rivers, aided by artificial canals, its domestic commerce is on the largest scale, and for a semi-civilized people, is almost self-satisfying in its completeness and variety. It has been asserted that there is a greater amount of tonnage belonging to the Chinese than to all the other nations of the world combined ; and the number of the people constantly resident upon the water has been estimated at many millions. More than ten thousand barges are said to be employed in the grand canal and its lateral branches, for collecting and distributing among the public granaries the various grains paid in kind as taxes. At Tien-sin alone it was calculated that the depot of salt accumulated for the use of the capital and the northern provinces was sufficient for a year’s consumption for thirty mil lions of people. But there is no occasion for resorting to statistics like these, granting them to be perfectly reliable, which they are not. The * For elaborate articles on the trade of China, see the Merchants' Magazine for 1840, vol. iii., page 465; vol. xi., page 54; and vol. xxi., page 104. 436 China Trade. very fact that the empire holds 400,000,000, with a density of population almost unexampled, says enough for the resources o f the country, and of the inland trade necessary to equalize them by exchange of products. The people are exceedingly industrious, for it is the inexorable law o f their being. But hitherto foreign trade has been discouraged by govern ment, and the portion of it that has been carried on, estimated variously from fifty to one hundred millions annually, has been under disadvantages, weighing upon all parties. Being the mere surplus o f the domestic sup ply, leaking out at five ports only, there has been scarcely an opportunity to stimulate a taste for foreign commodities among the people, and hence a balance against the foreign customer, and a drain of silver, severely felt throughout the more civilized world. But if our ships can freely range the two thousand miles o f sea-coast between Canton and the Gulf of Pechelee, and can have access to rivers like the Yang-tse-Kiang, said to water a country of a hundred millions of inhabitants, we may well anticipate more cheering results in the future. The natives will receive a new impulse both towards production and the consumption of foreign fabrics; and from a more intimate study of their peculiarities and w'ants, our manufacturers will be enabled to fit and stimu late their tastes. The Chinese will find that their country cannot produce all they want, as they have hitherto imagined, and will bestow an increas ing share of their labor upon products destined entirely for the foreign trade. That these are capable of being indefinitely increased in amount is shown by the facts that the quantity of tea exported from China to England and the United States, within the last seven years, has been car ried up from 65,000,000 pounds, in round numbers, to 131,000,000 pounds, and that the number of bales of silk exported to England alone, within eleven years, has been increased from 10,000 to 60,000. This evidence of augmented interest in the foreign trade, indicates that the people are ready to avail themselves o f the privileges now thrown open. Competition in their principal markets, the proper regulation o f trade by a superior system of exchanges, and all the influences which follow' in the train of commercial enterprise, will do the work. W e do not expect much, indeed, from a people o f limited capacity and refinement, like all the present Oriental nations ; but if there is anything that will both re generate them and enhance their usefulness to other nations, it is free commercial intercourse, and that we are now to have with the Chinese. In the Merchants' Magazine for July, 1853, will be found tables o f the chief articles of import and export for the twenty previous years. Those tables we bring here down to the present date :— Cotton goods. 1852........... 1853........... 1854........... 1855........... 1856........... 1857........... 963,283 9C8.719 Specie. $80,981 606,651 298,028 295,913 Foreign goods. Total. $183,111 $2,663,177 624,418 3,736,992 104,163 1,398,088 186,372 1,719,429 509,993 2,558,237 2,375,230 4,395,130 Imports. $10,593,950 10,673,710 10,506,329 11,048,726 10,454,436 8,356,932 The column “ foreign merchandise ” is nearly all silver; notwithstand ing this remittance, it is observed that there existed yearly a large ap parent balance against the United States, which was somewhat modified by the operation o f the Pacific trade, northwest trade, and w'halers, making sales in China, the proceeds o f which reduced the balance; never China Trade. 437 theless a large balance remained, which was paid for in bills on London. But the East India opium trade always caused a demand for silver for that destination, which took, annually, $7,000,000 fiom China, conse quently silver was, when abundant in the United States, as in the year 1831, a good remittance. The bulk o f the transactions were, however, up to 1835, in bills of the late Bank o f the United States, at six months, on London, when the removal o f the deposits shook its credit. In that year the remittance o f silver became large. Soon, however, individual bills became the better remittance, and the export of specie to China gradually subsided down to the influence of California gold upon prices generally. This has caused the value o f imports from China to swell in amount, and as a consequence, to involve larger remittances in specie. In 1857, over $2,000,000 in Mexican silver went to China from San Francisco, with about $100,000 o f quicksilver, which has become a large export from San Francisco. In the last three years Mexico has taken $1,500,000 of the metal, and the proceeds in Mexican dollars has been sent to China. Up to 1841, more or less cotton goods were annually imported from China, which derived its cotton for the manufacture from India. That trade has ceased, and large quantities of United States cotton goods are now sent to China. It has also been the case in those years, like 1843, when prices here were v-ery low, that a value of $179,000 raw cotton was exported from here to Cliina, underselling the India cotton, a curious commentary upon the project to supplant United States cotton in Liver pool with Indian cotton. The importation of China silks has greatly varied. Up to 1842, a great variety were free of duty, and the balance paid 10 per cent. Under the tariff of 1842, a heavy specific duty was charged, and since 1846, 30 per cent a d v a lo r e m . There has been a steady increase in the quantities so imported, amounting to an exchange o f New England cottons for Chinese silks. A considerable trade in lead was done at one time, but since the rise in its price, under the influence o f gold, it has ceased to go to China. Breadstuff's and provisions have also shown a disposition to increase in quantity. It is to be remarked in the trade o f China, as with that of India, that thirty years since a leading article of import thence was cotton goods, “ nankeens” mostly, which, in the then state o f manufacture, could be fur nished to this market and England, lower than domestic goods. Yellow and blue Chinese nankeens were a favorite wear. In 18c2, the amount received thence was $800,000. From that date the receipts declined, year by year, until 1842, the last import was received, value $53. The progress of machinery and the arts in the production o f cloths, began, however, to make itself felt in 1826, when the United States began to send white cottons to China, and that trade grew to $2,813,777 in 1853, which would represent about 20,000,000 yards of drills. The trade was then interrupted by the difficulties that have resulted in the present peace; but in the last three years the exports o f drills hence has again increased, those of 1857, being nearly double those of 1855. The large population of China is clothed mostly with cotton goods, and if it is assumed that the quantity used per head is no greater than that taken by each inhabitant of the United States, 30 yards per head, the quantity of cotton required will be nearly 10,000,000 bales, or three average United States crops. The cotton is raised in China by almost every farmer, and the goods being made by hand and rude machinery, 488 China Trade. find a market in the large population o f the cities ; but the quantity of cotton raised in China having never beeu sufficient for the den a id, a supply has been drawn from the British Indies, and were, at times, from the United States, in small quantities. It is obvious that were machinemade goods to come freely everywhere in competition with those goods, that the market would enlarge itself almost indefinitely. The exports of British calicoes to India and China have been as follow s:— EXPORTS FROM GREAT B R I T A IN India. 1831.......................................... 1844.......................................... 1856.......................................... 1867.......................................... 1858, six months.................... ............... 201,717,109 477,951,401 469,757,011 386,478,095 TO THE EAST. China. ............... 89,285.877 112,665,202 121,594,515 72.619,869 Total, yards. 27,373,835 291,002,986 590,616,603 591,351,726 459,097,964 In 1831, the quantity of cotton imported from India was 35,178,625 pounds, and the weight o f goods sent back as above, 9,000,000 pounds, leaving 24,178,000 pounds net of cotton supply derived from India. In 1844, the quantity of cotton received thence was 85,612,461 pounds, and the weight sent back in goods was 97,000,000 pounds, being a net ex port of 12,000,000 pounds of cotton to India derived from other sources. Of late years, the war in China, by curtailing the market there for India cotton, at the time that the raw material in Europe attained very high prices, the supplies from India have greatly increased. In 1857, the quantity received from India amounted to 253,516,000 pounds, and the quantity sent back in goods was 200,000,000 pounds, leaving a small supply from that quarter. In the first six months o f the present year there has been received from India 56,525,000 pounds, or one-third less than for the same time last year, and there has been sent to Asia 150,000,000 pounds in goods, a loss of 94,000,000 pounds o f cotton. It is thus evident that the growth of the trade with India has been merely a process o f supplanting the home cloths o f India with the machine goods of England— that is, carrying India cotton to England for the sake o f carrying it back again in the shape of goods. In China a still more extensive field presents itself o f the same nature. Thirteen years ago, when the five ports were opened, they in some degree facilitated the trade. In 1842, England and the United States sent thither 46,000,000 yards. In 1853, the United States sent 28,000,000 yards, and England 156,000,000 yards. The internal insurrections, and the renewal of difficulties with England, checked the trade. It is now the case, however, that all the ports and all the cities will be accessible to the dealers. A large export trade has already sprung up in these goods, and it is but reasonable to suppose the triumph o f machine goods over the rude native manufacture will then be as marked as it has been everywhere else, and the only limit to the Chinese demand for goods will be the supply of the raw material. The United States are almost the only country which furnishes a surplus of cotton. If we were to add to the quantities sent to Egypt, those sent to Syria and Turkey, the balance of cotton would be against that region. The Brazils buy more cotton by 40 per cent than they sell to England, besides what they get from the United States. It results, that for the supply of the Euglish consumption, including all her colonies in North America, West Indies, Australia, and everywhere except India, as well as all the China Trade. 439 European consumption, the surplus o f the United States is the only source of supply. The demand for goods in Asia is, as we see, far greater than the surplus cotton they produce will make; yet a high English authority states that the outlay for clothing in India, with its 135,000,000 souls, is not 12| cents per annum per head. It follows, that if the consumption, being now so low, is still greater than the cotton supply, what will he the result if the lines of railroads and other enterprises calculated to promote prosperity in Asia, should be successful ? If they should enable those people to double their consumption of goods, will the cotton product rise in the same ratio ? The supply of goods to China must then devolve upon that country which can supply that style of goods the cheapest. It has been the case long since that the United States cottons can command the market any where over all other goods. Massachusetts drills have even founded a market in Manchester ; and a steady market in China, backed by a Pacific railroad, promises to be an absorbing point for the United States crops. In 1853, the value of cottons sold China paid for half the tea importa tion, and the progressive increase in the consumption of that article by no means equals the prospective wants o f China for clothing. Next to tea, silk is the great article of Chinese production. It has re ceived a greater importance since the damage done to the crops o f Europe, has so affected the markets o f the world, not only for silk goods, but the exchanges by drawing largely upon China for that article. The Chinese silks hitherto come of such coarse fiber as much to interfere with its use fulness. W ith a steady market, however, that objection may be done away with. In relation to the great use made of silk in China we ex tract the following from a late publication, mostly upon the province of Chekiang:— “ The women here dress their hair in a peculiar manner. In front it is brushed back as in the South, but the back hair is twisted in a roll, and bound tightly from the poll with black silk cord for a length o f seven or eight inches. This is then turned up, like a horn, at the back of the head, and stands four or five inches above the crown, the hair be ing then turned round, so as to give it the appearance o f a handle. In cases where, instead of being upright, the horn inclines to either side, the wearer has quite a jaunty appearance. In the spring o f 1857 foreigners had not been seen before in this quarter, the curiosity exhibited by all on the occasion o f the first visit being something extraordinary. The style of head dress spoken o f is found to extend throughout the country from this to the River Tsien Tang. “ The quantity o f silk used by each woman in binding this horn cannot be less than half a pound. Produced from their own cocoons, the cost will be trifling; but the appearance of such an exuberance o f silk cord could not fail in inducing a reflection on the use of an article which, since trade has been released from the fetters that bound it prior to the war o f 1840, has had so much to do with the currency and exchange of England and the whole mercantile world. Prior to 18 44, the total quantity of silk exported from China did not exceed 3,000 bales a year ; four times three thousand is now the average; and for the year 1855-7, the deliveries o f China silk in England alone amounted to 74,215 bales. “ From inquiries made we find that this extraordinary difference in ex port is not effected on increase o f production so much as on the inability, 440 China Trade. (for want of means,) or the carelessness o f the Chinese to indulge in the luxury, either as tsien for the tail, hands for the waist, or other form of indulgence; and our ruminations have led us to make the following cal culation. Allowing the population of China to he 300,000,000, (doubtful,) and that each man, woman, and child uses a quarter of a pound o f silk cord a year for a plait to the end of the tail, (a quarter of a pound, be it re membered, being a minimum quantity— some of the richer classes plait ing in several new tsien in the course of a year, these again using half a pound, and even a pound at times,) we find that the total quantity used, 75,000,000 of pounds, equals the weight of 750,000 bales. Estimating the price again at four pounds for a sovereign, we have, in the shape of a tax to carry out a whim imposed by the Tartars on their subjugation of the country, a total sum of nearly £19,000,000 sterling per annum— not far short of the interest on the debt created by our forefathers in England to carry on the wars. “ Whilst on the subject of Chinamen’s tails, we may remark that the re gion in which we found the peculiar head-dress educing this note is that in which the natives exhibited, for a lengthened period, the firmest deter mination not to submit to the degradation of a ta il; and that this feeling still rankles in the minds of the people was clear from the questions of several of them. Being taken for rebels in disguise, as a feeler one said— ‘ W h y do you not wear a tail V (the rebels have discarded it.) A n s w e r , ‘ Be cause it is not the custom in our western country’— 1W hy do you V A n s w e r , (a n g r i ly )— ‘ Because the Tatsing dynasty insist on i t !’ ” A late English publication, following the trade of England with China in the same view, has the following remarks. In 1854, the trade between China and Great Britain stood as follow s:— Imports into China from Great Britain and India..................................... Exports to Great Britain and India............................................................. $33,600,000 25,700,000 Balance........................................................................................................... $7,900,000 “ During the succeeding three years the exports to Great Britain have greatly increased. In the commercial year 185(5-7, the export o f teas to England and her colonies was 87,741,000 pounds, and the same year the deliveries in England of China silk amounted to 74,215 bales. “ The silk-exporting power of China seems to be without limit. Every year takes from her an annually increasing quantity. In 1843, there was not a bale sent. In 1845, there were 10,727 bales. In 1855, there were 50,489 bales; 185(5 showed an increase o f 50 per cent over 185 5 ; and I am informed that if the Chinese succeed in establishing the prices now demanded, and in selling all their produce in stock, the money paid for China silk at Shanghae during the current year will certainly not be less than £10,000,000 sterling, 20, 40, 60, 90, 140 are figures of rapid progress, yet they represent the advance o f our silk imports from China. A t the prices now paid you may, I believe, double this last quantity in the year to come. Id o not understand, however, that by stimulating the production you can greatly decrease the price. W e have, I believe, found by experience, that however abundant the corn crop may be in America, there is a price below' which it will not be brought down for export, but can be profitably employed at hom e; so of China silk. You have to compete as buyers with such an enormous population of home consumers, that any extra production to meet our demands may be thrown, without China Trade. 441 great effect, upon the home market. By improving the present faulty system of winding you may perhaps make the silk more valuable, but if you take treble your ancient quantities, you must pay treble your former quantity of silver, and so far increase the balance of trade against you.” The continued high prices of silk in Europe would, undoubtedly, not only improve the mode of preparing the Chinese silks for market, but draw forth the largest supplies, and of a quality less heavy than that at present derived thence, as all goods are made to adapt themselves to the market of sale. It is still in the minds of many, how great the difficul ties were, on the opening o f the British provision trade in 1842, en countered in adapting American beef and pork to the English market; not only the mode o f packing, but fattening and killing, were required to be changed before the trade was established. W ith silk, these difficulties are more easily overcome. The settlement of the insurrection will no doubt, if that is possible, tend greatly to promote trade, but whatever may be the result China will henceforth be open to trade. The legalizingof the opium trade may also obviate the necessity o f paying for that article in silver; but the quantity of silver now in China will be set free to circulate in exchange for the gold flowing in. The quantity o f silver in China must be pretty large, it being the exclusive medium for payments to the government. The dread of change, which has been generally considered as the leading characteristic feature in the domestic, as -well as foreign, policy o f China, has extended in its full influence to the circulating medium o f the country. The government was determined that its coffers, at least, should suffer no defalcation by depreciation o f the currency; and hence the imperial taxes and duties are required to be paid in pure silver. In every large town are yin teen, or “ money shops,” the inferior class of which are es tablishments of money changers and shroffs; the more respectable are private banks. Of the latter class, every officer who has any superintend ence of the revenue, employs one or more to receive the taxes and duties, with a fixed allowance for loss in melting, and having reduced them to sycee silver, to become responsible for the purity thereof. The establish ments which are thus connected with government are licensed, a privilege for which they have to pay, but not largely. They are remunerated by the surplus allowance for waste, which always exceeds what is necessary. Taxes are generally handed over to them by the government; mercantile duties are frequently paid into their banks by tbe merchants from whom they are owing, and the banker in such case gives the merchant a receipt for the amount, accompanied by a certificate that it shall be paid to gov ernment within a certain period. The refined silver is cast into ingots, and stamped with the name of the banker and date o f refining. Should any deception be afterwards discovered, at whatever distance of time, the refiner is liable to severe punishment. The silver ingots, denominated sycee silver, are cast in an oval form, and as the metal cools it sinks in the middle, making something the form of a shoe. The usual weight is ten taels each, or twelve ounces, and some that have been assayed at the United States mint give 982 thousandths fine. This is the finest o f the sycee, o f which there are five descriptions. That already described, and which is sent to P ek in ; the second, that taken for land tax ; the third comes in pieces o f fifty taels each ; the fourth, of a low standard, used for the salt tax ; and a fifth, 442 China Trade. much debased. Bearing these facts in mind, and also that China is a silver-producing country ; that the export of it is illegal; that there are 367,000,000 souls, and that the revenue, all collected in this silver, is $200,000,000 per annum, sent in ingots to Pekin, after deducting the local expenses, and the inference remains that the quantity of silver in China, the accumulation of tens of centuries, must be immense. That stock is now apparently about to be added to the circulating stock of the com mercial world, after hoarding and distrust, caused necessarily by the civil war, shall have passed away. It is not improbable that the balance of trade will again be against China as before the opium war, and cause the current of silver again to set outwards to come in competition with the continued streams o f gold that pour into the European markets. Such an event would at once give full force to the supplies o f gold that have been derived from the mines. Hitherto it is known that the anticipated effect o f gold, in appreciating all other values, has not taken place, for the reason that the aggregate mass of money in Europe has not been much increased. The demand for silver for the East has been almost equal to the supply o f gold, and the latter has found employment in the channels o f currency vacated by the exported silver. If, now, owing to the change in Eastern affairs, the current of silver is set back upon Europe, while the gold current continues to flow inwards, all the influence of the gold discoveries must be felt with redoubled force, and the depreciation of gold, so long looked for, be more extensively experienced. In the last six years $250,000,000 in silver have been drawn from Europe to the East, and its place has been filled with the gold. If, now, $200,000,000 in silver is to come back from the East, to meet in the next six years’ $600,000,000 more gold from the mines, the accumulation of the mixed mass will produce that depreciation which the most sanguine looked for some years since. This financial effect, it seems now possible, may flow directly from the opening o f the internal trade of China and India, because numerous wants may be discovered in these people which can be supplied by other means than by silver. The future operations of trade cannot, indeed, be measured by those which have been in action since 1844, because the five small ports in the tea districts cannot have furnished those facilities that must flow from direct communication with the large cities of China. A late visitor to Pekin thus describes the city which was so long a sort of geographical myth :— “ On arriving at the capital o f the Chinese Empire we find a city con taining about two millions of inhabitants. Such is the estimate, but doubtless the calculation is made in the usual spirit of Eastern exaggera tion. Be that as it may, the walls are fourteen miles in circumference, twenty-eight feet high, twenty-four feet thick at the base, and twelve at the top. There are spacious towers all around, at seventy feet distant from each other, and at the gates are look-out barracks for the soldiers nine stories in height. The metropolis is divided into two parts, one in habited by Tartars and the other by the Chinese. In each there is a street four miles long and one hundred and twenty feet wide, and the emperor’s palaces and gardens occupy two-thirds of the Tartar c ity ; and all this besides the suburbs, which are nearly as populous as the city proper. “ Pekin is located sixty miles south of the famous Chinese wall, and therefore much exposed to northern and hostile neighbors; yet its forti T he B anking and Credit System s. 443 fications are strong, and, until the vast machinery o f modern artillery, was perfectly secure in his palatial halls, the walls, bastions, and towers being impregnable in ancient times. Although the country about Pekin is sandy and unfertile, yet provisions abound, being brought by canals from all the great rivers; and also with its commerce, the merchants be ing paid in money, as the capital is the chief recipient of the levenues o f all China. It has ever been regarded as a very exclusive place, the presence of no foreigner being permitted within its walls; but now the outside barbarians are in a fair way o f overleaping the sacred boundaries; and it is probable that this act, together with the opening o f Japan, may pro\e an important step towards the inauguration of Christianity among the millions who are now benighted in Pagan idolatry and superstition.” Art, VII.— THE BANKING AND CBEDIT SYSTEMS. To the Editors o f the Merchants’ M agazine : — O n further investigation, I found, after sending off the manuscript o f the article contributed by me to your September issue under the above caption, that I was in error regarding the time and circumstance of the commencement of the prevailing currency system— the organization o f debt into currency through the medium o f a bank. I had depended upon the authorities of Adam Smith and McCulloch, that happened to be be fore me at the time, both o f which state that the stock of the Bank of England was increased only £3,400,000 to purchase the South Sea annuities, amounting to £4,000,000. They say nothing of the premium paid on that subscription. In Francis’ “ History of the Bank of England” I find the following account of this transaction :— “ In 1722, the South Sea Company were allowed to sell £200,000 government annuities, and the Bank of England took the whole, at twenty years’ purchase, at a price equal to par. To meet the payment, amounting to £4,000,000, their corporate capital was increased £3,400,000 by £3,389,830 10s. being subscribed for at 118 per cent. By this transaction the bank made a profit o f £610,169 10s., and the capital amounted to £8,959,995 14s. Gd.” Thus was formed the re served fund, “ which, under the name o f r e s t , has increased with the business of the house, and has frequently proved of invaluable service.” This is a perfectly clear explanation of what appeared to be a deficiency o f subscription for the purchase of the .South Sea stock. W e find it to be the commencement of the celebrated “ rest,” designed, as it has proved, to be a security for an unfailing dividend to the stockholders of the bank. Pursuing the investigation, I find the bank plunged into the debt-currency system, loaning its debt without capital in hand, as deeply as possible, at the very beginning o f its existence. Its early operations are described by its friends so plausibly, and with so much sophistry and word twisting, that, as there are no publications of its opponents to be found, the casual reader would never suspect that this famous bank went into operation with almost no capital at all, and so continued for several years; but such is the fact. . It was at first an engine, ingeniously adapted to operate 444 T h e B anking and Credit System s. with the loyalty and religious enthusiasm o f the English people in favor o f the Protestant succession o f William and Mary; to carry on the war against Catholic France, in the endeavor of Louis X IV . to restore the exiled Stuart, James II., to the British throne. Its efficient aid in secur ing the successful result of the seige of Namur, in 1095, was universally acknowledged, and thereby it gained great popularity. Its first deputy Governor, Michael Godfrey, was killed in the trenches before that place by a cannon ball, in the presence o f the king, after having conducted a remittance o f specie to the camp. But it was by the sophistical applica tion of the terms “ capital ” and “ money ” that people were induced and deluded to accept its notes and credits, which were nothing but debt in a form more convenient than the tallies o f the exchequer, for which they were exchanged. Before the establishment of the hank, “ tallies,” according to a writer o f that day, “ lay bundled up like Bath faggots in the hands o f brokers and stock jobbers.” And they were faggots, neither more nor less. These tallies were sticks, with the indebtedness o f the government scored upon them in notches; the stick, or faggot, was then split lengthwise through the notches— one half given to the creditor, and the other re tained in the exchequer. When payment was demanded, it became ne cessary to match the two halves into a perfect whole again, as the voucher of the claim. This form of obligation, however inconvenient in other respects, must have been very secure against counterfeiting. I can con ceive of nothing more difficult than to match one-half o f a faggot, thus torn in two, with any other than the original piece. The oldest account o f the bank, I think, is the following, taken from a rare pamphlet, published in 1695 by Michael Godfrey, who was killed the same year in the trenches before Namur, as before stated:— “ The bank is a society consisting of about 1,300 persons, who, having sub scribed £1,200,000, pursuant to an act of Parliament, are incorporated by the name of the ‘ Governor and Company o f the Bank o f England,’ and have a fund o f £100,000 per annum granted them, redeemable after eleven years, upon one year’s notice; which £1,200,000 they have paid into the exchequer by such payments as the public occasion required, and most of it long before the money could have been demanded.” * * * “ There was a proviso in the act, that if £600 000 or more of the said £1,200,000 should not be subscribed on or before the 1st August then next coming, that the power of making a corporation should then cease, and the money be paid into the exchequer by the respective subscribers and contributors.” The subscription, however, was taken up in ten days’ time. Noticing the objections to the hank, the same authority proceeds:— “ Some find fault with the bank because they have not taken iu the whole £1,200,000 which was subscribed, for they have called in but £72,000, which is more than they now have occasion for. But, however, they have paid into the exchequer the whole £1,200,000 before the time ap pointed by act of Parliament, and the less money they have taken in to do it with so much the more they have served the public, for the rest is left to circulate in trade, to be lent on land, or otherwise to be disposed of for the nation’s service.” All this looks very fine in words ; we will put it into figures by and by. I think it must have puzzled the clerks of that day to tell how a bank T h e B anking and Credit Systems. 445 could pay into the exchequer £1,200,000 with a capital paid in of only £72,000. W e understand the thing now, however, by extensive practice in getting up modern banks. Freshmen in college are in the habit of exercising themselves in logic somewhat t h u s “ No cat has two tails. One cat has one tail more than no c a t; therefore, one cat has three tails.” There seems to be no occasion to dispute such a wise conclusion. It is precisely as indisputable as the logic of the proprietors of the Bank of England, that was so satisfactory to the Protestants of Eng'and on its establishment, which built up a huge corporation at the cost of the peo ple, and sowed the seeds o f the present oppressive and irredeemable pub lic debt. “ Francis’ History continues:— “ The corporation w e r e n o t a llo w e d to b o r r o w o r o w e m o r e th a n th e a m o u n t o f th e ir c a p it a l , and if they did so the individual members became liable to the creditors in proportion to the amount of their stock. The corporation were not allowed to trade in any goods, wares, or merchandise; but were allowed to deal in bills o f exchange, gold and silver bullion, and to sell any goods upon which they had advanced money, and wdiich had not been redeemed within three months after the time agreed upon. The whole of the subscription was tilled in a few days, tw e n ty -fiv e p e r cen t paid down, (?) and a charter was issued on the 27th July, 1G94.” * * * * *. * “ When the payment was completed, it was handed in to the exchequer, and the bank procured from other quarters the funds which it required. It employed the same means which the bankers had done at the exchange, with this difference, that the latter traded wTith p e r s o n a l p r o p e r t y , while the bank traded with the d e p o s its o f th e ir c u s to m e r s . It was from the circulation of a capital so formed that the bank derived their profit. It is evident, however, from the pamphlet of the first deputy-governor, that at this period they allow'ed interest on deposits, and another writer, D ’Avenant, makes it a subject of complaint. ‘ It would be for the gene ral good of trade if the bank were restrained from allowing interest for running cash, for the ease of having 3 or 4 per cent without trouble must be a continual bar to industry.’ ” Gilbart, in his treatise on banking, says o f the Bank o f England :— “ The corporation were to lend their whole capital to government, for which they were to receive interest at the rate of £ 8 per cent per annum, and £4,000 per annum for management, being £100,000 in the whole. They were n o t a llo w e d to b o r r o w o r o w e m o r e th a n th e a m o u n t o f th e ir c a p ita l, and if they did so the individual members became liable to the creditors in proportion to the amount o f their stock.” Now examine the following statement from Lawson’s “ History of Banking,” page 44 :— “ On the 4th December, 1696, the governor and directors o f the bank attended at the bar of the House of Commons, and presented to the house a statement o f their affairs, as follow s:— DEBTOR. To To To To To sundry persons for sealed bank bills standing out................... sundry persons on notes for running cash................................. moneys borrowed in H olland..................................................... interest due on bank bills standing out..................................... balance...................... £893,800 0 0 764,196 10 6 300,000 0 0 17,876 0 0 125,315 2 11 Total............................................................................. £2,101,187 13 5 446 T he B anking and Credit Systems. CREDITOR. By tallies in several Parliamentary fun ds.................................... By one-half year’s deficit o f fund £100,000 per annum............. By mortgages,* pawns, securities, and cash................................... £1,784,576 16 6 60,000 0 0 266,610 17 0 Total.......................................................................................... £2,101,187 13 5 * This item includes £35,664 Is. lOd. cash, which, it appears, was all the bank had on hand to pay their notes, amounting to £1,657,996 10s. 6d.” The reader, if accustomed to accounts, will probably inquire— where is the capital in this statement? All there is o f it is in the balance of £125,315 2 s .lld . Thiscovers capital and eontingences. Undoubtedly all the capital paid in at that time was the £72,000 mentioned by Godfrey. Francis must have been mistaken in saying that 25 per cent was paid down, which would have been £300,000 to appear in the balance. The bank had done a magnificent business for two years. The tallies bore an interest of 8 per cent per annum, and the bank was allowed 8 per cent per annum on £1,200,000— of which it furnished but £72,000— besides £4,000 for management. It had paid the heavy expense o f its charter and establishment, and 8 per cent per annum dividends for two years to its stockholders, for no “ capital” but their name, excepting the £72,000, and had £125,315 2s. l i d . left. For the loan in real cash of £72,000, the bank aggregated interest at the rate of 8 per cent per annum on the subscribed capital of £1,200,000, and allowance for management................................... On exchequer tallies, mortgages, pawns, <fec.. £1,951.187 13 5 Less cash on h an d ............................................ 35,664 1 10 £1,915,523 11 7 O f say 5 per cent net, after deducting interest allowed on out standing notes...................................................................................... £100,000 0 0 95,776 8 1 £195,776 3 1 There seems but little reason to doubt that their gross income on £72,000 actual capital was al out £200,000 per annum. I believe this bank was the first to call debt “ capital,’ ’ and give the name o f “ money ” to convertible promises to pay. It appears unaccountable that a people can be so deluded as were the people of England then, and as the people o f this country are now. They were lending capital to the bank in hold ing the bank notes, while they fancied the bank was lending them money, and were paying monstrous charges to the bank for the loan o f their own capital. W e are doing the same with our banking system at this tim e; it is but a continuance of the system o f the Bank o f England. I shall not attempt to reconcile the statement that “ the corporation were not allowed to borrow' or owe more than the amount o f their capital,” with the figures as presented by Lawson, for it cannot be done. The truth is, the bank and the government were in partnership, both knowing that they must sink or swim together, and the method by which they obtained means from the people to carry on the wars of that period, and make profit for the bank at the same time, w'ould not then, and can not now, bear an honest scrutiny. This seems to have been the discovery of the speculative Scotchman, William Patterson, who projected the Bank o f England; that by calling a bank note “ money,” and promising that it shall be convertible into T h e B anking an d Oredit Systems. 447 gold and silver'on demand, the people will accept it as money without wishing to convert it, that they will lend their own labor and capital to the bank, and furnish the bank means to pay the note before they have occasion to demand payment of it themselves. Through the sophistical arrangement o f this business people do not discover its nature, and usually submit to its impositions without inquiry, but it is only under favorable circumstances that they escape trouble with it. Accordingly, there have been frequent panics and difficulties with the Bank o f England. In 1696, the second year of its existence, it stopped payment on its notes in con sequence of the recoinage of silver. As the new coin was supplied by the mint this difficulty was soon remedied, but other pressures and runs upon the bank succeeded, until in 1745 it came near being wound up altogether by the invasion o f the Pretender Charles Edward. On his en trance into Derby, 120 miles from London, the run upon the bank for payment of its notes drove the directors to the subterfuge o f paying in shillings and sixpences, and o f employing emissaries to obstruct the access o f the creditors of the bank to the teller’s counter. These emissaries presented notes, which were paid with as much delay as possible, then passing out of one door and in at another they redeposited the money, took fresh notes, and repeated the operation. By this ruse the bank avoided the suspension of payment, officially, and the directors took much credit to themselves for such sharp practice. A greater relief, however, was afforded by the retreat o f the Pretender from Derby. If this had not taken place immediately, the bank would have stopped payment, and probably would have been broken up altogether; crises have occured with it periodically ever since. In my September communication I was therefore mistaken, in point of time 28 years, with respect to the commencement of the present system of organizing debt into currency; but I was not mistaken in attributing it to the Bank of England. It was the very principle o f its existence— began with it in 1694, and has continued with it to the present day, checked only by such restraint as Sir Robert Peel was able to put upon it in the Bank Charter A ct o f 1844. By that act the issue o f notes on debt security is limited to £14,000,000, which security includes the pub lic debt, constituting the capital of the bank, and some other public dues. Every pound issued in notes beyond this sum must have a sovereign deposited and retained against it. But this limitation principle is not applied to the deposits, which can be increased by discounts indefinitely, excepting the restraint naturally imposed by the export demand for specie. The limitation of issue o f the notes is a movement in the right direction, but, with the credits for discounts left untrammeled, it is quite ineffectual to prevent the expansion and consequent degradation of the currency of the kingdom, by which the precious metals are expelled to the continent and to Asia as fast as they are received. This leaves the nation dependent upon debt for the transaction of business, like ourselves, with the excep tion of the smaller class of traffic, for which cash is secured by the re straint upon bank issues below the denomination o f £5. The truth is, there can be no compounding or tampering with this principle of debt in the currency without serious damage. If it were good, we could not have too much o f it, but it is evil continually— un mingled evil— and the first dollar of it is too much. W ith $1,000 o f real money we know that, by ten removes or ex 448 T he Banicing and Credit System s. changes, merchandise to the aggregate amount of $10,000 may be sold without debt or embarrassment; while the absence of the $1,000 of money makes it necessary to sell that amount on credit, notes being created and discounted at bank, one to meet the other, through the whole of the exchanges, till ten separate parcels of debt, of $1,000 each, stand subject to an alteration in the exchange value of money, perhaps four to eight months, and liable to be knocked down, like a row o f bricks, on the ap plication of the screw— the power o f contraction of bank loans. This is our system, and this is what we experienced last fall. Now, had we bought $1,000 of gold, to begin with, and retained it, by the sale of two hundred barrels of flour, the wheat grower and the miller would have been thankful for the privilege of producing two hundred barrels m ore; it would have sped the plow, furnished additional employment to labor through the whole production, been a clear gain of $1,000 capital to the country, increased trade, and, of course, wholly pre vented the bankruptcy and distress resulting from the circulation of property to the aggregate amount of $10,000 without it. W hat worse than folly, therefore, is the argument o f the anti-bullionists, that a country gains by the use of a cheap medium of exchange ! That as paper is cheaper than gold, so is the gain to the community in the substitution and use o f paper promises and bank credits for money ! W e should repudiate this doctrine utterly, for it is clearly pernicious and false. W hat item of wealth can we possess of more utility and value than the commodity which accomplishes our exchanges without debt, and secures us from bankruptcy ? and what thing is more worthless than the paper substitute that limits our production and traffic, and entails such wretched ness upon the country as we witness in every bank revulsion ? W e want freedom from the present, constant, wasting care of d eb t; we want heart and spirit unoppressed, to labor with some certainty of reward. These we cannot have while d e b t sits like a Briareus in the center of our system o f currency, grasping with its hundred hands all the methods and operations o f trade. I have not any doubt that an inconvertible paper currency, such as governments have issued from the earliest periods of history, is less in jurious to the community than the convertible debt currency introduced by the Bank of England; for the inconvertible currency soon falls into line with the marketable stocks o f the exchange, and is sold at a discount according to its estimated value. Real money, gold and silver, has a value independent o f it— is not degraded by it, but measures its price as it measures the price o f other property. A depreciated stock may serve as a medium o f exchange, it may be bartered like any other property without being money, and may sink to nothing in the hands of its pos sessor, as most o f the paper currencies of the governments o f the world have done, without causing the export of an ounce of gold, or the loss of a dollar of capital to the country. Government paper, passing at a dis count, or inconvertible on demand, is nothing but government debt—-the same as government stock in principle and effect. The funded debt of England has none of the power or influence o f currency. But the convertible bank debt o f notes and credits, formed by discount ing a counter debt, is a very different thing. Although pure kiting, it amalgamates with the mass of the currency, and reduces it all in value, ^without being mingled with it in substance. It is a worthless alloy that T he B an kin g and Credit System s. 449 costs us solid gold. The foreigner will sell us his goods at the value we put upon the mixed currency, and he will leave our domestic products on our hands at the fancy prices created by it; he will take none o f the mixture away, but, separating the dross from the substance, he leaves the dross with us, at the value we put upon it, and takes the solid gold. By a ca b a lis tic use o f the terms “ capital” and “ money,” the wily Scotchman, Patterson, was enabled to impose a prodigious tax upon the people of England, for the benefit of his corporation, without their knowl edge. The bank reaped its harvest from fresh soil, having the field to itself, aided by all the warlike and religious prejudices of the nation, and the corporation were thereby enabled to sustain themselves, for a time, upon a foundation that would disgrace a Western wild-cat bank of our country at the present day. The establishment o f the Bank of England was greatly promoted by the extortions of the goldsmiths, who were the previous bankers of the kingdom. For anticipating the taxes, in loans to the government, they frequently obtained interest at the rate of 20 or 30 per cent per annum. They had been plundered by the Stuarts, who had a habit of taking money by the strong hand, and, not yet being entirely confident of prompt returns, they made the new government pay for the perfidy of the old. They loaned money, however, and not debt. The distinction between their dealings and the dealings of the bank is explained by Francis, as already quoted :— “ The bankers traded with p e r s o n a l p r o p e r t y , while the bank traded with the d e p o s its o f tlieir c u sto m ers. It was from the circulation of a capital so formed that the bank derived their profit.” The clipped coins with their uncertain value, the extortions of the goldsmiths, the bad credit o f the government, and the exhausting war with France, would seem to have called for the establishment of some financial regulator as an urgent necessity to England, in the latter part of the seventeenth century, but a tr u e b a n k , established by authority o f the government, to aggregate re a l c a p ita l for public and private uses, was the fiscal agent needed, and not the d eb t f a c t o r y contrived by William Patterson. Prices would then have conformed as they now conform to the volume of the currency offered for investment in the transactions of the day— as money is thrown upon, or withdrawn from, the market, they rise or fall. W hat possible benefit would flow from the possession of fifty times as much money or currency as constitutes our current me dium of exchange to-day ? Flour, now five dollars, would then be two hundred and fifty dollars, per barrel, and all other commodities and property would be in the same proportion. Not a fraction more of business could be done with the whole of it than we do with the more limited currency now— not a dime more o f v a lu e or wealth should we possess ; we should have only the same property measured in p r ic e by a cheaper currency. But every intelligent reader must see at a glance that we should operate at an immense disadvantage with such high prices. Where one pound o f gold will now discharge a balance of account at home, or adjust exchanges with a foreign conntry, fifty pounds would need to be transported. It would require more than one cart and horse to make the exchanges of the Clearing house in New York, and fifty times as much labor and expense in adjusting balances with gold every29 V O L . X X X I X .----- NO. IV . 450 Q uarantine R eform . where. To carry gold change in one's pocket, sufficient for the ordinary pocket expenditure, would be out o f the question. Our best interests, the activity o f business, the accumulation of capital, the absence of debt, and the prosperity and happiness o f all classes in this country, depend upon our having never more, but always less, money or currency than any other people in relation to commodities. That we cannot always maintain this relation I know very well—-the production o f gold in California is against us. But it is suicidal to increase the cur rency a dollar when it can be avoided. W e want a more valuable cur rency than any other nation, and this we can have by reducing or restrict ing its volume, or by increasing commodities. W e want low prices for commodities, and a high exchange value to money. W e want to sell commodities to other countries, which we shall always do when our cur rency is more valuable than theirs; for so long we are sure o f an average of lower prices. Cannot our intelligent merchants be made to understand that we are better circumstanced with one dollar now than we should be with fifty dollars if the currency were increased fifty fold ? Cannot they see that when an ounce o f gold buys more of the product of labor here than anywhere else, we have the commerce o f the world at our command ? This will be seen. The science of political economy will not always be neglected by merchants, and left in the hands o f closet students. The industrious nation, cultivating with intelligence the arts o f peace, which shall first repudiate the convertible debt system o f the Bank of England, and the doctrines o f Adam Smith, John Stuart Mill, and the other antibullionists of England regarding paper money, and so shape its policy as to give the highest possible value to its currency, will infallibly get ad vantage of the commercial world. c. h . c . Art, TUI.— Q U A R A N T I N E R E F O R M . Two years ago, immediately subsequent to the malignant effect o f the New York Quarantine Establishment on the Long Island shore, there seemed to be but one opinion as to the propriety o f its removal to a less populous neighborhood, and less dangerous situation. But before legisla tion could be had, such influences were brought to bear as only resulted in the enactment of a subterfuge which has permitted the “ establishment,” with all of its odious appurtenances, to continue its death dealings to such as are so unfortunate as to come within the scope o f its influence. The recent destruction o f the buildings appropriated to quarantine pur poses, is but one o f thousands of other evidences of the worse than use less laws which impose confinement on w e ll p e r s o n s , under the absurd notion that they may propagate disease. In a paper on this subject two years ago, (see Merchants' Magazine for October, 1856,) it is stated “ that there is no disease to which mankind is heir, contagious or non-contagious, which may not be aggravated by the infliction of quarantine, and quarantines are necessarily dangerous and disease-producing in proportion to the strictness with which the laws that govern them are enforced. That there is no disease compatible with cleanliness, which may occur at all, that can be otherwise influenced than aggravated by the quarantine o f persons.” Q uarantine R eform . 451 B y the destruction of the quarantine buildings on the evening of the 1st of September and since, many persons, whose liberty was limited to the extent of the walls, have been suddenly forced upon the community with all the dangers o f “ recent exposure,” yet there is not a single in stance of any disease having been propagated by them, while they have been relieved of the danger of contracting disease from the establishment. The quarantine regulations of the United States are, as a whole, the rewritten laws o f seini-civilized barbarians, enacted against plague and other diseases originating and spreading in filth, and are no more suited to the present state o f civilization than would be the dwellings, store houses, and ships of London previous to the great fire of 1666, to the present wants of commerce. As long ago as 1V84, New York had an “ act to prevent” the spread of such diseases as have never prevailed here, or against the extension of such as owe their existence to causes where they usually do prevail, to other places where like causes do not exist, and, consequently, where the same diseases never prevail, whether there is quarantine or not. The United States laws, on the subject of quarantine, make those of each port supreme, and United States vessels, as well as all others, are obliged to submit. The present laws of New York require all vessels last from places where epidemic diseases existed at the time o f departure, or in case any such disease has existed on board during the vovage, if between the 31st of May and the 1st of October, to remain at quarantine a t lea st t h ir t y d a y s a ft e r th eir a r r iv a l , a n d a t lea st tw e n ty d a y s a f t e r th e ir c a r g o s h a ll h a ve been d is c h a r g e d , a n d su ch f u r t h e r q u a r a n tin e as shall be prescribed. All vessels arriving between the 1st day of April and the 1st day of November, and aU from foreign ports, on board which a n y p e r s o n s h a ll h a v e been s ic k ! and all from south of Cape Henlopen, from the 31st of May to the 16th of October, and all from a n y p la c e in Asia, Africa, the Mediterranean, West Indies, Bermudas, Western Islands, or any place south of Georgia, between the 1st o f April and the 1st of November, shall be subject to such quarantine as shall be prescribed. Any vessel may be ordered from the wharfes o f the city to the quaran tine ground, and a l l p e r s o n s and things introduced from any such vessel may be seized and returned on board or removed to the quarantine. All cargoes, matters, or things within the city, that may be p u t r i d , o r o th e r w ise d a n g e r o u s to th e p u b lic h ea lth , may be ordered to the quarantine ground. And all persons in the city, not residents thereof, who may be sick of an epidemic disease, are subject to being removed to the hospital at quarantine. The New York quarantine, thus le g a lly constituted, further provides that e v i r y v essel from any foreign port having passengers on board shall stop there, and in case there has been any epidemic disease on board, showing that in all probability the condition of the vessel is such as to render the passengers peculiarly susceptible to any prevailing source of disease, she shall in that case be detained at quarantine! And any vessel, on board which a n y p e r s o n h as been s ic k o r d ied , is obliged to anchor at quarantine, and there await the directions of the health officer, and all fellow-passengers of any such persons are required to remain at quarantine until fifteen days a f t e r th e la s t ca se o f d isea se shall have occurred on board the vessel in which they may have arrived, and ten days after arrival at quarantine. 452 Q uarantine R eform . It is surely not surprising that a place thus constituted, on the main entrance to New York, in a populous neighborhood, should become ob noxious not only to those living in the immediate vicinity, but to all who have taken pains to investigate it, and to observe numerous other count less abuses which are currently practiced by those who have controlled it. During the harvest of the New York quarantine in 1856, an individual affected with pulmonary disease, a resident of the State of New York, on returning from a tour for the benefit of his health, was taken from a healthy ship to the quarantine hospital, and there “ detained” during the pleasure of those who get a f e e f o r the r e m o v a l — (of invalids and those who are detained to become invalids)— for “ if this were not done,” said the visitor, “ the ship would have to be detained.” She was less than thirty days from Liverpool, and in a perfectly healthy state. Such examples of quarantine practices are so common that it is rarely the case that one cannot be selected in illustration, during any such period, as the greatest extremes are then palmed oft' as necessary strictures for th e 'p ro tectio n o f p u b li c h ea lth ! On the 15th of April last, the United States steamer Susquehanna arrived in an infected condition. Captain Sands chartered two steamers, and was about proceeding to do everything possible, im m e d ia te ly on arrival, to ventilate the ship and promote the health of the crew, but his inten tions were speedily nipped in the bud by his being placed under arrest by the Health Officer. The crew of the Susquehanna were shortly after “ removed” at the usual rates to the quarantine grounds, and subsequently “ removed” a g a in to the Battery, by orders of the Health Officer. Meanwhile the ship, with stores, &c., s t i l l o n b o a rd , was anchored with the following crew, at the rates corresponding:— 15 men at $18 per m on th .................................................................................... 1 engineer, U, S. N., per month.......................................................................... 6 engineers at $90 per month............................................................................. 6 policemen at $90 per m on th ......................................................................... A tender at $100 per m onth.......................................................................... Bations per month, about................................................................................ $170 125 540 540 400 300 Per month since 1st A p r i l .............................................................................. Which, for five months, is................................................................................ Besides which, incidental expenses have been paid by the government, amounting t o .......................................................... $2,075 10,375 U p to Septem ber.................................................................................. $17,960 7,585 It is, however, due the Health Officer to state that, on the 18f/t o f J u n e , after hot weather had fully set in, and the infectious influences of the Susquehanna had attained their height, he th en called the attention of the Board of Health ( h im s e l f ) to the infected ship Susquehanna, and they (h im s e lf) having duly authorized the Health Officer to carry out h is o w n r e s t r ic tio n , he sent a peremptory o r d e r to the Commandant o f the Navy Yard to break out the Susquehanna without delay 1 But— 1. “ Every vessel arriving at any port in the United States shall be sub ject to the quarantine regulations of the port. 2. “ It shall be the duty of the officers of the revenue cutters to assist in carrying into effect the quarantine regulations of the several ports, under the direction of the Secretary of the Treasury. 3. “ It is the duty of all licensed pilots to place in the hands of the Q uarantine R eform . 453 commanders o f all vessels they may board, copies of the quarantine regulations of the port, and of this act. 4. “ Any person violating the provisions of this act shall be liable to a fine not exceeding $1,000, one half to the United States, the other half to the informers.” In 1832, when it was feared cholera was about to make a port of entry in the United States, there was a committee appointed in Congress to keep it out! And after much correspondence with different “ boards of health,” the law above quoted was passed. And when the Health Officer of New York wished to stop the progress of Captain Sands in his efforts to place the Susquehanna in a healthy state as soon as possible after her arrival, it was in lull force, but after the ship had lain two months, the weather become hot and her condition manifold more dangerous for any one to work on board or in the vicinity, above all to such as were un acclimated to the condition, as was not the case with the crew when the ship first arrived, the Health Officer then stretched a point and ordered the commandant of the navy station to have the ship broken out. Now, the commandant of this naval station is an old cruiser, and he knew, i f the Health Officer did not, that to send raw hands on board the Susque hanna in her then condition would be likely to cause them to contract yellow fever, and, at least, aid in spreading a panic, which would be no advantage to him, the commandant, which would in its turn be the means of enforcing a strict quarantine, and cause a great many passengers and ships to be “ removed,” “ detained for observation,” “ placed under strict vigilance,” etc., etc.— “ necessary for the preservation of public health.” In view of all this, and more too, the commandant disobeyed orders, and the Health Officer still commands the frigate Susquehanna. It is pertinent to this transaction to inform those, who may not find it convenient to inform themselves, what constitutes the Board of Health of the city of New York. “ The Mayor and Common Council when acting in relation to the public health of the city of New York, shall be known as the Board o f Health, of which ten members shall be a quorum. The President o f the Board of Aldermen, the President o f the Board o f As sistant Aldermen, the Health Officer, the Resident Physician, the Health Commissioner, and City Inspector shall be the Commissioners o f Health. The duty of the Mayor, in this capacity, is to render advice to the Board of Health— to himself. And the commissioners, their duty is to render advice to the Board of Health and to the City Inspector. The Board, Commissioners, and Inspector thus mutually advise one another, and are responsible to eaeh other. All, however, seem to await the re ports, and adopt the advice, of the Health Officer, who, by getting ap proval of his own contemplations, and signing them in virtue of his official capacity, is virtually autocrat of the establishment. The affair of the Susquehanna only differs from the more ordinary cases by being the United States on one side, and on that account more easily got at. It is a fair exemplification of management on a large scale, and what the merchants o f New York are daily tolerating in the quaran tine establishment. This remnant of barbarism has been perpetuated against every received theory and well authenticated fact regarding the nature of epidemic diseases for more than two centuries. 454 Quarantine Reform,. Quarantine, as generally practiced, and particularly at New York, has been and is the producer of what it pretends to prevent. By congregating together numerous ships loaded with infectious goods, from places prolific in the causes o f epidemics, by keeping things thus infected, confined in the dark, damp holds of ships to eke out their poison— and above all, by detaining persons in an atmosphere thus con taminated till they sicken and die— quarantine is in every aspect, as ap plied to persons, contrary to every principle of health and humanity— an obstruction to commerce and a public nuisance. Yellow fever, nor no other epidemic, is the product of specific con tagion, that can be stayed in its progress by the isolation o f individuals; but it, a n d a ll d isea se against which quarantine has been supposed to pro vide, are the legitimate offspring of decomposing organic matter, and every thing which contributes to this-—as collecting such matter in large quan tities in the manner practiced at the New York Quarantine— contributes to the rise and spread of epidemics. The necessity o f destroying local nuisances of every kind, whether on land or sea, is essential to the promotion of health. Wharves, docks, courts, yards, cellers, or the obnoxious qualities of all these collected together at a well organized quarantine depot— all accumulations o f filth, should be cleansed, paved, and watered, or r em o v e d . The true basis of a well organized quarantine, as a part o f a system for the promotion and protection o f public health, consists in— 1. I m m e d i a te fr e e d o m , a n d p u r e a i r to a l l w e ll p e r s o n s . 2. W a r e h o u s e s for infected goods, with provision for unloading and ventilating ships which are found to be infected, im m e d ia t e ly a f t e r a r r iv a l. 3. A n c h o r a g e g r o u n d at such a distance and direction from the warehouses, and all populous neighbor hoods, as to endanger no o n e ; and— 4. A M a r in e H o s p it a l, also at such a distance and direction from the anchorage ground as to be in no dan ger from them. Quarantine on such a basis presents the greatest advantages for health, and the least obstacle to commerce. W ell people have their freedom without being kept subject to the causes o f disease; sick persons a chance of recovery; merchants their ships in the shortest possible time, and goods their safety. It is worthy o f special note in selecting sites for quarantine buildings, where yellow fever has only occasionally prevailed in the United States, that it has always been preceded by southerly winds; yet these have never extended the disease unless they have had infected cargoes in their line. In 1856, as on all previous occasions in New York, the first cases on shore were in a direct line of the prevailing winds and quarantine shipping. The only neck of land exactly suited to these conditions in the vicinity of New York is Sandy Hook, the trend o f which is almost due north from the main land, and southerly winds being from the landward to sea w a rd , can under no possible circumstances propagate disease from that point inland. There is ample room there for the necessities of the whole establishment, and it is reasonable to believe that quarantine, modified as herein indicated, would be liable to none of the objections urged by New Jerseymen against the obnoxious character of the old establishment. Should there, however, be any obstacle to obtaining this site from New Jersey, the plan could be adopted on other available places already under the jurisdiction o f New York. J ournal o f M ercantile L aw . 455 Iron warehouses, so built as to admit of the free circulation of air through them, on stone foundations raised from knolls on the o ld O r c h a r d S h o a ls , with all the appurtenances necessary for immediately unloading ships, could be erected with less expense to the merchants o f New York than the present establishment under the old regime can be conducted for one year. Additional anchorage ground, for such brief periods as would be necessary under this system, could be designated in various places ; for a few weeks at most would afford ample time for the perfect cleansing and ventilation o f empty ships, when they could again be restored to their owners and to lucrative trade, instead o f submitting their owners and the public to such an onerous tax as they now do. A Marine Hospital, for s ic k p e r s o n s o n l y , would scarcely be objected to anywhere. The chief object in placing it should be to put it out o f range from the storehouses and anchorage. G r e a t K i l l would form a good site. An objection to this place has been raised, on the ground of insufficient draft o f water for a steamer to approach it. So far from this being a valid objection, it is a n a d v a n ta g e, for while there is water enough for large boat draft, its shallowness pre cludes the dangers to which the hospital would otherwise be subject. The draft there is amply sufficient for all the wants of a hospital, but to no other part of the establishment— and for this so much the better. The remaining advantages, f r e e d o m to w e ll p e r s o n s , etc., are sufficiently implied in the context. JOURNAL OF MERCANTILE LAW APPLICATION FOR INJUNCTION. In the Supreme Court. Before Judge Ingraham, August 24. Jr., el al., vs. Oliver Banks and others. David Banks, The plaintiffs iu this action ask for an injunction restraining the defendants, Barbour and Davison, from publishing and selling the manuscript reports of the decisions of the Supreme Court, and that they also be restrained from publishing or vending any printed copies of any manuscript reports of such decisions. It appears from the pleadings that the defendant, Barbour, in 1847, made a contract with the firm of Gould, Banks & Gould, whereby Barbour, for a con sideration to be paid to him, agreed to furnish to the said firm reports in manu script of such of the decisions of the Supreme Court as he should deem proper for publication, and as should be received by him from the judges of the court for that purpose, so long as he should receive from the said judges a sufficient number of opinions suitable to be reported, and should be furnished with the necessary facilities by the said judges to enable him to report their decisions, and that he would superintend the printing and the proofs ; that the copyright should belong to the firm, and that he would do any legal act necessary to carry the con tract into effect. Under this contract the parties have acted in the publication of the twenty-four volumes of reports which have heretofore been published. It also appears that since the making of the contract, two of the plaintiffs, in 1851, became members of the firm of Gould, Banks & Gould, when the name was changed to Banks, Gould & Co., in New York, and Gould, Banks & Co., in Albany ; that thereupon the books, copyrights, and contracts were transferred to the new firm, and the publication of the late volumes was continued by that firm ; that David Banks, William Gould, and Anthony Gould, withdrew from the 456 J ournal o j M ercantile L aw . firm, and the remaining plaintiff was taken into the firm as a partner, and the name of the firm was changed to Banks & Brothers, to which firm all the copyrights and contracts were transferred, including the contract with Barbour, and notice of such transfer was given to Barbour. It is further alleged that Barbour has prepared and caused to be printed by Davison the 25th volume of such reports, and was about to sell the same to the plaintiff’s injury. The answers of the defendants show that the defendant Barbour made his con tract -with David Banks, William and Anthony Gould, and that in making the contract he relied upon their personal efforts and influence, experience and reputa tion, and that this formed the principal moving consideration to make the con tract with him. It denies knowledge or belief as to the admission of any of the plaintiffs into the firm in 1851, or of any transfer to them. The defendants also deny any knowledge or information as to their interest in the contract, or that the contract had been transferred to any one until January, 1858, when Barbour received a circular from the new firm of Banks & Brothers. The defendant, Barbour, claims that his contract was only made with the old firm, and that the plaintiffs have no right to such contract, but that it has ceased and terminated ; that the contract was one requiring the personal efforts and services of the members of the former firm, and that the same could not be trans ferred to the plaintiffs. Affidavits were also submitted, stating other matters relating to the dealings between the parties, and the affidavit of Little states that he purchased the copy right from Barbour, and paid for it, without any knowledge that the plaintiffs had any right or claim to the contract; that he has taken out a copyright of the volume, has published the said 25th volume, and has the same ready for sale. The question which arises as to the right of the plaintiffs to enforce this con tract, or whether, if they could, this contract is to be considered a permanent con tract, without any termination other than the refusal of the judges to iurnish their opinions therefor, are not necessarily to be decided for the disposition of this motion. The contract is a personal contract with the members of the firm of Banks. Gould & Co., of New York, and Gould, Banks & Gould of Albany, and provides for a copyright to be taken out by them or their assigns: and they for themselves, their heirs and assigns, agree to pay for each volume a certain amount. The obligation on the part of the assigns of the firm to pay for the volumes as published by them, would seem to imply the right to assign the contract as a prerequisite to the obligation on the part of the assigns of the firm to pay for any volumes delivered under it. In regard to the 25th volume of the reports, there are, however, other reasons which induce me to refuse any injunction to restrain the sale of that volume. First. The defendant, Little, has purchased and paid for the volume without knowledge of any right or claim on the part of the plaintiffs to the same. If Barbour has seen fit to violate the contract, and has disposed of the volume to Little, he is responsible in damages, and the plaintiffs have no other remedy as to that volume than an action ; therefore, when a contract is made to sell personal property, or do work for another, and the party chooses to sell such property to a third person, without notice of the claim, the breach of the contract gives no right to the party injured to follow that property in the hands of an innocent purchaser. Second. The damages to be sustained by the plaintiffs, if they are entitled to the contract, can easily be ascertained in an action for such damages. The num ber of the edition published, the value of each column, and the profits to be made from the sale, are mere matters of calculation, and there is no need of an injunc tion to prevent serious or irreparable injury to the plaintiffs. The code undoubtedly has used terms in regard to this writ which, literally construed, have extended it to many cases in which it had not been previously used, but in a case of mere breach of contract, easily ascertained, and for which an ample remedy exists by action, I see no propriety in resorting to it. Such an J ou rn a l o f M ercantile L aw . 457 extension of the writ I cannot consider was ever intended by the Legislature, and caution in the granting of injunctions is cahed for, rather than any further addi tion to the cases in which it may be used. Third. It would be unadvisable, unless necessary for the protection of the plaintiffs, to delay by an injunction the sale of a work which is required for the public use, and in wliiek the public are interested. To delay the publication un til the trial of this case, would probably postpone the sale of the book for more than a year, to the inconvenience of courts and suitors. For these reasons I am of the opinion that the motion for the injunction as to the twenty-fifth volume of the reports should be denied. There is nothing in the complaint to show that the defendants contemplate publishing any other volume, or that the defendants, Barbour or Little, have any interest in, connection with, or control over, any other manuscripts or volumes of reports except the twenty-fifth volume before referred to. There is, therefore, no grounds for an injunction as to any other publication. Motion for an injunction is denied. The defendants’ costs ($10) to abide event. FALSE PRETENSE CASE. In the Supreme Court. Lucius E. Bulkley. Before Judge Clerke. August 24. Elias IT. Main vs. This was a case for an application to discharge the defendant from an order of arrest. The facts in the case, as stated in the plaintiff’s affidavit, were that on the 24th of April, 1857, defendant applied to him for a loan of $600, and to in duce plaintiff to lend the money represented that he was the owner of 1,000 shares, at $100 each, of the Stockbridge and Pittsfield Railroad Company, which he would transfer to the plaintiff as collateral security for the loan ; deponent then gave a check for the amount to Bulkley, who pretended to be in a great hurry, and that he could not then transfer said stock ; that a few days after Bulkley represented that he was perfectly responsible, and that there was no occasion for the transfer of the stock ; that on the 6th of May, 1857, defendant obtained a further loan of $150 for eight days from deponent, by representing that he was also the owner of 100 shares, of $100 each, in the Rutland and Whitehall Rail road Company, which, as he stated, were good dividend-paying stocks, and at par in the stock market. On the faith of these representations, deponent gave him the $150, and extended the time to pay the $600 for some days. At that time defendant also represented that the stocks of the Stockbridge and Pittsfield Railroad Company were at par in the market, and perfectly good, and deponent, relying on the truth of Mr. Bulkley’s statement, did not press for the transfer of the stock, as promised by defendant. That the stock is not worth as much as represented, neither had it been for a long time previous to said representations. Deponent also states that some time in May, 1857, deponent had employed defen dant, who is an attorney at law, to collect a claim against one John Mowatt, and that Bulkley collected th ; sum of $40 thereon, which he refuses to pay over. Defendant applied for his discharge, on the ground of the orignal affidavit not being sufficient to warrant the order. His Honor denied the motion in the follow ing opinion :— Although the facts are not detailed with as much particularity and in as pre cise order as I deem desirable, yet I think now, as I first thought, that enough is shown in the affidavit to enable me to infer a deliberate design on the part of the defendant to defraud the plaintiff, from the beginning. His manner and con duct, at the time of obtaining the first loan, stated in the plaintiff’s affidavit, taken in connection with his subsequent conduct, and particularly the non-fulfill ment of his promise, shows that design. Not that the breach of promise of itself necessarily is indicative of fraud, or could alone lay the foundation for an order of arrest; but, following indications of a dishonest purpose in contracting the debt, this breach of promise strongly corroborates my belief that the defendant - never intended to deliver the stock, and that his representations respecting it were false. 458 J ourn al o f M ercantile L aw . But, it is contended, even supposing the defendant did not act fairly with re gard to the first loan, that the plaintiff waived his objection, and his right to the stock as a security, by entering fnto a new arrangement with the defendant when he obtained the second loan— the loan for $150. The answer to this, however, is, that on this second occasion the same indications of a fraudulent intent are manifested by his conduct at the time, and by his subsequent failure to perform his promise to transfer the stock ; and if, under such circumstances, the plaintiff waived any of his rights, he is not bound by the waiver, for fraud vitiates every thing. I can scarcely admit that the defendant’s second fraud can have the effect of exonerating him from the consequences of the first. Two wrongs can never make a right. After failing to deliver the stock, which the defendant promised to give as security for the first loan, he made various additional representations to the plain tiff ; among others, that he was a man of considerable property and perfectly responsible for the amount, and that the stock was much more valuable than it really was ; in consequence of these representations the second loan was made, and the same result followed—an entire failure to give security or to pay the money. If, therefore, I am to believe the plaintiff, I must conclude that the de fendant has justly exposed himself to the imputation of a fraudulent intent in this transaction. It shows that, throughout the whole transaction, the conduct of the defendant was not that of an honest borrower. Motion denied with costs. JURISDICTION— EXECUTORY CONTRACT. In the United States District Court in Admiralty, April, 1858. Before Judge Betts. Bafael R. Torices vs. the ship Winged Racer. This was an action to recover damages against the ship for the non-perform ance of a charter from this port to China, for the transportation of Coolies to Havana. The libel alleged the execution of the contract by the owners of the ship, and that they have since wholly refused to perform it, and prayed damages to the amount of $28,951. The owners excepted to the libel. Held by the Court.—That the agreement set up was an executory contract only, entered into on land, and never commenced to be performed on water, and therefore does not come within the jurisdiction of the court. Decree for exceptant, but with leave to the libelant to amend his libel within twenty days on payment of costs. For libelant, Messrs. McOulloh and Ridgeway. For claimants, Messrs. Stoughton and Harrington, and Judge Beebe. LIABILITIES OF POSTMASTERS. An important law case was closed at Springfield, Massachusetts, in which William Davis & Co., of Frankfort, in this State, were plaintiffs, and Foster Pepper, Postmaster at Monson, Massachusetts, defendant. The Monson Bank sent a package of $2,000 in money addressed to the plain tiffs, depositing the package in the Monson Post-office. The package never reached its destination, and the parties to whom it was addressed, sued the Post master, Pepper, for the amount lost. There was no criminal prosecution, for no suspicion of guilt was entertained. The only fault attempted to be fastened upon Pepper, was (if we remember right) that he did not mail the package “ direct,” instead of the usual mode through the distributing offices. The verdict was for the defendant. 459 Com m ercial C hronicle and R eview . COMMERCIAL CHRONICLE AND REVIEW. GENERAL STATE O F F IN A N C E — C R O P S IM P R O V I N G — H A R V E S T S A B R O A D — L O W P R I C E S F O R FO OD— E X P O R T S OF B R E A D S T U F F S — S O U T H E R N E X P O R T S — C O T T O N V A L U E — S P E C IE A T N E W O R L E A N S — M IN T — B A N K R E S E R V E — E X C H A N G E — B A N K R E T U R N S — F L O W OF S P E C IE — P A R IS A N D L O N D O N — C O N S U M P T IO N O F G O O D S A B R O A D — R A T E OF M O N E Y — B A L A N C E OF T R A D E — E X C H A N G E — E X P O R T S OF S P E C I E — COM P A R A T IV E R E C E I P T S — T H E C E N T R A L A M E R IC A — C H A R A C T E R C O IN — D I S C O U N T ON S I L V E R — R E D E M P T IO N OF S P E C IE E XPO R T S— ABUNDANCE OF M O N E Y — B A N K O F M U T U A L OF R E D E M P T IO N — R E D E M P T I O N IN P H I A L D E L P H I A . T h e general state of commercial and financial affairs has remained nearly the same during the month as at the date of our last, with a general tendency towards an improved condition of things. The imports have continued small for the fall trade, while the exports of the leading articles have been well sustained, and the year’s balance shows largely in favor of the country. The very fine weather which has prevailed during the month of September, has gone far to repair the damage which previous rains was supposed to have done the crops, and imparted a more cheerful aspect in that respect. The favorable accounts of the European crops, however, debars the idea of very extended exports of breadstuff's for the coming year, and leading to the prospect of low prices for food. Such a prospect, how ever favorable it may be for the inhabitants of towns and cities, and for manu facturers and artisans, does not attract capital into the crops, as would be the case with the prospect of a rising market. The exports of breadstuffs for the past year have nevertheless been large from the ports to the continent, and to Great Britain, as follows :— E X P O R T S O F B R E A D S T U F F S , S E P T E M B E R 1 S T TO O C T O B E R S I ST. 1Sj57 Flour, -ISfiS- - Wheat, bush. Corn, bush. Flour, bbls. Wheat. bush. 7,567,001 2,875,653 4,793,134 543,590 1,300,906 303,100 6,653,639 390,428 bush. 3,372,464 16,848 Total ............. 1,346,523 10,442,654 5,336,724 1,604,006 7,049,067 3,389,312 To Great Britain Best of Europe.. bbls. 863,179 483,344 Corn, This has been a large export, considering the low prices which have ruled abroad, but the largest proportion was sent away in the first half of the year. The subsequent decline in prices induced the growers to hold for prices that they will not be likely now to realize. The exports of the great staples from the South have been large this year, and have fully realized more than ever before. The value of cotton exported from New Orleans and Mobile to foreign ports for the year to September 1st, 1858, was as follows :— ,-------------18§7,--------------, ,------------- 1858.--------- — ■, Bales. Price. Value. Bales. Price. Value. New Orleans................... Mobile................................ 1,293,717 $67 $73,741,869 314,989 . . 20,419,712 1,495,070 $52$ $79,491,175 387,632 . . 22,239,025 Total.......................... $94,161,581 $101,730,200 With the large exports and diminished imports, the balance has been apparently in favor of the South. The imports of specie at New Orleans have been very large, reaching a far higher figure than ever before, by $11,732,083 against $4,278,420 at the same time last year. Of this large amount over $6,400,000 has been silver from Mexico, and the operations of the New Orleans Mint were, for the year to August 1st, as follows :— 460 Com m ercial C hronicle and R eview . From California............................. Other.............................................. Gold. $425,276 73 709,656 23 Silver. $2,771 57 3,642,074 89 Total. $428,048 31 4,351,631 12 Total...................................... Coinage................................. $1,134,832 97 1,205,000 00 $3,644,846 46 8,237,000 00 $4,779,679 43 4,442,000 00 I t has resulted, as will be seen from our weekly bank tables in our Banking De partment, that the amount o f specie and exchange in bank at N ew Orleans is much larger than usual, the former being double the amount on hand at the corres ponding period last year, and the exchange held is in a larger ratio. The new crops o f cotton, as well as o f sugar and tobacco, promise well, and all the ele ments o f a large consumption exist in the markets at home and abroad. W hile N ew Orleans, the chief point o f exports, shows so strong a position, the accumu lation o f money at the N orth continues. The amount o f specie in the banks o f six cities is now as follows. The amount for N ew Y o rk includes that in the sub-treasury, which has been put there by the loan operation o f the governm ent:— S P E C IE IX BANKS. October. March XJ. May 13. June 13. July lx. August 14. London. $35,850,110 $88,532,091 $86,940,942 $86,530,138 $84,217,895 $83,937,637 Paris... 35,585,613 63,323,865 82,993,386 85,716,528 98,991,184 105,283,051 N. York 7,843,230 32,961,076 34,730,728 33,367,253 35,328,184 44,037,300 N.Orl’ns 3,230,370 10,978,759 10,615,535 10,312,237 10,877,768 10,912,871 Boston. 2 563,112 7,589,968 9,210,111 9,410,569 9,000,663 8,795 945 Philad.. 2,071,434 5,448,514 7,019,204 7,055,188 6,399,754 6,875,520 Total 86,743,890208,834,273 231,509,906 232,391,913 244,855,448 259,842,424 This is the season o f the year when the specie accumulations are everywhere the greatest. I t is the close o f the crop year, when the products of the earth have been sold and paid for, and the money which operated this transfer from the hands o f the producers to the consumers has returned to the central reservoirs, preparatory to resuming its functions for a new year. These accumulations in Paris and London are as large as they ever before attained, and the United States are far larger. In the first named city the specie in bank was never so large but once before, and that was just previous to the Russian war, w’hicb event, accompanied by the bad harvests o f food, and silk, and wine, which carried the specie reserve to the lowest point, and compelled the bank to purchase largely o f specie. The events have now turned. The silk crops and the vines are in good condition, while the food is abundant, and but little money will be required to loan France for this purpose. It has, therefore, been in contemplation to re duce the rate o f interest to 3 per cent. In London the accumulation is also large. The India war has caused an outward current o f money, which has, in some degree, retarded the accumulation in bank, but the harvests are there good also, with a considerable revival in export trade to the East. These are all elements o f a promising future, and a renewal o f the home demand for goods, which has been in abeyance during the high prices which have prevailed for food. The accumulation o f money in N ew Y ork and the other A tlantic cities has not yet produced its usual results in increasing trade, and the rate o f interest remains low. On call money is had freely at 4 per cent, and good bills are done by the banks at 5 a 6 per cent, but the usual amount o f money is not offering. B y reierence to the trade tables annexed, it will be seen that the imports as compared with 461 Com m ercial C hronicle and R eview . the exports from New York, as well as from the South, do not warrant high rates of exchange. These have, however, been well maintained as follows Aurjust:31. 109* a 110 5.18* a 5 .10 5.12* a 5 .10 41* a 41* 41* 41* a 19 a 19* a 36* 36* 5.15 a 5 .11* a 13 13* L on don ......................... . P a ris.............................. Bale and Zurich............. Amsterdam................... . Frankfort....................... Brem en......................... Hamburg....................... Antwerp ..................... Berlin, Liepzig, Cologne September 15. 109* a n o 5.13* a 5 .10 5.12* a 5 10* 41* a 42 42 41* a 19* a 19* 36* 36* a 5.15 a 5 .11* 13* 13* a The supply of bills on the market, notwithstanding the quantity of the new United States loan taken abroad, has been less than the quantities usually derived from that source, and also by the indisposition to draw money to this side by reason of the non-employment for it. The exports of specie have been sus tained, but to a less extent than last year. The comparative amount has been as follows :— G O LD R E C E IV E D FROM AMOUNT O F r - C A L IF O R N IA A N D S P E C IE I N 1857 • Keceived. Jan. 16___ . . $1,269,101 23.. .. ............... 30.. .. Feb. 6 ... , 1 3 .... . . 1,091,186 2 0 .... ....................... 2 1 .... . . 1,296,108 Mar. 1 . . . . 636,000 1 3 .... ....................... 2 0 .... . . 1,004,000 2 7 .... ....................... April 8 .... . . 1,481,128 1 0 .... 315,800 1 1 .... . . 1,229,238 2 4 .... 140,015 May 1___ . . 1,800,000 8 . . . . ....................... 1 5 .... . . 1,929,521 2 2 .... 198,000 2 9 .... June 5 . . . . ....................... 1 2 .... 1 1 .... 208,000 2 6 .... July 3___ . . 1,892,000 1 0 .... 1 1 .... 2 4 .... 200,000 3 1 .... Aug. 1 . . . . ....................... 14.. . . . . 1,246,905 2 2 .... ........................ 29.. . . ....................... Sept. 4___ . . 1,106,000 1 1 .... 100,000 EXPORTED FROM NEW YORK S U B -T R E A S U R Y , A N D T H E T O T A L I N ^ r Exported. Received. ------------ 18 Exporled. $250,UO0 $1,607,440 $1,045,490 181,295 1,244,368 57,075 1,565,779 1,111,812 2,928,271 348.216 1,3*8,507 48,850 219,661 641,688 26,708 1,640,430 128,114 967,405 297,898 422,914 1,279,134 225,274 306,351 11,000 116,114 38,734 1,403,949 83,120 742,233 115,190 468,698 250,246 779,892 1,325,198 203,163 106,200 41,208 15,850 1,711,390 1,550,000 136,873 671,101 106,110 1,826,629 1,626,171 120,710 353,166 532,862 2,714,002 1,575,991 400,300 489,668 51,425 3,394,892 1,446,115 16,616 2,045,389 68,318 2,019,406 1,799,502 276,487 58,228 317,110 1,184,115 1,500,000 564,030 523,368 637,240 1,893,893 1,028,270 896,407 1,163,818 303,318 1,615,932 786,841 930,430 1,531,514 440,729 2,180,008 844,781 149,399 1,434,674 187,941 287,500 562,087 187,187 1,796,139 227,980 W E E K L Y , W IT H TH E T H E C IT Y . ss. > Specie in Total sub-treasury. in the city. $2,934,000 3,073,900 3,288,500 3,168,787 3,384,800 3,360,000 3,420,900 2,996,700 2,964,000 6,853,852 6,141.594 5,548,069 4,875,975 3,841,577 3,695,071 3,145,400 2,874,200 6,853,590 5.566,300 6,398,500 5,263,300 4,803,609 7,773,108 7,461,600 5,820,000 5,342,200 5,157,600 5,336,000 5,144,700 5,553,400 12,886,800 17,739,600 13,418,000 13,077,000 12,626,900 $33,145,266 33,903,151 34,561,500 33,821,735 33,611,075 34,776,076 35,079,294 35,736,431 35,925,076 37,681,656 37.071,066 37,078,069 36,912,411 37,035,026 37,808,806 38,209,613 38,327,346 41,586,300 39,613,700 37,894,600 38,053,660 38,170,900 38,011,251 39,410,688 39,650,000 40,047,800 40,485,000 40.851,090 40,856,800 40,699,200 44,037,300 46,089,100 41,235,000 41,125,600 40,686,300 Total.. . . . . 25,981.211 32,231,698 25,953,564 18,112,777 The receipts of gold thi3 year are about the same as last, but the exports are 462 Com m ercial Chronicle and R eview . much less. From Boston the exports for August were but 31.072. From Boston and New York together, the exports from January 1st to date, are $20,415,680 against $39,143,297 same time last year, a decline of nearly $19,000,000. It will be remembered that the Central America, which should have arrived in the third week of September last year, was, by a singular fatality, unfortunately then lost, with its gold freight of $1,600,000. It was an extraordinary fact that the only loss of a specie vessel which has ever taken place should have occurred just in a moment of panic, as if to give point and intensity to it. The character of the specie exports since our last has been as follows :— S H IP M E N T S O F American coin. Liverpool.. . . 100,000 H avre............ 306,380 B rem en......... 187,444 Hamburg. . . . 2.500 Uuidad. Boliv’r 28,550 ........... Cienfuegos . . . Barcelona. . . . 15,000 Maracaibo . . . 6,000 Naqualo......... ........... ........... Buenos Ayres. Porto R ic o ... ...... Neu vitas........ Laguaj ra__ _ 5,000 5,000 P a ra .............. 991 Jacm el.......... Shanghae___ 5,000 S P E C IF . F R O M Bars. 976,979 ........... ........... ...... ........... ......... ...... ...... PO R T OF NEW TORE. French Spanish Silver. Sov'reig^is. D’bloons. cold, silver. Total. ___ 3,480 ......... 51,440 ___ 1,131,899 ___ 306,330 ....................................... .... 192,444 .... ..... ..... 5,000 ___ ___ 2,500 .... ..... ..... .... ...................................... ___ 28,550 .... ___ 1,000 1,000 ......................... .... .... ......... ___ 15,000 .... .... ___ 6,000 ___ 7,762 ....................... 7,762 .... ___ 6,046 ....................... 6,046 ___ 26,671 ..... 26.671 ___ 3,257 ....................... 3,257 ....................................... ___ 5,000 ___ 5,000 ___ 991 ___ 5,000 •••• ......................... Aug. 16, Sep. 11 661,815 976,979 1.000 ___ 1,742,470 3,480 43,736 56,440 May S, Sep. 11 1,911,240 5,296,208 40,496 282,311 212,948 86,175 13,418 7,761,800 The amount of money exported, it appears, continues to be small, notwithstand ing its abundance. But that abundance is due to the dullness of business, as seen in the supply of small coin. The United States silver, under the bill of 1852, is a legal tender for not more than five dollars, and is depreciated, as com pared with the old silver, 7 per cent. The coinage has been, indeed, large. At New Orleans in the past year, as seen above, $3,237,000 have been coined, of which more than one-fifth was quarters, dimes, and half dimes. A t Philadelphia the coinage has been several millions, having been $420,900, mostly in quarters, for August. A t the same time the channels of circulation are now so full of silver that it accumulates with the banks. The banks will not take it as it is not a legal tender, and the brokers sell it at I a 4 discount, an operation which induces those who have numerous small bills and hands to pay to buy it for that purpose, thus supplanting country bank bills to some extent, and there are $8,000,000 less outstanding than for the same period last year. The circulation illustrates the dullness of business. It is probable that as soon as there is a re vival of business there will be a demand for currency, which will be supplied by the country banks. The plan of redemption, to which we alluded a few numbers since, has so far progressed in Boston that the Bank of Mutual Bedemption, with its capital of $500,000, has gone into operation. The new concern proposes nothing new in the system of redemption, and it only remains to be seen whether the Bank of Mutual Bedemption is competent to sustain a competition with an institution so powerful and ably conducted as the Suffolk Bank, which, for upwards of thirty 463 Com m ercial C hronicle and R eview . years, has managed the redemption of New England currency, if not with entire satisfaction to all the parties in interest, at least with remarkably correctness and fidelity, and has established the currency of New England on so firm and popular a' basis that it has attained a confidence such as the currency in no other section of the country has gained, even with additional safeguards in the way of security to billholders. Up to the present hour no one of the forty or fifty New England banks, that have opened accounts with the new bank, has closed its account with the Suffolk, and the latter, therefore, still retrains, de facto, the redeeming agent of the New England banks. In Philadelphia, the Farmers and Mechanics’ Bank has been selected as the agent for the substantial redemption of all the notes of the banks located east of the Alleghanies, this bank undertaking their conversion into specie for the fixed charge of quarter per cent, which is to be paid by each bank on its own receipts of this currency. Thirty-eight banks are embraced in the list so placed at par, and the notes of all these are received at par at the counters of all the city banks. For all practical purposes the issues of these thirty-eight banks of the interior are equivalent to specie, and the practice of collecting and returning to the point of issue for specie will cease, since it is no longer necessary to get rid of them as uncurrent. With all the machinery for business thus in order for operation, there is as yet, neither at home nor abroad, any indication of a renewal of enterprise, although there is a considerable revival in the Atlantic cities of business in a general way, and the prices generally are firm, the make of goods having been small. In cot ton the consumption in the United States for the year closed has been only 450,000 bales, against 660,000 last year, which would indicate a decline of full one-third in the make of goods. The small comparative receipt of goods from abroad, with a continued excess of the withdrawals from warehouse over those entered, shows the soundness of the foreign trade. The imports for the month of August show but little change from the corresponding month of last year, when the difficulties began to manifest them selves. They were as follows :— F O R E IG N IM P O R T S AT NEW 1855. YORK IN AU G U ST. 1856. 1S57. 1858. Entered for consumption............... $18 899,758 $18,375,986 $14,401,018 $15,067,732 Entered for warehousing............... 1,356,428 4,136,716 4,516,039 2,146,021 Free goods....................................... 1,201,570 1,303,790 2,052,122 2,342,741 Specie and bullion......................... 48,643 103,173 17,319 67,682 Total entered atthe port.............. $16,506,399 $23,919,665 $19,9S6,49S $19,624,176 Withdrawn from warehouse......... 2,889,884 2,524,407 5,624,147 3,116,013 The total imports at the port of New York, since January 1, are $76,801,574 less than for the corresponding total of last year, and $58,023,349 less than for the total for the first eight months of 1856. A part of this diminution, it will be seen, is in the receipts of specie, which came forward last year for reshipinent to the West Indies and South America on account of sugar :— F O R E IG N IM P O R T S A T N E W YORK FOR E IG H T M O N TH S , F R O M J A N U A R Y 1 S T . 18.55. Entered for consumption.............. $72,806,038 Entered for warehousing............. 17,621,075 Free goods...................................... 9,763,868 Specie ahd bullion.......................... 571.794 Total entered at the port.............. 100,762,775 Withdrawn from warehouse........ 17,160,118 1856. 117,965,756 25,230,040 13,675,437 1,066,673 157,937,906 16,629,611 1857. 1858. 105,681,632 $65,401,911 61,427,670 17,331,440 13,732,200 15,298,266 5,874,629 1,882,940 176,716,131 $99,914,557 29,240,228 28,102,515 464 Com m ercial C hronicle and R eview . Our summary of the imports of dry goods, during the last four weeks, shows a high increase on the corresponding statement of last year. The total entered for warehousing during the month was less than for the corresponding period of last year, while the total withdrawn from warehouse was nearly the same :— IM P O R T S O F F O R E IG N D R Y GO O D S A T ENTERED NEW FOR YORK •1855. Manufactures of wool..................... Manufactures o f cotton................. Manufactures o f silk..................... Manufactures of flax..................... Miscellaneous dry goods............... Total........................................ FOR THE 1856. $2,552,263 806,606 3,574,030 507,196 638,912 OF AU G U ST. 1857. FROM 1858. $3,867,718 $3,243,227 $4,312,916 1,490,021 1,334,473 1,789,745 8,887,008 2,758,097 3,526,725 724,075 564,507 839,927 821,341 631,816 613,826 $8,079,007 $10,790,163 W IT H D R A W N M ONTH C O N S U M PTIO N . $8,532,120 $11,083,139 W AREH O U SE. 1855. 1856. Manufactures o f wool..................... Manufactures o f cotton................. Manufactures o f silk...................... Manufactures of fla x .................... Miscellaneous dry goods............... §402,640 128,779 324,445 99,286 33,016 $583,959 118,004 132,938 88,764 15,994 $796,631 229,041 511,045 188,023 45,666 $911,951 204,568 305,353 202,568 84,643 Total........................................ Add entered for consumption___ $988,166 8,079,007 $889,659 10,790,163 $1,770,396 8,532,120 $1,709,083 11,083,139 Total thrown on m arket.. . . 1857. 1858. . $9,067,173 $11,679,822 $10,302,516 $12,792,222 ENTERED FOR W A R E H O U S IN G . 1855. 1858. 1856. 1857. Manufactures o f w ool................... Manufactures of cotton................. Manufactures of silk..................... Manufactures o f flax..................... Miscellaneous dry goods............... $95,269 47,272 28,954 28,434 23,312 $455,059 172,872 141,124 122,496 11,379 $380,041 120,505 218,164 78,096 136,799 $239,236 105,683 73,243 54,270 IS,969 Total........................................ Add entered for consumption....... $223,241 8,079,007 $902,930 10,790,163 $933,605 8,532,120 $491,401 11,083,139 Total entered at port............ $8,302,248 :$11,693,093 $9,465,725 $11,574,540 The total imports o f foreign dry goods at the port o f N ew T ork , since January 1st, are §24,470,086 less than for the corresponding eight months of last year, and $28,963,882 less than for the same period of 1856 IM P O R T S OF F O R E IG N DRY GOODS A T FROM ENTERED THE PORT JAN U ARY FOR OF NEW YO R K , FOR E IG H T M ONTH S, 1ST. C O N S U M P T IO N . 1855. 1856. 1857. 1858. Manufactures o f w o o l................... $10,417,073 $19,161,032 $17,648,469 $11,980,604 Manufactures o f cotton................. 5,471,337 11,712,154 12,927,582 6,676,304 Manufactures of silk ..................... 14,831,814 23,373,656 20,563,139 12,381,859 Manufactures of flax..................... 3,422,551 5,833,817 4,669,025 2,955,195 3,428,557 5,273,443 5,052,091 2,396,258 Miscellaneous dry goods............... T ota l....................................... $37,571,332 $65,354,102 $60,860,306 $36,390,220 465 Com m ercial Chronicle and R eview . W IT H D R A W N FROM W AREH O U SE. 1855. 1857. ■ 1856. 1858. Manufactures of w ool................... Manufactures of cotton.................. Manufactures of silk...................... Manufactures of flax...................... Miscellaneous dry goods............... $1,945,257 1,901,632 2,157,878 971,386 611,761 $1,793,397 1,653,183 1,600,737 784,719 314,800 Total withdrawn.................... Add entered for consumption. . . . $7,587,914 37,571,332 $6,146,836 $12,825,552 $12,332,503 65,354,102 60,860,306 36,390,220 . $4,485,294 2,631,053 3,755,533 1,316,035 637,637 $3,518,346 3,151,898 2,887,009 1,746,616 1,028,634 Total thrown upon market... $45,159,246 $71,500,938 $73,685,858 $48,722,723 ENTERED FOR W A R E H O U S IN G . Manufactures of w ool................... Manufactures of cotton................ Manufactures of B i l k ..................... Manufactures of fla x.................... Miscellaneous dry goods.............. $1,357,630 1,142,552 1,670,228 725,226 569,673 $2,438,657 1,433,185 1,688,628 636,779 438,688 Total.......................................... Add entered for consumption___ $5,455,309 37,571,332 $6,635,937 $15,321,712 65,354,102 60,860,306 $5,729,871 $1,731,492 2,623,091 1,547,538 4,207,627 988,141 1,536,726 649,230 1,224,398 437,277 $5,353,678 36,390,220 Total entered at the port....... $43,026,641 $71,990,039 $76,182,018 $41,743,898 The exports from N ew Y o rk to foreign ports show a large decrease in specie, but the variation in other items is less important. There is a slight increase in the exports o f domestic produce :— EXPORTS FROM NEW Y O R K TO F O R E IG N PORTS 1855. Domestic produce.......................... Foreign merchandise (free).......... Foreign merchandise (dutiable).. Specie and bullion....................... Total exports......................... Total, exclusive o f specie . . FOR TH E M ONTH 1856. O F AU G U ST . 1857. $4,281,481 $5,612,828 151,482 88,242 222,176 211,933 2,609,392 3,202,053 1858. $4,289,479 393,882 654,088 6,271,717 $4,660,272 102,674 224,438 2,201,802 $7,264,532 $9,115,056 $11,609,166 4,665,139 6,913,003 5,337,449 $7,189,186 4,987,384 This leaves the exports from N ew Y ork to foreign ports, exclusive o f specie, for the first eight months of the current year, $7,512,009 below the correspond ing total o f last year. The exports o f specie show a decrease o f nearly §15,000,000 upon the total o f the previous year :— E X P O R T S F R O M N E W Y O R K TO F O R E I G N P O R T S F O R E I G H T M O N T H S , F R O M J A N U A R Y 1 S T . 1855. 1856. 1857. 1858. Domestic produce.......................... $33,579,662 $50,290,993 $43,014,815 $38,012,626 Foreign merchandise (free)........... 3,440,696 680,750 2,709,756 955,698 Foreign merchandise (dutiable)... 3,422,348 2,044,601 3,538,044 2,782,282 Specie and bullion......................... 22,607,612 22,703,980 32,298,156 17,363,257 Total exports...........................$64,050,118 $75,720,324 $81,560,771 $59,113,863 Total, exclusive of sp ecie.. . 42,442,606 53,016,344 49,262,615 41,750,606 The cash revenue for August shows a large decline compared with last year, and, as compared with 1850, larger than the decline in imports would warrant, since there are more goods free ol duty :— CASH First six months In July............. In August....... Total since January 1 s t.... V O L . X X X I X .— N O . I V . D U T IE S R E C E I V E D AT NEW YORK. 1856. 1857. 1858. $22,541,145 75 6,441,544 27 5,286,399 11 $19,293,521 31 6,987,019 61 3,946,830 40 $11,089,112 57 3,387,305 33 3,545,119 01 $33,269,098 13 $30,227,371 32 $18,021,536 91 30 466 Journ al o f B anking, Currency, and F inance. This shows fairly the operation of the new tariff, and the comparison is highly instructive. The following is the total value of dutiable goods thrown upon the market at New York, with the duties actually collected thereon, in the same month of each of the last five years:— AugUBt, “ “ “ “ Dutiable value. *20,518,048 16,789,642 20,900,393 20,025,165 18,183,165 1854.......................................................... 1855......................................................... 1856......................................................... 1857......................................................... 1858......................................................... Duties collected. *5,214,629 4,290,796 5,286,399 3,946,830 3,545,119 The duties under the tariff of 1846, upon the goods marketed at the port of New York, have averaged about 25 per cent ; for the same month of 1856, the average, under the new tariff, was a fraction below 20 per cent, and this year it is 19 J per cent, which may be set down as the probable average for the future. JOURNAL OF BANKING, CURRENCY, AND FINANCE. CITY WEEKLY NEW 2 9 16 23 30 Feb. 6 13 20 27 March 6 13 20 27 April 3 10 17 24 May 1 8 16 22 29 June 5 12 19 26 July 3 10 17 24 31 Aug. 7 14 21 28 Sept., 4 11 Jan. YORK BANK W EEKLY BANK Loans. Specie. Circulation. $98,549,983 !*28,561,946 :*6,490,403 98,792,757 29,176,838 6,625,464 99,473,762 30,211,266 6,349,325 101,172,642 30,829,151 6,336,042 102,180,089 31,273,023 6,369,678 103,602,932 30,652,948 6,873,931 103,783,306 30,226,275 6,607,271 103,706,734 31,416,076 6,542,618 103,769,127 31,658,694 6,530,759 105,021,863 32,739,731 6,854,624 105,293,631 32,961,076 6,755,958 107,440,350 31,902,656 6,853,852 109,095,412 30,929,472 6,892,231 110,588,854 31,530,000 7,232,332 110,847,617 32,036,436 7,245,809 111,341,489 33,196,449 7.190,170 111,003,476 34,113,891 7,140,851 111 868,456 35,064,213 7,431,814 112,741,955 35,453,146 7,735,056 114,199,288 34,780,728 7,502,975 115,658,082 34,047,446 7,307,445 116,650,943 31,496,144 7,252,616 116,424,597 32,790,333 7,647,830 116,022,152 33,367,253 7,367,725 117,797,547 32,396,456 7,297,631 118,823,401 31,948,089 7,215,689 119,812,407 33,830,232 7,458,190 118,863,937 34,705,593 7,571,373 119,164,222 35,328,184 7,346,946 118,946,482 85,315,243 7,351,065 119,850,456 35,712,107 7,408,365 120,892,857 35,154.844 7,784,415 123,374,459 31,150,472 7,388,739 126,368,231 28,349,507 7,480,684 126,004,424 27,817,006 7,466,846 125,885,840 28,048,661 7,748,249 125,013,211 28,059,495 7,830,669 RETURNS, RETU RN S. Deposits. $78,635,225 79,841,362 81,790,321 82,598,348 83,997,081 86,000,468 84,229,492 86,773,222 87,386.311 90,382,446 90,063.432 91,238,505 90,644,098 93,589,149 93,566,100 96,448,450 95,340,344 98,438,506 101,165,806 101,884,163 101,917,869 99,351,901 101,489,535 100,787,073 102,149,470 101,961,682 106,803,210 106,420,723 107,101,061 105.490,896 106,456,030 107,454,715 105,034,769 104,609,658 103,928,178 103,347,811 102,899,554 Average Actual clearings. deposits. $13,601,357 $65,033,867 13,899,078 63,942,284 14,066,412 67,723,909 13,074,762 69,523.836 13,519,330 70,477,751 15,439,083 70,561,405 13,803,583 70,425,909 14,769,565 72,003,657 15,657,056 71,729,805 18,002,665 72.370,781 16,511,506 72,552,926 17,064,588 74,173,917 16,429,056 74,201,709 17,567,160 76,021,989 16,775,237 76,790,863 17,329,431 78,121,025 16,141,451 79,198,893 17,875,203 80,563,303 19,438,661 81,727,146 18,284,868 83,599,295 17,620,131 84,297,738 16,199,657 83,162,244 17,982,648 83,506,887 16,503,899 84,283,194 16,818,521 85,280,987 15,825,983 86,135,699 17,267,927 89,535,283 18,168,757 88,260,956 17,046,961 90,054,100 15,365,206 90,105,690 15,310,157 91,145,873 17,115,237 90,339,678 15,208,690 89,826,082 15,449,895 89,159,763 16,208.039 87,720,139 15,414,213 87,933,594 15,989,375 86,908,179 J ourn al o f B anking, Currency, and Finance. 467 BO STO N B A N K S . Dec. 2 2 . . . . 29... . Jan. 5 . . . . 12... . 18... . 25 . . . Feb. 1 ... . 8... . 15... . 22... . Mar. 1 ... . 8... . 15. . . . 22... . 29... . April 5 . . . . 12... . 19... . 26... . May 4 . . . . 10... . 18... . 25... . 31... . June 7 . . . . 14... . 21... . 28... . July 5 . . . . 12... . 19... . 26... . Aug. 2 . . . . 9... . 16... . 23... . 30... . Sept . 6 . . . Loans. $50,209,500 50,377,000 50,726,800 61,221,000 51,740,926 51,772,412 51,854,178 52,011,821 52,137,972 52,089,500 51,970,800 52,251,300 52,068,743 51,999,451 61,632,451 51,918,900 52,042,428 51,752,500 51,388,977 51,499,700 51,679,315 52,622,000 63,396,741 53,469,179 53,407,693 53,951,032 54,162,119 54,780,644 55,808,453 56,200,929 56,626.264 56,602,469 56,250,500 56,096,805 55,971,072 55,845,271 55,650,350 55,926,042 Due Due Circulation. Specie. Deposits. to banks. from banks. 1$4,579,000 $5,627,000 $15,606,000 $4,054,800 $5,888,000 4,789,500 5,1 30,400 16,326,600 3,998,000 5,688,000 5,028,000 6,416,000 17,073,800 3,911,000 6,732,600 6,449,000 5,938,400 17,226,700 4,368,000 5,969,500 5,661,216 5,669,028 17,722,553 4,754,006 5,891,800 6,073,680 5,494,721 18,129,649 3,531,721 1,949,031 6,402,460 5,251,006 18,395,692 5,111,278 6,725,337 6,872,977 5,4 98,600 18,602,984 5,317.764 5,756,068 7,079,606 5,898,660 18,429,945 5,568,464 5,523,012 7,257,800 5,299,000 18,450,500 5,339,600 6,877.900 7,316,800 5,170,000 18,525.000 5,778,000 5,625,000 7,497,700 5,182,400 19,031,682 5,764,000 6,137,000 7,569,698 5,291,549 18,909,682 5,837,534 6,011,377 7,235,531 5,163,492 19,029,251 7,905,491 5,159,569 18,895,249 8,259,500 5,477,500 20,136,400 6,576,900 6,386,000 8,505,312 5,852,991 20,675,028 9,007,000 6,224,500 20,657,500 6,110,000 7,259,400 8,851,719 6,007,628 20,671,569 5,884,533 7,363,702 9,243,000 5,903,600 21,257,900 5,925,900 7,444,000 9,351,861 6,165,768 21,143,973 5,949.986 7,562,885 9,210,000 6,117,000 21,527,700 7,187.800 6,263,000 9,015,146 6,096,417 21.418,578 7,175,486 6,756,792 9,120,846 5,903,020 20,846,860 6,530,828 6,929,062 9,315,086 5,870,808 20,668,037 7,265,607 6,399,061 9,410,569 5,732,900 20,815,560 7,532,900 5.755,268 9,457,831 6,703,699 20,764,739 7,804,896 5,809,542 9,119.604 5,633,176 20,833,942 7,827,075 5,674,795 9,104,461 6,313,049 21,570,803 8,089,162 6,357,413 9,000,663 6,538,325 21,075,247 8,526,510 6,299,019 8,930,757 6,236,698 21,462,437 8,565,647 6,023,415 8,943,004 6,268,745 21,466,471 8,658,185 6,268,745 8,883,400 5,869,800 21,161,000 8,467,000 5,767,000 8,985,526 6,238,221 21,051,519 8,445,734 6,112,023 8,795.945 6,026,818 20,804,875 8,132,356 5,675,367 8,958,280 5,988,995 20,698,794 7,693,989 5,599,457 8,724,186 5,889,477 20,698,228 7,537,728 5,952,844 8,701,679 6,137,981 20,971,138 7,632,662 6,287,397 8 T . LOOTS B A N K S . April 10.. 17 24. May 8. 15. 22. 29. June 5. 12. 19. 26. July 3. 10. 17. 24. 31 Aug. 7 14 21 28 Sept. 4 Exchange. $1,255,694 1,161,065 1,250,295 1,369,316 1,494,025 1,547,938 1,548,531 1,557,119 1,471,190 1,459,735 1,417,340 1,523,179 1,445,704 1,490,876 1,494,116 1,487,256 1,681,723 1,609,067 1,695,299 1,766,798 1,734,169 Circulation. $1,788,970 1,793,945 1,832,915 1,240,431 1,864,960 1,825,810 1,921,475 2,087,890 2,101,405 2,161,985 2,005,505 2,246,835 2,260,560 2,190.955 2,161,370 2,159,540 2,079,225 1,932,160 1,882,625 1,943,735 1,975,760 Specie. $1,673 628 1,720*728 1,770*882 1,959*823 2,161*503 2,225*285 2,396*027 2,452’ 141 2,536.707 2,465,.372 2,434,398 2,320,768 2,815,635 2,322,245 2,238,498 2,169,387 2,108,988 2,081,197 2,026,841 2,043,783 1,995,312 J ou rn a l o f B anking , Currency , and Finance. 468 W EEKLY Date. Jan. 11, ’58. Jan. 1 8 . . . . Jan. 2 5 . . . . Feb. 1 . . . . Feb. 8 . . . . Feb. 15___ Feb. 22___ Mar. 1 . . . . Mar. 9 . . . . Mar. 1 6 . . . . Mar. 2 3 . . . . Mar. 3 0 . . . . Apr. 6 . . . . Apr. 1 2 . . . . Apr. 19___ Apr. 2 6 . . . . May 3 . . . . May 1 0 . . . . May 1 7 . . . . May 2 4 . . . . May 3 1 . . . . June 7 ____ June 1 4 . . . . June 2 1 . . . . June 2 8 . . . . July 6 . . . . J uly 1 2 . . . . July 1 9 . . . . July 2 6 . . . . Aug. 2 ----Aug. 9 . . . . Aug. 1 6 . . . . Aug. 2 3 . . . . Aug. 30___ Sept. 4 . . . . AVERAGE Loans. $21,302,374 21,068,652 20,730,958 20,423,704 20,359,226 20,071,474 20,161,260 20,251,066 20,471,161 20,522,936 20,796,957 21,020,198 21,657,152 21,656,028 21,776,667 22,141,300 22,243,824 22,190,934 22,592,841 22,969,576 23,103,418 23,542,751 23,796,085 23,803,903 24,060,708 24,311,928 23,783,792 24,555,873 24,570,778 24,524,569 24,542,291 24,829,767 24,913,526 24,843,131 24,988,251 OF TH E Specie. $3,770,701 4,018,295 4,243,966 4,465,693 4.668,085 4,888,983 4,924,906 4,903,936 5,147,615 5,448,514 5,463,358 5,661,782 5,937,595 6 133,000 6,382,485 6,752,640 7,027,712 7,143,628 7,019,204 6,963,371 7,031,756 6,985,208 7,055,188 6,873,971 6,664,681 6,835,877 6,399,754 6,868,596 6,956,440 7,070,145 6,882,660 6,375.520 6.605,882 6,476,406 6,685,856 P IT T S B U R G Loans. April 12........... May June July Aug. 19.......... 26.......... 3 ........... 10........... 17........... 24........... 31........... 7 ........... 14........... 21........... 28........... 5 ........... 12........... 19........... 26........... 2 ........... 7......... 14........... 21........... 28........... Sept. 5 ........... 5,570,585 5,611,689 5,784,492 5,737,072 5,769,868 5,843,108 6,895,461 5,874,782 6,014,676 6,016,509 6,077,608 6,009,453 5,975,321 5,940,451 6,985,766 P H I L A D E L P H IA Circulation. $1,011,033 1,046,545 1,062,192 1,096,462 1,293,046 1,559,218 1,686,689 1,808,734 1,916,352 2,077,967 2,140,463 2,296,444 2,647,399 2,675,193 2,484,150 2,408,421 2,329,617 2,406,482 2,361,709 2,410,181 2,436,527 2,406,568 2,387,886 2,365,435 2,389,252 2,431,181 2,422,411 2,548,945 2,514,345 2,605,278 2,534,652 2,622,540 2,505,899 2,460,645 2,520,501 BANKS. Deposits. $11,466,263 11,512,765 11,547,697 12,195 126 11,904,519 11,889,342 12,014,605 11,830,532 12,253,282 12,691,547 12,413,191 13,201,599 13,422,318 13,784,656 14,682,175 15,068,178 15,589,713 15,260,858 15,548,237 15,354,428 15,726,640 15,776,251 15,883,306 15,867,904 16,366,129 16,566,846 15,898,464 16,937,685 17,196,794 17,533,780 17,054,076 16,929,656 16,848,980 16,961,496 17,426,777 Due banka. 3,056,181 3,178,855 3,071,603 2,804,095 2,610,000 2,754,973 3,055,076 3,221,858 3,211,889 3,380,477 3,565 213 3,504,300 3,101,201 2,986,297 3,369,430 3,351,204 3,291,107 3,234,866 3,176,333 3,378,351 3,421,217 3,446,195 3,370,165 BANKS. Specie. $1,194,232 1,220,633 1,221,195 1,192,216 1,171,627 1,191,663 1,175,334 1,212,178 1,207,637 1,218,342 1,223,759 1,266,195 1,246,588 1,229,383 1,249,398 1,256,026 1,198,767 1,236,485 1,257,921 1,266,621 1,257,173 1,261,195 Circulation. $1,287,095 1,291,091 1,319,416 1,360,651 1,365,561 1,373,401 1,371,586 1,394,146 1,426,586 1,385,926 1,366,481 1,377,096 1,436,651 1,458,776 1,475,351 1,439,916 1,423,669 1,378,231 1,428,856 1,452,751 1,435,516 1,470,741 Deposits. Due banks $1,305,294 $70,236 1,345,062 87,713 1,404,760 84,171 1,504,549 40,312 1,585,182 74,491 1,491,620 111,260 1,464,767 124,044 1,467,849 88,896 1,540,926 90,334 1,556,862 108,994 1,571,589 134,480 1,630,570 125,743 1,699,196 85,698 1,691,758 157,608 1,720,691 165,257 1,708,210 188,551 1,730,650 188,242 1,788,792 136,835 1,818,617 57,411 1,887,579 182,413 1,884,917 181,392 1,858,072 142,215 469 Journ al o j B anking, C urrency, and Finance. N E W ORLEANS BANKS. 1 7 .. . 1 2 .. . 1 9 .. . 2 6 .. . Jan. 2 .. . 9 .. 1 6 .. . 2 3 .. . 8 0 .. . Feb. 6 .. . 1 3 .. . 20. . 2 7 .. . March 6 .. . 1 3 .. . 2 0 .. . 2 7 .. . A p r il 3 .. . 1 0 .. . 1 7 .. . 2 4 .. . M ay 1.... 8 .... 1 5 ..,. 2 2 .. . 2 9 .. . J u n e 5. .,. 1 2 .. ,. 1 9 .... 2 6 .... J u ly 3 . . . 1 0 .... 1 7 ... 2 4 .. . 8 1 ... A ug. 7 ... 1 4 ... 2 1 ... 2 8 ... S ept. 5 . . . , O c t. D ec. Short loans. $19,200,583 18,069,088 17,818,222 17,741,355 18,149,456 Specie. $3,230,320 8,841,370 9,942,880 10,320,714 10,505,183 10,626,260 14,804.320 10,592,617 14,659,131 10,693,330 14,674,217 10,844,246 14,490,001 11,187,398 14,937,307 11,110,763 14,890,351 11,065,697 15,062,058 11,061,832 15,832,181 10,967,225 15,888,347 10,978,769 15,937,924 10,897,866 16,157,998 10,947,636 16,641,554 10,848,605 16,481,249 10,962,570 16,480,547 10,854,012 16,094,721 10,798,455 >6,933,046 10,892,453 15,459,435 10,615,530 14,958,401 10,478,675 14,772.173 10,394,638 14,250,529 10,299,135 13,521,534 10,257,171 12,828,721 10,312,237 12,374,123 10,208,900 12,390,984 10,423,080 12,291,555 10,676,674 12,116,486 10,755,126 11,981,985 10,877,768 11,985,231 10,936,870 12,011,616 10,992,148 12,452,664 10,835,005 12,883,216 10,912,975 13,516,161 10,806.910 14,196,661 11,173,021 14,892,969 11,285,308 Circulation. $6,196,459 4,148,859 4,224,042 4,336,624 4,535,951 4,778,539 4,797,746 4,767,816 4,803,071 5,037,906 5,100,916 6,264,181 5,524,209 6,005,769 6,299,967 6.654,434 7,068,240 7,572,094 7,692,634 7,685,539 7,828,399 7,946,334 8,023,429 7,972,599 7,954,829 7,916,858 7,965,484 7,943.819 7,645,844 7,323,034 7,962,969 7,671,824 7,452,104 7,334,414 7,231,739 7,135,389 7,024,587 6,860,289 6,731,599 6,828,889 P R O V ID E N C E Jan. M a r. A p r. M ay 11........ 15____ 5 ........ 19........ 3 ........ 17........ 7 ........ June J u n e 2 1 ........... J u ly 5 ____ J u ly 19____ o A ug. S e p t . 6 ........ Loans. $17,701,725 16.925,349 17,037,949 17,169,822 17,203,225 17,054,877 17,060,695 17,345,487 17,653,908 17,8«7,068 17,780,220 17,121,639 Specie. $565,553 520,828 591 861 564,033 566.869 567,024 577,868 573,317 528,691 466,266 444,165 175,635 Exchange. Deposits. $7,442,142 $2,297,348 9,993,370 2,838,878 10,996,494 3,526,929 11,579,048 3,951,212 11,948,906 4,114,622 11,764,593 4,675,028 12,323,808 5,095,771 12,573,173 5,201,368 12,678,696 6,249,136 14,539,408 5,934,781 14,368,835 6,624,657 14.640,976 7,124,477 14,894,714 7,623,252 15,201,909 7,919,605 15,421,499 8,220,000 15.765,084 8,776,621 15,792,554 8,880,798 15,453,850 9,147,709 15.658,182 9,321,352 15,640,948 9,035,522 15,589,151 9,221,277 16,681,593 8,754,140 16,886,529 9,169,848 15,035,182 9,418,151 15,096,528 9,184,271 14,648,164 8,899,170 8,269,260 15,464,347 8,533,964 15,714,302 8,720,257 15,676,134 8,110,788 16,013,100 7,890.863 14,114,217 6,970,157 14,078,294 7,427,930 13,864,925 6,348,192 15,262,173 6,053,229 15,200,271 13,564,756 5,263,035 13,164,598 4,652,889 13,343,938 4,081,875 14,636,311 3,853,326 D istant balances. $816,132 1,266,660 1,863,478 1,590.072 1,349,781 1,652,855 1,469,861 1,379,908 1,256,815 1,283,609 1,274,034 1,327,750 1,378.848 1,847,623 1,172,552 1,271,084 1,664,614 1,410,349 1,381,527 1,473,994 1,263,882 1,112,188 1,429,660 1,266,140 1,868,581 1,102,648 1,009,870 1,119,317 1,034,117 1,061,242 1,192,675 1,244.213 1,336,398 1,402,012 1,327.951 1,258,843 1,185,562 1,139,616 BANKS. Circulation. $1,552,822 1,310,787 1,409,695 1,483,226 1,393,553 1,451,356 1,555,717 1,604,850 1,810,047 2,039,911 1,921,812 1,420,455 Deposits. $2,025,956 1,903,082 1,946,998 1,965,316 2,068,335 2,062,597 2,088,878 1,988,496 2,402,956 2,079,188 2,022,092 935,593 Due oth. b’ks $1,838,435 1,043.930 1,080,817 996,961 1,089,833 1,131,176 1,208,548 1,170,711 1,010,101 1,145,364 1,095,896 F I N A N C E S OF M E X I C O . According to the recent budget published by the Minister of Finance of Mexico, which we gather from a synoptical translation of the work of Don Miguel Lerdo de Trojada for the New York Herald, we have the following statement of the 470 J ourn al o f B an kin g , Currency, and F inance. finances of that Bepublic, comprising the governmental expenditures, revenue, and national debt, by which it will be seen that the annual expenditures of the gen eral government cannot fall much short of $20,000,000, to meet which the pro ceeds of all the sources of revenue afford but $15,000,000. leaving a deficit of $9,819,203 on the current expenses of the government, and the funded debt amounting to $110,666,888, with its long arrears of interest, to provide for itself. G O V E R N M E N T E X P E N D IT U R E . Public establishments, d ie .............................................................................. The army and the navy.................................................................................. Oficinas of recandation and branches of government........... ................. The national debt, interest thereon annually, and the sinking f und. . . . The city government of city of M exico.. . ................................................. $5,294,181 4,309,377 765,327 8,584,690 274,760 Total....................................................................................................... $14,228,362 But we are of the opinion that the whole expenditure of the general govern ment for the present year, even though the expenses of the army have been les sened, will not fall much short of 20,000,000 of dollars. Our reasons are, because in the above budget reforms and economies have been calculated upon which cannot be carried into execution ; also, because several indispensable expenditures have been omitted, such as the repairing and preserving the public roads, and the payment of the interest of the national debt due to citizens in the country. NATIONAL REVENUE. The following table of the probable proceeds of all the sources of revenue will give a clear view of the real situation of the public treasury :— Duties on imported goods................................................................................ Twenty per cent for material improvements............................................... Twenty-five per cent for the Home Debt Sinking F u n d .......................... Ten per cent of importation duties (on $3,500,000)................................ Twenty per cent of control entries, (on the same)...................................... Tonnage duties.............. Duties on faro banks........................................................................................ Exportation d u ties.......................................................................................... Circulation o f coined money........................................................................... Excise duties...................................................................................................... Three per cent on mining products............................................................... The one real for stamping the same............................................................. Banking houses................................................................................................ Direct taxes....................................................................................................... Stamped paper.................................................................................................. The mails, or post-office ................................................................................ Lotteries............................................................................................................. Bridge to lls ....................................................................................................... Pawnbroking establishments, safety papers to foreigners, escheated in heritances, salt works, playing cards, discounts on payments, with other minor and accidental incomings..................................................... $4,500,000 900,000 1,125,000 350,000 700,000 90,000 20,000 600,000 300,000 3,500,000 450,000 220,000 150,000 1,200,000 160,000 60,000 80,000 300,000 Total....................................................................................................... $15,000,000 405,000 C O M P A R IS O N . Expenditure....................................................................................................... Revenue............................................................................................................. D eficit.............................................................................. $24,819,203 15,000,000 $9,819,203 THE NATIONAL DEBT. The total amount of the debt owing by the Bepublic is divided into the in 471 Journ al o f B anking , C urrency, and F inance. terior and exterior debt. The former arises from different obligations contracted during the vice-regal government and since the declaration of independence, and the latter originates in the loans contracted in London in the years 1823 and 1824. Both these debts amount at the present time to the sum of $117,767,024, ac cording to the following account:— THE F O R E IG N DEBT. Its capital, according to the last convention, is £\0,241,650, which, re duced to dollars, at the rate o f $5 to the pound sterling, amounts to. $51,203,250 To six dividends, owing since the 1st of January, 1853, to the end of December, 1855........................................................................................... 4,608,741 Total...................................................................................................... IN T E R I O R OR HOME $55,816,991 DEBT. The total amount of this debt on the 3lst of December, 1850, after the deductions fixed by the law o f the same year, wa9 $40,000,000; of this sum the Committee of Public Credit liquidated and paid $16,829,755 27, up to the 5th of January, 1855 ; in consequence of this, and other sums subsequently liquidated, this debt will not amount to more th an .................................................................................. $30,000,000 Owing for interest to the eDd of 1855, on credits acknowledged and liquidated, up to the 1st of January o f the same year........................ 2,491,395 Debt contracted in the five succeeding years, and the debts made by the chiefs of the last revolution, which have been assumed by the present governm ent.................................................................................... 17,000,000 To the English convention..................................................... $4,323,428 That of Father M oran........................................................... 855,210 -— ----- -— 5,178,638 To the Spanish convention.............................................................................. 6,680,000 To the French convention.............................................................................. 600,000 Total....................................................................................................... $61,950,033 RECAPITULATION. Interior or home debt...................................................................................... Foreign debt...................................................................................................... $61,950,033 55,816,991 Total.......................................................................................................$117,767,024 N ote.— The sum of $768,123, the amount of one dividend, is to be deducted from the interest due on the foreign debt. This sum, though it has not yet been paid, is very shortly to be paid out of funds which have been for this purpose collected in London. MI CHI GAN FI NANCES. The debt of the State of Michigan, July 1st, was as follows :— Old debt— adjusted bonds due 1863 .......................................... Bonds of 1863, original issue......................................................... State prison bonds, 1859-60 ......................................................... Loan of 1858, in renewal, and due 1878..................................... Temporary loan............................................................................... Unadjusted bonds of old debt...................................................... $1,722,685 177,000 60,000 216,000 50,000 100,000 Total d e b t ............................................................................... $2,325,685 A new loan of $216,000 was since asked for, and awarded at an average of something over one per cent premium. The bids amounted to over $833,000, and the entire amount was awarded to E. H. Hazleton & Co., of Detroit. The premiums on the amount of the loan amount to something over $2,000. 472 Journ al o f B anking, Currency, and Finance. FINANCES OF MEMPHIS, TENNESSEE. The post-bond indebtedness of the city of Memphis amounts to the sum of $1,536,000, payable as follows Jn New York city............................................................................................ In Philadelphia................................................................................................. $1,294,000 242,000 Total............................. Bonds issued to the Memphis and Lexington Railroad Company, se cured by deed of trust on navy yard grounds........................................ $1,636,000 Total bonded indebtedness................................................................. $1,836,000 300,000 The navy yard bonds bear interest at the rate of 7 per cent per annum, and the company has disposed of $70,000 worth of the bonds, the interest on which is due and payable in this city on the 1st of July, and amounts to $2,450. The six per cent bonds of the city amount to $1,536,000, the interest on which is due and payable in New York and Philadelphia semi-annually, viz., on the first days of January and July in each year. The semi-annual interest on these bonds, due on the 1st of July, amounted to $46,080. The total amount of in terest to be provided for on the 1st of July was as follows :— On post-bonds payable in New York and Philadelphia................................. On navy yard bonds payable in this city.......................................................... $46,080 2,450 Total interest.............................................................................................. $48,530 The interest has always, heretofore, been promptly met, without embarrass ment, and measures have been taken by the Finance Committee of the present Council to meet the July interest. DEBT OF NORTH CAROLINA. The following is a statement of the debt of North Carolina, with the year in which it will mature :— 1859 ........ . . . 1860 ......... 1 8 6 1 ......... 1862 ......... 1864 ......... 1866 ........ 1866 ......... 1867 ___ $200,000 500,000 40,000 180,000 41,000 111,000 59,000 15,000 1868............ 1869............ 1870............ 1871............ 1872............ 1875............ 1876............ 1877............ . $6,000 26,500 33,500 1878................ 1883................ 1884................ 1885................ 20,000 1886................ 24,000 1887................ 10,000 1888................ Time not spec’d Total..................................................... $4,000 1,000,000 630,000 1,370,000 748,000 1,283,500 185,000 231,005 $6,715,505 In addition, the State has made the following indorsements :— Wilmington and Raleigh Railroad................................................................... Cape Fear and Deep River Navigation Company........................................ $250,000 300,000 Total indorsements.................................................................................. $550,000 The annual interest account is as follows Payable Payable Payable Payable in New York January 1st and July 1st ......................................... $213,450 in New York April 1st and October 1st........................................ 116,220 in New York on Cape Fear indorsement...................................... 18,000 at Public Treasury, Raleigh.............................................................. 73,260 Total. 00 00 00 30 $420,930 30 473 Jonrn al o f B anking, C urrency, and F inance. FINANCES OF THE CITY OF NEW ORLEANS, We are indebted to Mr. Francis Turner, one of the State Assessors, for the following results of the assessment rolls for 1857 :— AN A B S T R A C T O F T H E S T A T E A S SE S S M E N T R O L L S O F T H E C IT Y O F N E W O B JE C TIO N S A N D C O R R E C T IO N S H A T E B E E N M A D E , F O R Real estate. $6,200,750 7,030,250 20,400,625 9,981,350 7,509,400 4,638,750 2,907,450 1,760,170 2,277,830 7,544,850 Represented District. First .......................................... Second........................................ Third........................................... Fourth......................................... Fifth............................................ S ix th .......................................... Seventh...................................... Eighth......................................... Ninth........................................... Tenth.......................................... Real estate.............................. . . Slaves......................................... Capital....................................... ORLEANS, AFTER 1837. Slaves. $685,600 780,900 821,800 452,800 756,100 744,100 325,250 135,3u0 283,600 796,000 Capital. $331,350 717,800 14,191,000 3,614,750 1)168 850 311,450 284,900 1,178,400 163,950 297,900 License. $9,505 10,525 83,875 24,965 24,350 14,945 9,415 9,025 7,575 9,465 $70,251,425 $5,781,450 5,781,450 22,260,350 $22,260,350 $203,645 $98,293,225 Total..................................... State tax, 16£ cents per $100.................................................................... Mill tax, 10 cents per $100........................................................................... Internal improvements, 3 f cents per $100................................................ State licenses................................................................................................. Poll t a x ........................................................................................................... $163,822 04 98,293 22 36,859 95 203,645 00 8,18100 Total State ta xes.................................................................................. $510,801 21 In making out the above statement I am indebted to my colleagues, Messrs. Dufour, Dure!, and Watkins, for their several recapitulations. In comparing the above statement with the returns of last year, I find there is an increase on real estate, slaves, and capital, of $7,105,030, and on licenses of $22,310. VALUATION OF BOSTON, The following is the valuation of Boston by wards for 1858 :— Personal. $8,259,100 589,800 2,739,500 35,977,200 2,296,700 20,438,400 19,044,000 Real estate. Polls. Wards. 3,521 8 ___ $10,899,300 3,460 7,770,700 9 ___ 2,205 1 0 ___ 7,942,100 13,840,600 3,059 1 1 ___ 2,153 1 2 ___ 7,557,700 1,935 2,526 Total. 153,578,700 Personal. $4,741,900 2,960,600 2,582,600 4,448,800 2,064,100 K> '--T O O Real estate. $9,142,700 5,618,100 6,950,600 37,592,600 5,818,000 23,192,300 17,244,000 O Wards. i ......... 2 ......... 3 ......... 4 ......... 5 ......... 6. . . . 7 ......... Polls. 2,097 1,974 2,567 3,557 3,624 — 32,588 VALUATION AND TAXATION IN R0XBURY, In Roxbury, this year, the rate of taxation on real and personal property will be $9 50 on $1,000, and the poll tax will be $1 71. The following is the valu ation of the city by wards :— . . . Wards. Polls. Eeal. 1 1,031$28,910,000 2 90416,200,000 3 1,11421,348,000 Total Personal. Wards. $553,600 4 ......... 369,200 5 ......... 1,596,200 Polls. Eeal. 654 $28,824,000 626 3,364,600 Personal. $1,256,600 1,397,000 4,329 $93,646,600 $5,172,600 474 Journ al o f B anking, C urrency, and F inance. PRIVATE BANKS OF CINCINNATI, Below will be found a complete list of the returns made to the County Auditor by the various banking establishments of the city, for which we are indebted to the courtesy of John E. Bell, Esq., Deputy Auditor. The returns are made in accordance with the provisions of the “ A ct to tax the property of banks and bankers, so as to require all property employed in banking to bear a burden of taxation equal to that imposed on the property of other persons,” passed by the last Legislature. The returns include the average amount of notes and bills discounted or pur chased, the average amount of all moneys, effects, or dues of every description belonging to each house, loaned, invested, or otherwise used with a view to profit, or upon which the banker receives, or is entitled to receive, interest:— Groesbeck A C o ........... Kinney, Espy A Qo . . . Evans, Swift A Hughes., Gilmore A Brotherton.. Commercial Bank........ Lafayette Banking Co . Nettleton, Lowry A Co. E. G. Burkam A Co . . . Fallis, Brown A C o . . . . C. F. Adae & Co........... George S. Wright A Co A. G. Burt A C o ........... Wood, Lea A C o ......... Smith A G ilb ert........... Homans A C o ............... James F. Meline A Co . G. H. Bussing A C o . . . . J. F. Larkin................... J. R. Morton A C o .. , J. B. Ramsay................. B. Bagley....................... S. S. Davis..................... T. S. Goodman A C o . . . Johnson, Brothers A Co C. E. Bourse A Co......... S. S. Row e..................... $563,815 214,650 105,000 100,000 92,530 83,550 61,939 50,000 45,654 39,300 30,000 26,850 21,516 20,000 20,000 20,000 11,322 14,000 12,000 10,000 9,100 9,500 8,133 8,000 5,000 3,000 Total....................... $1,658,119 Sworn. “ u (( (( <( M U U U (« « u Refused to Sworn. “ (( “ Absent. Sworn. u “ (i « THE AMOUNT OF SPECIE IN THE UNITED STATES. A t the commencement of 1850, the amount of gold and silver coin and bullion existing in the United States was estimated to be one hundred and twenty mil lions of dollars ; the coinage at the United States Mint since 1850, has amounted to four hundred and ninety millions ; the amount of specie brought into the country by immigrants since 1850, is estimated to be one hundred and twentyfive millions; the bullion on hand at the present time is estimated to be one hundred millions ; making a total of eight hundred and thirty-five millions of dollars. The exports of specie from the United States since 1850, (less imports,) have amounted to three hundred and fifteen millions ; leaving the amount of five hundred and twenty millions of dollars existing at the present time in the United Stales, in the shape of gold and silver coin and bullion. The product of the California mines, since their discovery, has amounted to seven hundred and twenty-seven millions of dollars. J ourn al o f B anking , C urrency , and Finance. 475 BANKS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, The following is an official summary table showing the aggregate of the re sources and liabilities of the banks of this State, as exhibited by their reports to the Banking Department of their condition on the morniug of Saturday, the 19th day of June :— RESOURCES. June, 1857. $190,803,832 507,137 11,643,830 7,423,015 14,370,434 23,737,436 24,747,472 9,299,794 3,093,552 771 1,362,623 980 June, 1853. $190,980,431 837.289 13,859,406 8,484,041 36,404,058 16,923,450 28,228,965 8,706,944 1,971,528 5,774 1,636,526 946 $287,990,846 $302,538,858 Capital....................................................................... Circulation............................................................... Profits....................................................................... Due banks............................................................... Due others............................................. Due State................................................................. Deposits.................................................................... Otheritems............................................................... A dd for cents........................................................... $103,954,777 32,395,892 13,949,030 21,819,817 1,010.575 3,254,877 104,350,426 1,754,886 666 $114,690,541 25,154,931 14,747,594 36,469,584 876,235 3,130,387 105,754,137 1,713,334 515 Total ............................................................... $287,990,846 $302,538,358 Discounts................... Overdrafts................... Due by banks........... Real estate................. Specie......................... Cash items.................. Stocks, &c................... Bonds and mortgages, Bank notes.................. Do. suspended............ Expense account . . . . Add for cents............. TotaL................................................................. L I A B IL I T I E S . The June, 1858, summary is made up from reports from 297 banks, including Luther Wright’s Bank, winding up, and including Dover Plains Bank, new banking association. The difference in the totals was occasioned by a bank having failed to make a balance in its report. VALUATION OF PROPERTY IN ST. LOUIS. The return of the Auditor, July 21st, gives a statement of the assessed value of real and personal property, as appears by the collected lists returned to his office by the Court of Appeals :— First ward S e co n d ... Third........ Fourth . . . $6,443,965 36 3,662,219 78 5,859,671 84 9,479,440 36 IFifth ward |S ix th ____ ISeventh... |E igh th .... $15,121,431 82 INinth ward 14,724,427 63 | Tenth___ 6,580,398 67 1 6,750,589 26 | Total . . $5,704,145 79 8,000,115 25 --81,326,405 76 The above returns show an increase over last year of §7,664,361 84. FINANCES OF PORTSMOUTH, NEW HAMPSHIRE. The rate of taxation in Portsmouth is 85f cents, and the appropriations for each year since the establishment of the city government have been as follows :— 185018511852- 1. 2. 3. $40,543 76 41,716 77 41,075 70 1853-4........ 18556. 18567. $41,189 99 47,638 59 45,025 73 1857- 8........ 1858- 9........ $48,726 87 51,817 58 476 J ourn al o f B anking , C urrency, and F inance, NEW USURY LAW OF CANADA. AN ACT TO AMEND THE LAWS OF THIS PROVINCE REGULATING THE RATE OF INTEREST. Whereas, it is expedient to amend the laws relating; to the interest of money, and for that purpose to repeal the third section of the act of the Parliament of of this Province, passed in the sixteenth year of Tier Majesty’s reign, and entitled, “ An Act to modify the usury laws,” as to future contracts; therefore, Her Majesty, by and with the consent of the Legislative Council and Assembly of Canada, enacts as follows:—• 1. Prom and after the passing of this act, the third section of the act mentioned in the preamble of this act shall be, and the same is hereby repealed, except only as to contracts made after it came into force and before the passing of this act, as to which it shall remain in force. 2. It shall be lawful for any person or persons, other than those excepted in this act, to stipulate for, allow, and exact, on any contract or agreement whatso ever, any rate of interest or discount which may be agreed upon. 3. It shall not be lawful for any bank incorporated by any act of the Legisla ture of this Province, or of the late Provinces of Upper or Lower Canada respectively, or by royal charter, nor of any bank established or to be established under the provisions of the act of the Legislature of this Province, passed in the session thereof, held in the thirteenth and fourteenth years of Her Majesty’s reign, entitled, “ An Act to establish freedom of banking in this Province, and for other purposes relative to banks and banking,” to stipulate for, take, reserve, or exact a higher discount or interest than seven per centum per annum ; and any rate of interest not exceeding seven per centum per annum may be received and taken in advance by any such bank ; and it shall be lawful for any such bank to allow and pay any rate of interest whatsoever upon moneys deposited in such bank. 4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the act passed in the session held in the nineteenth and twentieth years of Her Majesty’s reign, chapter fortyeight, entitled, “ An Act for enabling all the chartered banks in this Province to enjoy a certain privilege therein mentioned,” or in any other act or law, it shall not be lawful for any bank or banking institution, carrying on busine33 as such in this Province, in discounting at any of its places or seats of business, branches, agencies, or offices of discount and deposit, any note, bill, or other negotiable security or paper, payable at any other of its own places or seats of business, branches, agencies, or offices of discount and deposit within this Province, to receive or retain, in addition to the discount, any amount exceeding the follow ing rates per centum, according to the time it has to run, on the amount of such note, bill, or other negotiable security or paper, to defray the expenses attending the collection of such bill, note, or other negotiable security or paper; that is to say, under thirty days, one-eighth of one per cent; thirty days and over, but under sixty days, one-fourth of one per cent; sixty days and over, but under ninety days, three-eighths of one per cent; ninety days and over, one-half per cent. 5. Six per cent per annum shall continue to be the rate of interest in all cases, where by the agreement of the parties or by law interest is payable, and no rate has been fixed by the parties or by the law. 6. Nothing in this act shall be construed to apply to any corporation, or com pany, or association of persons, not being a bank, heretofore authorized by law to lend or borrow money. IRISn ENCUMBERED ESTATES. The Encumbered Estates Court in Ireland has been replaced by the Landed Estates Court, for which an act of Parliament has just been obtained. During the existence of the old court the total amount expended in the purchase of property under the control of the court was £22,000,000, of which £3,000,000 were invested by English and Scotch purchasers. 'The number of estates sold was 2,380, divided into more than 11,000 lots, and 8,235 conveyances have been executed by the Commissioners. Journ al o f B anking , Currency, and F inance. 477 BAKKS OF MISSOURI. The following is a semi-annual statement of all the banks of Missouri, July 1, 1858 L I A B IL I T I E S . RESOURCES. Capital in branches___ Notes discounted............ Exchange matured........ Exchange m aturing.... Suspended debt.............. Due from banks.............. Sundry accounts............. Notes of other banks . . . Coin................................. Circulation on hand........ Beal estate..................... State bonds..................... . . . 2,925,019 67,940 ... 118,468 . . . 1,109,020 . . . 3,488,186 T ota l....................... 25 05 62 57 64 04 08 00 51 00 83 00 Capital owned by State... . Capital own’d by individuals Due depositors..................... Unpaid dividends................ Interest and exchange......... Due to banks......................... Capit’l furnish’d by par’nt b’k Due parent bank on account Profit it loss cfec’nting’nt fund Circulati’n rec’iv’d fr’m coin’r $963,490 2,552,146 2,658,383 6,042 342,654 768,028 759,342 274,468 38,987 4,851,310 10 20 29 84 95 76 25 96 24 00 Total...............................13,209,214 59 59 FINANCES OF PORTLAND, MAINE. The valuation and taxes of Portland have been as follows:— 1857..................... 1868.................... ., Eeal. $12,617,929 12,901,690 Personal. $9,756,800 9,838,600 Total. $22,373,729 22,240,290 $417,700 $183,489 $283,761 Decrease. . . , Polls. 3,240 3,269 Taxes. $180,122 193,895 29 $13,773 A decrease in personal estate of S-117,700, has been principally in the reduced value and loss of shipping. WEALTH AND RESOURCES OF MISSISSIPPI. The total value of lands in the State was estimated at the assessment of 1857 at $141,747,536 37, showing the enormous increase over the assessment of 1854 of $50,880,460 70. The number of taxable slaves in the State in 1854 was 326,861, and in 1858 the number was 368,182, being an increase of 42,163, and an increase in value, rating each slave at $600, of $25,297,800. Within the pe riod of three years the land and slave property has advanced in value in the ag gregate, $76,178,260 70. The value of the entire property in slaves may be safely computed at $220,909,200, which, added to the estimate of the land, would make as the value of the two interests $462,656,736. BRITISH INCOME TAX. A Parliamentary return recently issued shows that in 1853 the income tax of 7d. in the pound on incomes of £150 and upwards, produced £5,388,691 ; in 1854, 7d. in the pound on £150 and upwards, and 5d. on £100 to £150, £6,001,028 ; in 1855, Is. 2d. in the pound on £150 and upwards, and lOd. on £100 to £150, £12,086,522 ; in 1856, Is. 4d. in the pound on £150 and upwards, and ll^d. on £100 to £150, £13,942,795; and in 1857, the same poundage yielded £ 1 4 , 2 8 6 , 0 3 2 . ___________________ WEALTH OF ILLINOIS. By returns of the County Assessors at the State Auditor’s office of all except a few of the counties, it appears that the whole value of the real and personal estate, according to the assessment of 1857, is $407,477,367. The assessment of 1855 amounted to $333,350,340, which shows an increase in the taxable prop erty of the State of $74,227,127—an increase of 22 per cent. 478 Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. STATISTICS OF TRADE AND COMMERCE. APALACHICOLA, FLORIDA. The Coast Survey of the United States, one of the greatest national works ever undertaken, is progressing surely, steadily, and accurately—not with the degree of rapidity that was expected by those who framed the original law ; but yet as fast as any undertaking of the kind ought to proceed. Though broken at intervals, the triangulation, topography, and hydrography extend from Maine to Texas. All the principal harbors, bays, and sounds are in course of comple tion, and much has been done on the ocean coast. Innumerable charts have already been published, and more are continually in course of projection. Dis coveries and developments of the most important character are made almost daily, and no sooner does this occur than information of the fact is transmitted throughout the world. And yet (would it be believed ?) this great national work has the most bitter enemies ; who, by various means, endeavor to poison the ears of our legislators, exclaiming against the extortionate demand for the annual appropriation to con tinue the survey, intimating that it might be done more economically—and by whom ? Now, the truth is, that the yearly appropriation is niggardly enough— con temptible for a country like ours ; and were it not for the excellent management of the superintendent of the work, scarcely anything could be done with the means allowed. Through the Coast Survey, the attention of the commercial community at the South, and more especially in Middle Georgia and West Florida, has recently been turned towards Apalachicola. Although this place has for a number of years been a cotton mart of no little importance, an increase in the trade of that staple, as well as the opening of new sources of commerce, must result from re cent developments and discoveries. During the last surveying season on the Florida coast, amongst other things accomplished, a new channel into St. George’s Sound, with not less than twenty feet water, was discovered by the hydrographic chief of the party, from whom it has taken its name. As this inlet has three or four feet more water than is ever found on the bar of the East Pass, (hitherto the deepest channel into the sound known to the pilots,) its importance will at once be understood. Vessels capable of carrying very large cargoes of cotton will now be able to trade to Apalachicola, thus saving expense to shippers. Besides, along the banks of the Apalachicola River there are forests of the very best pine and oak, and ships that have gone to this port for heavy timber have been in the habit of receiving it on board inside the harbor, until loaded down to 16 or 16J feet, and then dropping outside the bar of the East Pass to complete their cargoes. Here they often lie for weeks, for it is only during ex tremely moderate weather that rafts can be taken to them, and though the hold ing-ground is good, there is no shelter from the sea. When the channel, whose existence has been determined, comes to be buoyed out, its advantages to these Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. 479 vessels will be incalculable. Under Dog Island, they may load without delay down to nineteen or twenty feet, and then be carried to sea. Below we give the official reports of the developments and discoveries made in the vicinity of St. George’s Sound during the past season :— Savannah , G a ., April 12,1858. S ir :— I have the honor to communicate, for the consideration of the Light house Board, an extract from a report recently made by Lieut. Commanding J. K. Duer, U. S. N., Assistant in the Coast Survey, at present engaged in the hydrography of St. George’s Sound, Florida :— “ The Coast Survey signal situated on the easternmost point of St. Vincent’s Island, at the West Pass of St. George’s Sound, has been made a beacon, and may be used as a guide by vessels drawing less than eleven feet water. “ I would respectfully suggest that this point be marked in a permanent man ner, so that the beacon may be replaced if washed away in a gale— an occur rence by no means unlikely, as it is situated on a low sand beach. A durable beacon erected here would be very serviceable to coasters, as well as to the pilots of the place. “ The directions hereto appended, if strictly observed, will carry vessels of the above limit of draught safely in, thus saving the time and distance unavoidable in following the regular channel. “ To enter West Pass, St. George's Sound, with vessels drawing less than eleven feel water:— With the lighthouse on Cape St. George bearing east, (by compass.) and when in four or four-and-a half fathoms, bring the beacon on St. Vincent’s Island to bear northeast, a id run directly for it until the lighthouse bears southeast by east with the beach of St. Vincent’s Island close aboard, then haul up east by north, keeping on this course until inside both points of the en trance. Here vessels may anchor in from three to three-and-a-half fathoms, with good holding-ground. “ The beacon is white, and can readily be seen at the distance necessary to get the bearing. It is of the form of a pyramid, and neither of the pilot’s ranges (which are of entirely different shape, and stand considerably to the westward,) must be mistaken for it.” Very respectfully, yours, Hon. H owell Cobb, Secretary o f the Treasury. A. D. BACHE, Supt. U. S. Coast Survey. C oast S urvey Office , May 5, 1858. S ir :— I have the honor to communicate extracts from a report in reference to developments made in St. George’s Sound, western coast of Florida peninsula, by Lieut. Commanding J. K. Duer, U. S. N., Assistant Coast Survey. The extracts show important special results obtained in the prosecution of the regu lar hydrography of that quarter, and contain, also, sailing directions for navi gating a channel sounded out near Cape St. George’s lighthouse :— “ I. The shoal off Cape St. George’s lighthouse .(commonly designated as the Cape Shoal) is composed of detached reefs, extending in a south and south by east direction from the lighthouse, with channels of various depths running be tween them. The only one, however, that can be recommended for navigation is about four miles from the land. This is quite wide, and the soundings in it vary from four fathoms to seventeen feet, the latter being the least water found. On the outer edge of it there are reefs having but ten or eleven feet on them, and on the inner edge others with but seven or eight feet. In both instances the water shoals very suddenly, and breaks unless the sea is very smooth. “ The end of this shoal is about six miles from the point of Cape St. George. There the water deepens to three fathoms, and, by taking the channel, coastwise vessels may save themselves great loss of time. “ The following directions will carry ve33els through i t :— “ Bound to the eastward— From the bar at the West Pass steer S. E. (by com pass) until the lighthouse on Cape St. George bears N. by W., then haul up east, and when in live fathoms the channel has been cleared. “ Bound to the westward— When about four miles from the land, and in live 480 Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. fathoms water, get the lighthouse to bear N. N. W., and steer east until it bears N . by W ., then steer N. W ., and find four-and-a-half fathoms. Continue on this course if bound to Apalachicola. When crossing the shoal the lead should be kept constantly going, as the set of the currents is always uncertain. “ This channel might be easily buoyed out. Two large buoys only would be requisite. “ II. Very near midchannel, and just inside the bar of the West Pass, there is a lump haying only nine feet of water on it at the low tides, which occur after a strong northerly wind. This is a continuation of a spit which puts out from the East Breakers, and there is deeper water between them and the lump. “ The following bearings show its position :— “ Lighthouse on Cape St. George bearing E. by S. (true.) “ Westernmost point of St. George’s Island bearing N. E. by E. (true.) “ III Outside the West Breakers of the East Pass, and near the easternmost point of St. George’s Island, there is a shoal having upon it but fifteen or sixteen feet, while all around there is from three-and-a-half to four-and-a-half fathoms. “ Bog Island lighthouse bears from it S. IV. J S., (true,) and the east end of St. George’s Island, S. by W . f W .” Very respectfully, yours, Hon. H owell C obb , Secretary of the Treasury. A. D. BACHE, Superintendent. C oast Survey Office, May 18,1858. S ir :— I have the honor to communicate the discovery of a new channel lead ing into St. George’s Sound, Florida, the sound of which Apalachicola Bay is an arm, by the Coast Survey parties working there. The channel has been sounded out by Lieut. Commanding J. K. Buer, U. S. N., Assistant in the Coast Survey, who gives the following description of i t :— * * “ The fact is established that an excellent channel exists from sea to the sound, (St. George’s,) running close-in with the north shore of Bog Island, with not less than twenty-one or twenty-two feet of w-ater, (twenty or twenty-one feet at low water.) “ It is highly probable that deeper water may yet be found near the eastern end of the island. “ By this channel, vessels made be carried from sea to a good anchorage in four fathoms, under a reef, and from there around the easternmost point and shoal of Bog Island, with cot less than twenty-one or twTenty-two feet, (twenty or twenty-one at low water,) as just stated. The general depth is four fathoms or more. “ On the bar of the East Pass the depth at high tides is usually seventeen feet, never exceeding three fathoms. * * * * Below are given directions for entering the new channel from sea, and for running into the four fathom an chorage under the reef. Beyond this, it would not be safe to go without a pilot. Directions—Bring Bog Island lighthouse to bear west, (by compass,) and Southwest Cape N. E. ^ N. On finding five-and-a-half or six fathoms water, the course hence is north, until the easternmost end of Bog Island bears S. IV. by W . | IV., or until the water shoals off the east point of Alligator Harbor. From here haul up IV. S. IV., and keep this course until well inside the reef, which can readily be discerned by colored water or breakers. Between Southwest Cape and the reef, the channel now reported is very deep, having not less than thirty-one feet, until well in towards the land, where sound ings give four fathoms. “ To enter St. George’s Sound by this new pass, a lighthouse on Southwest Cape will be indispensable, as well as another light on Bog Island. A beacon should be placed at each point immediately.” The channel also should be marked by buoys. I would respectfully request that a copy of this communication may be transmitted to the Lighthouse Board, aud that authority be given to publish it in the usual iorm for the information of navigators. Very respectfully, yours, Hon. H owell Cobb, Secretary of the Treasury. A. D. BACHE, Superintendent. Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. 481 COMMERCE OF NEW ORLEANS, Keferring to page 603, (vol. xxxvii.,) for the business of the year 1857, and previous years back to 1842, we now append, from the New Orleans Price Cur rent, the tables for 1858. That paper remarks:— The year opened with great buoyancy in prices and flattering prospects with regard to the business of the season. The crops of cotton and sugar, it was known, would not be large, and in view of the injuries suffered from late spring frosts and subsequent unfavorable weather, it wTas apprehended that the former would fall short of the crop of the preceding year. But it was expected that this deficiency would be counterbalanced by a continuance of a high range of prices for that and other staples. This favorable prospect, however, was changed by the commercial and financial revulsion, which, originating at the North, spread disaster through the country, and resulted in a general change of market values and prospects. There were some weeks of gloom and depression, many losses, and some heavy failures, but the crisis here was soon passed, and trade had resumed its usual channels by the time active business had fairly opened. Business became settled on a more secure basis, and the feverish and excited condition of the markets, which had prevailed for months preceding the revulsion, gave place to a healthy system of trade, prices having fallen from the stilted position which they had occupied, to a more reasonable and natural level. With a favorable autumn, the cotton crop recovered in a measure from the disasters of a late spring, and has proved larger than had been anticipated, exceeding that of any previous years except 1855-56 and 1852-53. In valuation it exceeds last year’s crop $1,872,261. The cane crop, which had also greatly suffered from a cold spring, late frosts, and early summer heat, partially recovered, but was again seriously injured by heavy frosts in November. The yield has consequently fallen considerably short of an average crop, though almost four times as large as that of last year, which was nearly an entire failure, and exceeds it in valuation about $9,763,248. The crop of tobacco was large, and the receipts at this port have exceeded those of any previous years except 1851-52 and 1842-43. In valuation, there is an increase as compared with last year of $1,736,207. VALUE OF PRODUCE OF THE INTERIOR. T A B L E S H O W IN G T H E R E C E IP T S OF THE P R IN C IP A L A R T IC L E S FROM T H E IN T E R I O R D U R IN G THE YEAR ENDING 31st AUGUST, 1858, WITH THEIR ESTIMATED AVERAGE AND TOTAL VALUE. Amount. Average price. Articles. Y alue. 76,952 $o 00 Apples..................... ................................. bbls. ?384,760 Bacon, assorted........ 90 00 35,557 3,200,130 Bacon, assorted.. . . , 2,143 45 00 96,435 32,451 73 00 Bacon hams.............. 2,368,923 343,833 Bacon in bulk......... 9 30,944 B agging................... 35,691 13 00 463,983 133,276 8 00 Bale rope................. 1.066,208 7,678 5 00 Beans................. . . ................................. bbls. 38,390 33,733 10 00 B u tte r................. ... 337,330 1,227 35 00 B utter....................... 42,945 41 50 00 Beeswax.................... 2,050 27,130 13 50 366,255 Beef........................... 5,547 23 00 127,681 B e e f......................... 30,450 12 3,654 Beef, dried................ 1,678,616 52 50 Cotton....................... 88,127,340 700 5 00 Corn-meal.................. 3,500 62,405 50 Corn in ear................ 31,202 1 45 1,291,731 Corn, shelled............ 1,873,009 3 50 64,447 Cheese...................... . 190,564 72,183 8 00 Candles...................... 577,464 83 8 00 Cider.......................... 664 2,501,000 50 Coal, W estern.......... 1,250,500 VOL. X X X IX .---- NO. IV . 31 482 Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. Articles. Dried apples and peaches. Feathers............................... Flaxseed............................. Flour..................................... Furs.............................hhds., bundles, <Ss boxes Glassware............................. H em p.................................. Hides.................................... H a y ..................................... Iron, pig............................. Lard...................................... L a rd..................................... L ea th er.............................. Lime, Western.................... Lead...................................... Lead, b a r ............................ Lead, white......................... Molasses, (estimated crop). Oats....................................... Onions.................................. ..................... bbls. Oil, linseed.......................... Oil, castor............................ Oil, la r d .............................. Potatoes............................. P o r k .................................... Pork...................................... Pork....................................... Pork in bulk......................... ....................... lbs. Porter and ale..................... ..................... bbls. Packing y a rn ..................... Hum...................................... ..................... bbls. Skins, d e e r ......................... Shingles.............................. Shot....................................... Soap....................... ........... Staves................................... ....................... M. Sugar, (estimated crop) . . ................... hhds. Spanish moss......................... Tallow.................................. ...................bbls. Tobacco, le a f....................... Tobacco, strips.................... Tobacco, stems..................... Tobacco, chewing............... Twine.................................... .bundles & boxes Vinegar............................... W hisky.................................. Wheat................................... Other various articles, estimated at................... Amount. 3,809 886 1,031 1,538,742 469 20,662 13,787 103,174 84,287 257 112,970 93,240 5,689 13,843 112,147 1,242 205 19,578,790 568,649 12,135 208 1,472 12,800 210,481 278,480 200 4,330 7,357,291 6,350 2,061 3,000 1,712 6,100 1,871 9,857 11,500 379,697 4,201 905 75,168 9,514 2,459 3,006 4,524 1,149 125,207 401,275 Average price. $9 00 50 00 12 00 4 60 5 00 25 CO 3 00 3 25 35 00 35 00 7 00 30 00 1 30 6 00 21 00 2 00 23^ 1 20 5 00 35 00 60 00 35 00 2 25 17 75 40 00 70 00 7 10 00 6 00 20 00 20 00 3 00 25 00 4 00 65 00 64 00 16 00 30 00 153 00 212 00 45 00 25 00 11 00 4 00 8 00 2 00 Value. $34,281 44,300 12,372 7,078,213 160,000 103,310 344,675 309,522 273,933 8,995 3,953,950 652,680 170,670 17,995 672,882 26,082 410 4,601,015 682,378 60,675 7,280 88,320 448,000 473,582 4,943,020 8,000 303,100 515,010 63,500 10,305 60,000 34,240 18,300 46,775 39,428 747,500 17,900,608 67,216 27,150 11,500,704 2,016,968 110,655 75,150 49,764 4,596 1,001,656 802,550 6,000.000 Total value............... Total in 1856-7 ___ Total in 1855-6 ___ 158,061,369 144 256 081 Total in 1853-4 ___ 115,336^798 117 106 828 The aggregate shows again a large increase in value. have been larger than ever before as follows I M P O R T S OK S P E C IE F O R T W E L V E T E A R S , F R O M 1 8 5 7 - 5 8 ... 1856-57 . . . 1855-56 . . . 1854-55 . . . $13,268,013 6,500,015 4,913,540 3,746,037 I 1853-54 | 1852-53 . . . I 1851-62 . . . | 1850-51 . . . The imports of specie 1ST S E P T E M B E R TO 31ST AUGUST. $6,967,056 I 1849-50 . . . 7,865,226 | 1848-49 . . . 6,278,523 1847-48 . . . 7,937,119 I 1846-47 . . . $3,792,662 2,601,250 1,845,808 6,680,050 483 Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. The Picayune of the 1st publishes the following comparative statement of imports, through the Custom-house of New Orleans, for the fiscal years ending the 30th of June of each year, of 1856-57-58 :— 1856. Dutiable...................................................... F r e e ................................................................ Specie and b u llion ....................................... Total.............................................. Exports......................................... 1857. 1858. $8,000,583 $16,417,034 6,417,596 6,637,076 1,775,148 1,927,030 $17,183,327 80,547,968 $24,981,150 91,514,286 $10,248,002 4,818,015 4,621,246 $19,687,263 88,382,438 It will be seen that the imports into New Orleans have never exceeded the present year, except for the year ending the 30th of June, 1857. A t all the Northern ports there has been a great falling off—much larger, pro rala, than in New Orleans. It will be observed that there is a decrease in the amount of exports from last year of a little over $3,000,000. COMMERCE OF THE SANDWICH ISLANDS. The position of the Sandwich Islands, and their being the refitting station for our Pacific and Indian whaling fleets, give to them a prominence which the amount of trade does not seem to warrant. As the whaling rendezvous, it is interesting to note their commercial progress, as an index of the growth of one of the most important branches of our marine. The fact that the Sandwich Islands are on the California and India route, also adds to their importance. The present condition of the islands is shown by the following financial exhibit for the two years ending March 31, 1858 :— Cash in treasury, April lBt, 1856..................................................................... Receipts for two years ending March 31, 1858 ............................................ $28,096 639,042 T o ta l............................................................................................................. Expenditures same period.................................................................................. $667,138 666,788 Balance in treasury, March 31, 1858 ............................................................... $350 The liabilities of the treasury, March 81, 1858 ............................................ The assets of the treasury, March 31, 1858.................................................... $60,679 7,301 Balance $53,378 This shows a small debt, but not as properous a condition of the treasury as could be hoped for. ,----------- Exports.------------, Domestic. Foreign. 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 .......................................... .......................................... .......................................... .......................................... .......................................... $281,599 274,029 274,793 378,999 422,304 $191,398 311,092 297,859 204,545 222,222 Total exports. Imports. $472,996 585,122 572,652 583,544 645,526 $1,281,95118 1,396,78624 1,306,35589 1,152,41299 1,130,16541 It will be seen from the above statement of imports and exports that the state of foreign trade has materially improved during the last two years, for while the imports in 1856 and 1857 were $420,563 73 less than those of 1854 and 1855, the exports of domestic goods during the two former years were $253,479 88 more than those of 1854 and 1855. This proves that during the last two years the productive powers of the kingdom have been increasing rapidly. / 484 Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. The navigation returns for the past two years have not been made up, but we find that for 1855 and 1856 the arrival of vessels were— 1855 1856 National Merchant vessels. vessels. 13 154 9 123 Tonnage. 61,304 42,213 Number whalers. 468 366 The moderate success of the whaling fleet for two years, and the low price of oil for the past year, have been fully compensated by the extraordinary high price of bone, so that in some vessels the return from bone was almost equal to that of oil. The revenue of the different islands for the two years ending March 31,1858, is shown as follows :— Revenue. $474,347 94 78,745 02 65,080 37 20,867 90 Expenses. $517,185 99 67,472 83 55,015 69 27,114 82 $639,041 23 $666,788 83 The cash on hand, April 1st, 1858, was...................................................... The estimated receipts for the two years ending March 31, 1860, a r e ............................................................................................................... $349 24 Revenue from O ahu.. “ M aui.. “ Hawaii. “ Kauai . Total revenue.............................................................. Total resources.......................................................... The estimated expenditures for the same period, amount t o ..................................................................................... To which add balances of appropriations of 1856, due and unpaid March 31, 1858.......................................... 592,671 00 $593,020 24 $736,087 88 2,579 04 738,666 92 Leaving the sum of..................................................................... excess of estimated expenditure over estimated receipts. $145,646 62 These estimates are based upon the tariff and rates and taxation now existing. Under the provisions of the new code, (if passed,) the revenue from taxes and other sources will be somewhat increased. The ratification of the new French treaty, too, will bring into force the new tariff bill, passed at the session of 1855, by which the revenue from duties will be still further augmented. It is as indisputable as creditable to the enterprise of our whalers, that our whaling marine is the only one that is increasing, and our whalers of late years have stated that the only probable exception to this in the future is with the Sandwich Islands, the ships from which have shown an enterprise and met with success only equaled by the American vessels. In our last files from these islands we find the report of the Minister of Finance contains this statement:— Another interest which has lately sprung up amongst us, and which promises to become of the highest importance to the kingdom, deserves also your attentive consideration. I allude to Hawaiian whaling. Our whaling fleet now numbers fifteen vessels. Our proximity to the whaling grounds, and our facilities, present and prospective, for the fitting out of whale ships, are likely to attract to us foreigners possessed of the capital, skill, and resources necessary for the successful prosecution of this profitable branch of business. I need not remind you that any increase of our capital from foreign sources is, in a national point of view, as valuable to us as if it belonged to our own people, for if invested in this busi ness, it must necessarily lead to an increased demand for all those of our products which are employed in it, thereby furnishing for our own people that best of all markets—a home market. It will be for you to inquire into the propriety and expediency of encouraging this business amongst us, by giving Hawaiian sailors, 485 Statistics o f Track and Commerce. in vessels under the Hawaiian flag, some privileges and exemptions not accorded to them when sailing under the flags of other nations. The whaling vessels from the United States have brought in better returns than any branch of shipping; and we learn that from New Bedford and New London there is an activity unknown in the ship-yards of other ports. IMPORTS OF WOOL INTO BOSTON FOR THE FIRST HALF YEAR. Chili and Peru................... .... 1857. $37,617 1,356,748 33,691 1,390,430 183,427 16,500 1,647,082 3,660 $3,553,018 $4,735,395 $27,346 789,614 348,997 1,812,187 371,864 191,660 1,756>61 291,054 2,810 CO 1856. 1122,245 440,558 9,767 1,382,537 117,683 GO 1855. England............................... ___ Buenos Ayres..................... ___ France................................. T u rk ey............................... ___ Cape of Good H o p e ......... ___ $134,752 1,000,814 19,180 1,272,671 799,310 2,523,459 68,405 64,213 $5,882,804 $6,592,493 TOBACCO TRADE OF RICHMOND, YIRGINA. The following are authentic returns of the tobacco trade of Richmond, show ing the whole amount of manufactured tobacco exported from the dock in sailing vessels for twelve months ending 30th June last; the amount exported by steamers to New York, Philadelphia, and Baltimore for six months, ending at the same period ; together with the amount of manufactured and leaf tobacco exported to foreign countries, and the quantity of tobacco inspected in Richmond for the year ending 30th June last; as also the quantity inspected in the whole State for ten months ending August 1st:— AM O UN T O F M A N U F A C T U R E D T O B A C C O E X P O R T E D IN S A IL IN G VESSELS FROM T H IS C IT Y F O R S IX M O N T H S , E N D IN G J A N U A R Y THE D O C K IN 1, 1858. Six months ending January 1..................................................... boxes January.................................................................................. 2,113 February............................................................................... 3,627 M arch .................................................................................... 5,200 April....................................................................................... 5,136 May......................................................................................... 4,292 J u n e ...................................................................................... 3,778 81,282 23,145 For year ending June 30, 1858 AMOUNT OF M ANU FACTURED TOBACCO E X P O R T E D 60,427 FROM THE W H A R V E S N E W Y O R K , P H I L A D E L P H IA , A N D B A L T IM O R E , F O R S I X M O N TH S , E N D IN G January....................................................... February..................................................... M a rch ......................................................... A p r il............................................................ M a y ....................................................................... Jun ........................................................................ Total B r S T E A M E R S TO JUN E New York, Philadelphia, boxes. boxes. 2,482 1,476 2,831 3,611 4,972 10,481 3,389 11,095 12,719 3,467 3,811 13,227 63,615 19,946 30, 1858. Baltimore, boxes. 2,130 2,912 4,576 6,195 8,348 10,796 83,952 486 Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. A M O U N T O F M A N U F A C T U R E D TOBACCO E X P O R T E D TO F O R E IO N C O U N T R IE S FROM JU LY 1, 1857, TO J U L Y 1, 1858. For quarter ending September 30, 1857................................................ lbs. “ “ December 31, 1857........................................................ For six months, from January 1, 1858, to 1st July last............................. 29,123 14,878 10,235 T o ta l........................................................................................................... 54,236 It will be seen that the exports of manufactured tobacco to foreign countries are very limited, being confined altogether to South America, where the duty upon it is comparatively light. The trade in this article is variable and irregular, as may be seen by the comparative exhibits of the first and last months of the year :— AM OUNT OF L E A F TO BACCO A N D S TE M S E X P O R T E D TO F O R E IG N C O U N T R IE S F R O M 1857, t o 1st J u l y , 1858. For six months ending 31st December, 1857........................................... bales For quarter ending 31st March, 1858 ............................................................... For quarter ending 30th June, 1858.................................................................. 1st JU L Y , 13,508 3,853 8,616 25,977 Total for year ending 30th June, 1858 .................................................... Amount of stems, tobacco alone, exported for year ending 30th June, 1858 7,500 Amount of leaf tobacco exported within the same period............................. 18,477 Amount of tobacco inspected in Richmond for twelve months, commencing 37,082 1st July, 1857, and ending 30th June, 1858................................................ Amount of tobacco inspected in the whole State for ten months, from the 1st October, 1857, to 1st instant..................................................................... 55,852 Against 45,000, or thereabouts, within the same period of the year previous. The inspections for the two months o f August and September, 1857, 1 was unable to as certain. These returns have been carefully prepared, and will be found perfectly accurate. It will be seen from the comparative exhibit given of the exports of manufactured tobacco to New York, Philadelphia, and Baltimore, that the exports to New York are nearly equal to those made to the other two, the difference in favor of the latter being but two hundred and eighty-three boxes. The disparity was considerably greater a few years ago, but it is steadily decrea sing as the facilities of steam communication with New York increase. EXPORTS OF CUBA. The Havana Diario of the 17th, gives the following as a complete statement of the exports of the island, for the first six months of the present year, in comparison with the same time last year :— 1858. 1857. 1858. 1857. Sugar.................. boxes B ra n dy...............pipes Coffee...............arrobes W ax............................. 471,291 590,000 Honey, pure.. bocoyes 7,830 8,632 Honey, in comb.. .trcs. 10,824 16,843 Tobacco, twisted. .lbs. 25,465 22,548 Tobacco, in leaf......... 26,655 15,287 1,678 1,173 75,886 58,258 949,007 1,482,055 CONSUMPTION OF TOBACCO IN FRANCE. The Genie Industriel says that it is difficult to account for the tremendous in crease, during the last few years, of the consumption of tobacco in France; but that it has increased, and that enormously, the following figures will show :—In 1830, the value of tobacco consumed was about $13,000,000. In 1840, it had increased to $19,000,000. In 1850, it attained $24,000,000, and in 1857 the sum of nearly $35,000,000 was puffed away in smoke. 487 Statistics o f Trade and Commerce. GENERAL STATISTICS OF SOUTH AMERICAN STATES, E X H IB IT II a T H E IR A R E A , P O P U L A T IO N , C O M M E R C E , R E V E N U E , D E B T S , E T C ., F O R C IA L YEAR States and countries. V en ezuela........................ New Granada................... Ecuador ............................ B ra zil................................ Guiana, British................ “ Dutch................. “ French................ B o liv ia .............................. P e r u ................................. Chile................................... Argentine Confederation 1 Buenos Ayres.................) P araguay......................... Uruguay............................. Patagonia, etc................... Falkland Islands............. Grand total. 1866. ,--------Total commerce.-------- , O F F I Imports into U. States. $3,616,869 1,799,672 12,553 15,218,935 107,180 206,633 8,546 870,556 3,426,257 597,546 3,518,896 11,394,693 969,428 2,545,087 585,523 5,836,212 422,172 242,709 Imports. $4,994,244 6,102,738 2,486,706 50,104,442 4,582,491 835,024 4,927,885 3,721,989 9,087,894 25,988,925 15,240,986 777,457 8,791,205 95,217 105,311 5145,219,350 -Commerce with IT. States.- Exports from U. States. $1,223,449 1,062,045 66,092 4,261,273 824,932 248,606 80,618 Exports. $5,495,270 7,929,350 2,490,639 50,993,827 7,026,661 1,150,841 5,239,672 3,927,333 16,880,303 19,180,589 $132,758,227 Population to sq. mile. 3.19 4.63 2.41 2.37 1.45 1 16 1.01 4.91 4.54 5.76 1.79 2.83 4.25 2.14 0.35 0.50 Falkland Islands............. Area of Total sq. miles. population. 426,712 1,361,386 521,948 2,417,819 287,638 691,967 2,973,400 7,060,000 96,114 139,219 59,765 69,186 27,560 27.842 473,298 2,326,126 498,726 2,266,697 249,952 1,439,126 590,739 1,106,600 127,681 361,926 72,106 306,609 73,538 167,982 281,927 100,000 3,148 6,297 Grand total............... 6,767,401 19,835,633 States and countries. Venezuela......................... New Granada................... Ecuador............................. Brazil................................. Guiana, British................ “ Dutch.................. “ French................. Bolivia............................... Peru.................................... C h ile .................................. Argentine Confederation. Buenos Ayres................... Paraguay........................... U ruguay............................. THE C O M P IL E D B Y D R . R . S . F I S H E R . ,--------- Revenue.----------* / Income. Kxp'nditur's. countries. Foreign. Venezuela... $2,706,055 $8,248,081 $16,769,770 N. Granada. 2,114,459 2,866,576 18,5311,444 Ecuador . . . 171,608 169,812 7,122,375 B ra zil......... 26,662,619 21,483,972 27,940,140 Guiana, Brit. 1,093,620 1,142,922 Do. D utch.. 436,072 416,936 Do. French . 217,956 623,981 Bolivia......... 1,976,213 1,739,381 . ............. P e r u ........... 8,995,000 10,452,690 24,567,000 Chile............ 6,287,526 5,484,686 6,889,500 Arg. Conf’d’n 2, 000,000 2,000,000 Buen’s Ayr’s 3,441,760 3,060,906 8,750,000 Paraguay . . 750,000 750,000 U ruguay... 2,132,800 3,280,745 10 , 000,000 Patagonia... Falkland Is. 31,304 28,476 19,500 $13,455,417 $27,894,126 Capitals Popul't'n to of States, etc. capitals. Caraccas............. 53,800 S. Fe de Bogota. 45,000 Q u ito ............... 65,000 Rio de Janeiro.. 266,000 Georgetown........ 25,500 Paramaraibo . . . 20,000 Cayenne.............. 5,000 Chuquisaca......... 26,000 Lim a................... 100,000 Santiago.............. 78,000 Parana ............... 6,000 Buenos Ayres . . 100,000 Asungion........... 12,000 Montevideo . . . . 16,000 Port Stanley. . . . 500 ..... 2.93 States and Domestic. Paper m oney. Total. $1,522,725 $18,292,495 18,530,444 37,060,888 92,324 7,214,699 31,181,766 $7,625,293 66,747,199 3,592,350 23,211,400 1,960,400 3,592,850 47,778,400 8,849,900 925,000 5,250,000 14,925,C00 .............................................................. 10, 000,000 G ’d total. 59,013,992 61,748,114 120,569,229 81,016,409 12,875,293 214,460,931 488 Com m ercial R egulations. COMMERCIAL REGULATIONS. TARIFF OF CANADA. A S S E N T E D TO A U G U S T 7 , 1 8 5 8 . T A B L E OK D U T IE S O F CU STOM S I N W A R D S — G O O D S P A Y I N G S P E C IF IC D U TIE S . Ale, beer, and porter, in casks....................................................................... pergallon $0 08 “ “ in quart bottles................................. per dozen bottles 0 25 “ “ in pint bottles................................................................. 0 12* And a duty of 15 per cent ad valorem on the bottles containing the same. Almonds, walnuts, and filberts...............................................................per lb. 0 03 Corn brooms....................................................................................................... perdozen0 50 0 15 Corn whisks.............................................................................................................. C igars.......................................................................................................... per lb. 0 80 0 01 Chicory, raw and kiln-dried................................................................................. 0 04 “ roasted and ground................................................................................. 0 01 Coffee, g re e n .......................................................................................................... 0 04 “ roasted......................................................................................................... 0 04 “ ground ......................................................................................................... Cordials.............................................................................................................. pergallon1 00 0 03 Currants...................................................................................................... per lb. 0 03 Figs-- ••................................................................................................................... 0 03 Dried fruits............................................................................................................. 0 04 Ginger, pimento, and pepper, unground............................. 7............................. 0 06 “ “ “ ground................................................................. 0 03 Macaroni and vermicelli........................................................................................ 0 05 Mustard............. .................................................................................................. 0 04 Molasses............................................................................................................. pergallon 0 25 Mace......................................................................................................................... 0 25 Nutmegs............................. ....................................................................... per lb. 0 01 Nuts not specially Darned, except cocoa-nuts.................................................... Spirits and strong waters of all sorts, for every gallon of any strength not exceeding the strength of proof by Sykes’ Hydrometer, and so in pro portion for any greater strength or less quantity than a gallon, viz. 1 00 B ra n dy...............................................................................................................pergallon 0 80 Gin............................................................................................................................. 0 50 R u m ......................................................................................................................... 0 18 W hisky.................................................................................................................... Spirits and strong waters, including spirits of wine and alcohol, and not 0 70 being brandy, gin, or whisky.......................................................................pergallon 0 07 Spices, unground, not otherwise n am ed................................................ per lb. 0 10 “ ground......................................................................................................... 0 05 Starch, and all preparations of starch................................................................ 1 25 Soap, not otherwise specified ...................................................... per 100 lbs. Sugar, refined, whether in loaves or lumps, candied, crushed, powdered, or granulated, or in any other form ; white bastard sugar, or other sugar 2 50 equal to refined io quality...........................................................per 100 lbs. Sugar, white clayed sugar or yellow bastard sugar, or any kind equal in quality to white clayed sugar, but not equal to refined sugar................... 1 75 Sugar, brown clayed sugar, Aluscovado, or raw sugar of any kind, not equal 1 80 in quality to the sugars last named................................................................. Sugar, raw, for refining purposes only, and not within 25 per cent of the 0 90 value o f the last named sugar......................................................................... 0 03 Tea, not exceeding in value 18 cents per p o u n d ..................................per lb. “ exceeding in value 18 cents per p ou n d .................................................... 0 04 0 05 Tobacco, manufactured, Dot exceeding in value 20 cents per pound............ “ “ exceeding 20 and not exceeding 40 cents per l b ... 0 07 * 0 10 “ “ over 40 cents per pound.............................................. 0 10 Snuff......................................................................................................................... Vinegar.................................................................................................. per gallon 0 06 489 Commercial Regulations. Wine, in wood, not exceeding in value $40 per pipe of 126 gallons............. “ “ over $40 but not exceeding $60 per pipe o f 126 gallons... “ “ “ $60 “ “ $100 “ “ “ $100 in value per pipe of 126 ga llon s............................ “ in quart bottles, not exceeding $4 per dozen.......... per dozen bottles “ in pint bottles, in proportion................................................................... “ in quart bottleB, exceeding $4 but not exceeding $8 per dozen......... “ in pint bottles, in proportion............................. ■.................................... “ in quart bottles, exceeding $8 and not exceeding $12 per dozen. . . . “ in pint bottles, in proportion................................................................... “ in quart bottles, exceeding $12 per dozen............................................. “ in pint bottles, in proportion................................................................... And a duty of 15 per cent ad valorem on the bottles containing such wine. Printed, lithographed, or copper plate bills, bill heads, checks, receipts, drafts, posters, cards, labels of every description, advertising pictures, or pictorial show bills or cards....................... per hundred cards or sheets Advertising pamphlets..................................................................... per hundred 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 2 1 3 1 20 30 40 50 50 75 00 00 50 25 00 50 1 00 1 00 TABLE OF FREE GOODS. Acids of every description; agricultural societies—seeds of all kinds ; farm ing utensils and implements of husbandry, when specially imported by, for the encouragement of agriculture; alum ; anatomical preparations; anchors, over 6 cwt. in weight; animals of all kinds ; antiquities, collections o f; apparel, wearing, and other personal effects, and implements of husbandry, (not mer chandise,) in actual use of persons coming to settle in the province and accom panying the owner ; apparel, wearing, of British subjects dying abroad ; argol ; arms for army or navy and Indian nations, provided the duty otherwise payable thereon would be defrayed or borne by the treasury of the United Kingdom, or of this province ; ashes, pot, pearl, and soda ; bark, tanners’ ; bark, used solely in dyeing ; barley, except pot and pearl; barley meal; beans; bean meal; bere and bigg; bere and bigg meal; berries, used solely in dyeing; bleaching powder ; books, printed ;—periodicals and pamphlets—not being British copyrights, nor blank, account, or copy books to be written or drawn upon; borax ; Dottles containing wine, spirituous or terminating liquors of officers’ mess ; brandy im ported for officers’ mess ; bran and shorts; brimstones ; bristles ; broom corn ; buckwheat; buckwheat meal; bulbs and roots ; bullion ; burr stones, wrought and un wrought, but not bound up into mill-stones; butter; coin and bullion; cabinets of coins ; cables, iron chain; cables, tarred hemp ; cables, untarred hemp ; cables, grass ; carriages of travelers, and carriages employed in carrying merchandise, (hawkers and circus troops excepted ;) casks, ships’ water, in use; caoutchouc, or India rubber, and gutta perclia, unmanufactured ; cement, marine or hydraulic ; charitable societies—donations of clothing for gratuitous distribu tion by ; cheese ; clothing for army or navy or Indian nations, or for gratuitous distribution by any charitable society; coal; cochineal; coke; commissariat stores ; copperas ; corkwood, or the bark of the corkwood tree; corn, Indian; cotton and flax waste; cotton wool ; cream of tartar in crystals ; diamonds and precious stones; drugs used solely in dyeing ; dyestuffs, viz., bark, berries, drugs, nuts, vegetables, woods, and extract of logwood ; earths, clays, and ochres, dry ; eggs ; felt hat bodies and hat felts ; fire brick ; firewood ; fish ; fish oil, in its crude or natural state ; fish, products of, unmanufactured ; flax, hemp, and tow, undressed ; flour ; fruits, green ; fruits, dried, from the United States only, while the Reciprocity Treaty is in force; furs, skins, pelts, or tails, undressed, when imported directly from the United Kingdom or British North American Provinces, or from the United States ; gems and medals ; gravel ; grains— barley and rye, beans and peas, bere and bigg, bran and shorts, buckwheat, In dian corn, oats, wheat, meal of above grains; grindstones, wrought and un wrought ; gums and rosins, in a crude state; gypsum or plaster ofParis, ground or unground; grease and scraps; hams; hemp; hides; horns ; household effects, personal, not merchandise, of subjects of Her Majesty domiciled in Canada but dying abroad ; indigo ; inventions and improvements in the arts, models of— provided that no article shall be deemed a model which can be fitted up for use ; 490 Com m ercial R egulations. junk and oakum ; lard ; lime, the produce of British North American Provinces only; machinery, models of—provided the same cannot be put to actual use ; Manilla grass ; manures of all kinds ; maps and charts in sheets, not mounted nor on cloth; marble in blocks or slabs, unpolished ; meats, fresh, smoked, and salt; menageries, horses, cattle, carriages, and harnesses of, subject to regulations by the governor in council; military clothing for Her Majesty’s troops or militia; military stores and materials for military clothing imported for the use of the provincial militia, under such restrictions and regulations as may be passed by governor in council; mosses and sea grass for upholstery purposes; musical in struments for military bands; nitre of saltpeter ; oakum ; oil cake or linseed cake; oils, cocoa-nut, pine, and palm—in their Datural state; old nets; ordnance stores; ores of all kinds of metals; osier or willow, for basket-makers’ use; packages of all kinds in which goods are usually imported, except the following, viz., spirit, wine, oil, beer, cider, and other casks for the containing of liquids, baskets of every description, trunks, snuff jars, earthenware jars, glass jars, bags and barrels containing seeds and peas ; pig iron, pig lead ; pitch and tar; philosophical instruments and apparatus, books, globes, maps, and charts—pro vided the same be specially imported by and for the use of philosophical societies, universities, colleges, public schools, or institutes ; plants, shrubs, and trees ; pro visions for army and navy, or Indian nations; rags; resin and rosin ; rice ; sail cloth ; sal-soda ; sal-ammonia ; salt; seeds of all kinds ; ships’ blocks ; binnacle lamps; canvas, duck ; bunting ; compasses; dead eyes; dead lights; deck plugs ; shackles ; sheaves; signal lamps; traveling trucks ; ship’s water-casks in use, expressly imported for ship-building purposes and by ship-builders or sail-makers ; silk hat felts ; soda, ash; specimens of natural history, mineralogy, or botany; stone, unwrought; slate ; statues, busts, and casts *of marble, bronze, alabaster, or plaster of Paris; paintings and drawings as works of art; specimens of sculpture ; cabinets of coins, medals, gems, and all collections of antiquities; sulphur and brimstone ; tin and zinc, or spelter, in block or pig ; tallow ; teasels ; timber and lumber of all kinds, round, hewed, sawed, unmanufactured in whole or in part; tobacco, unmanufactured ; tools and implements of trade of persons arriving in Canada, when accompanied into the province by the actual settler, and brought in by such settler for his own use, and not for sale ; treenails; tur pentine ; type metal, in blocks or pigs ; vegetables—not elsewhere specified ; vehicles of travelers, except those of hawkers and peddlers ; water lime ; wine, spirits, and fermented liquors of all kinds, imported for officers’ mess, and the packages containing the same ; wood for hoops, when not notched ; woods of all kinds ; wool; all importations for the use of Her Majesty’s army and navy serving in Canada. TABLE OF PROHIBITIONS. The following articles are prohibited to be imported under a penalty of fifty pounds, together with the forfeiture of the parcel or package of goods in which the same may be found :—Books and drawings of an immoral or indecent char acter ; coin, base or counterfeit. GOODS PAYING FIVE PER CENT. The following goods shall be charged with a duty of five per cent on the value thereof:—Bolting cloth ; brass in bars, rods, and sheets; brass and copper wire, and wire cloth ; chain, iron, and other cables, and not being horse chain, dog chain, jack chain, or other small chain not exceeding three-quarters of an inch ; Canada plates, tinned plates, galvanized iron and sheet iron ; copper in bars, rods, bolts, or sheets ; cotton candle wick, yarn, and warp ; emery ; emery, glass, and sand paper; fishing nets and seines ; fish hooks, lines, and fish twines; gold beaters’ brim moulds and skins ; silk-twist for hats, boots, and shoes; hat plush ; hair, Angora, goat, Thibet, horse, or mohair, unmanufactured ; iron, bar, rod, or hoop ; iron, nail and spike rod ; iron, hoop or tire, for driving wheels of locomo tives, bent or welded ; iron, boiler plates ; iron, plate and angle, and other iron, shaped or unshaped, when forming part of an iron ship imported in pieces ; iron, rivets for iron ships ; iron, wire ; lead, in sheets; sails, ready made ; steel, wrought Com m ercial R egulations. 491 or cast; tin, granulated or ba r; tubes and piping, of copper, brass, or iron, when drawn ; varnish, bright and black, for shipbuilders, other than copal, car riage, shellac, mastic, or Japan ; zinc or spelter, in sheet; locomotive and engine frames, cranks, crank axles, railway car and locomotive axles, piston rods, guide and slide bars, crank pins, connecting rods, steamboat and mill shafts, and cranks forged in the rough. GOODS PAYING TWENTY PER CENT. The following goods shall be chargeable with a duty of twenty per cent on the value thereof:— Anchovies, sardines, and all other fish preserved in oi l ; Argentine, Alabetta, or Albetta, and German silver manufactures ; articles em broidered with gold, silver, or other metals ; baskets, and all other articles made of grass, osier, palm leaf, straw, whalebone, or willow, not elsewhere specified ; beads of every description ; billiard tables and furnishings ; bagatelle boards and furnishings; blacking; bracelets, braids, chains, curls, ringlets, or head-dresses of anything composed of hair or of which hair is a component part; brooms and brushes, not elsewhere specified ; cameos or mosiacs, real or imitation, when set in gold, silver, or other metal; capers, pickles, olives, and sauces of all kinds not specified; candles and tapers of wax, sperm, belmont, stearine, adamantine, and composition ; chandeliers, girondoles, gas fittings ; carriages or parts of car riages not otherwise specified ; cabinet ware or furniture ; cashmere—see manu factures ; cocks, taps, and coupling joints ; carpets and hearth rugs, velvet, Brussels, tapestry, Turkish, Persian, and other kinds ; confectionery not else where specified ; China ware of all kinds : cutlery, polished, of all sorts ; coach and harness furniture of all kinds ; composition tops for tables or for other arti cles of furniture ; essences, balsams, cosmetics, extracts, pastes, perfumes, tinc tures, and perfumery of all kinds ; feathers and flowers, artificial or ornamental, or parts thereof, of whatever material composed ; fans and fire screens; fire works ; glass, plate ; glass, silvered ; glassware, cut, ground, or colored ; glass, stained, painted, or colored, glass, bottles and vials, not being wine or beer bot tles ; gold and silver leaf; gilt frames ; guns, rifles, and fire-arms of all kinds ; hats, caps, and bonnets ; inks of all kinds, except printing ink ; jewelry, real or imitation; japanned, planished tin, and britannia metal ware of all kinds ; leather, sole, harness, dressed, kip, calf, and upper leather, and all imitations of leather ; marble or imitation of marble mantel-pieces, or parts thereof; mat tresses of hair, moss, or other material; millinery of all kinds ; musical instru ments of all kinds, including musical boxes and clocks ; mowing, reaping, and threshing machines ; manufactures of fur, of which fur is the principal part; manufactures of cashmere; manufactures of silk, satin, and velvet, and of all other fabrics of which silk forms the principal part; manufactures of bone, shell, horn, pearl, ivory, or vegetable ivory ; manufactures of gold, silver, or electro plate ; manufactures of brass or copper ; manufactures of leather or imitation of leather, or of which leather or imitation of leather is the principal part, not otherwise specified ; manufactures of marble, or marble more advanced in manu facture than slabs or blocks in the rough ; manufacture of papier mache; manu factures of caoutchouc, or India rubber, or of gutta percha, or of which any of these articles forms the principal part; manufactures of straw ; patent medicines and medical preparations not elsewhere specified ; oil cloths of whatever ma terial composed ; salad oils, table oils, and linseed oils; opium ; ornaments of bronze, alabaster, terracotta, or composition ; plated and gilded wares of all kinds; playing cards ; preserved vegetables, meats, poultry, fish, and game ; railing or fencing of iron ; riddles and sieves ; scales and weights ; shawls, Thibet, wool, or filled ; silks, satins, or velvets, and all fabrics of which silk forms the principal part; spades, shovels, axes, hoes, rakes, forks, and edge-tools, scythes and snaiths, bolts, nuts, and washers; spikes, nails, tacks, brads, and sprigs; silk, woolen, worsted, and cotton embroideries, and tambour-work ; silk twist and twist com posed of silk and mohair; silver and gold cloth, thread, and other articles em broidered with gold or for embroidering ; skins, sheep, calf, goat, and chamois, dressed ; soap, perfumed or fancy ; stoves and all other iron castings ; toys ; thread lace and insertions ; writing desks, fancy and ornamental cases and boxes oi whatsoever material; woolen goods. 492 Com m ercial Regulations. GOODS PAYING TWENTY-FIVE PEE CENT. The following goods shall be chargeable with a duty of twenty-five per cent on the value thereof:— Manufactures of leather, viz., manufacture of boots and shoes ; manufacture of harness and saddlery; clothing or wearing apparel, made by hand or sewing-machine. GOODS PAYING FIFTEEN PER CENT. All articles not hereinbefore enumerated as charged with a specific or ad valorem duty, and not exempted from the payment of duty, shall be chargeable with a duty of fifteen per cent as the duty thereof. CRUDE NAPTHA, OR COAL OIL, T reasury D epartment, June 21,1858. S ir :— I acknowledge the receipt of your report, under date of the 3d instant, on the appeal of Messrs. .E. T. Jones & Co. from your assessment of duties on an article imported by them and invoiced as “ crude Daptha,” at the rate of 24 per cent, under the classification in schedule C of the tariff of 1857, of “ oils, volatile, essential, or expressed, not otherwise provided for.” The article in ques tion is understood to be obtained by distillation from a bituminous coal found in the British Province of New Brunswick, used mainly for illuminating purposes, and belongs, it would appear, to that class of products known in commerce as “ coal oils.” The importers, however, allege that it differs in some of its properties from “ coal oil,” though applicable to the same general purposes, and claim entry of it as an unenumerated article at a duty of 15 per cent under the first section of the tariff act of 1857. The department concurs with you in opinion as to the character of the article— that it is to be regarded as a coal oil—but not as to the schedule to which it should be referred, and the rate of duty to be exacted. It is not specially designated in any of the provisions respecting “ oils ” in the tariff of 1857. Being the product of distillation, it cannot be regarded as an “ expressed ” oil, nor as a “ volatile or essential oil,” according to the strict technical meaning of those terms, or as they are used and understood in the trade. It does not, therefore, in the opinion of this department, fall within the classifition to which it was assigned on the entry, but should be regarded as unenumerated in the tariff of 1857, and assimilated by force of the 20th section of the tariff act of 1842, in view of the uses to which it is applied, to the illuminating and lubricating oils in schedule E, to wit, “ oils, neatsfoot and other animal oil; spermaceti, whale, and other fish oil, the produce of foreign fisheries,” and sub jected to a duty of 15 per cent. Very respectfully, HOW ELL COBB, Secretary o f the Treasury. A. W. A ustin , Esq., Collector, Boston, Massachusetts. P E C U L OF M A N I L L A . The Department acquiesced in the decision of the Circuit Court of the United States for the Eastern Circuit in the case of Samuel Austin vs. Charles II. Peaslee, late collector at Boston, rendered at the September term, 1857, on the question of law involved in the same, to wit. that duties are not legally charge able on more than the net weight of the Manilla hemp entered at the custom house, and this principle, so established by the court, will govern in cases of similar character now pending, or which may hereafter arise at the several ports. As it regards the weight of the pecul of Manilla (a question of fact, established by the verdict at 140 pounds avoirdupois,) the Department is not prepared to yield a like acquiescence. The judge, in his opinion, rates it at within a few ounces of 140 pounds; and the best authority accessible to the Department (Alexander’s Universal Dictionary of Weights and Measures) rates it at 139.449615 pounds, at which rate it must be taken at the custom-house, unless it be hereafter satisfactorily shown to the Department that a different rate is the proper one. Com m ercial R egulations. CHINESE 493 TREATY, The Friend of China has the following synopsis of the provisions of the new treaty :— A rticle 1. Provides for general peace, and a stipulation for good offices of the United States in case of difficulty with other powers. A r t . 2. Provides for the deposit and record of the treaty of Pekin and Washington. A rt . 3. The official publication of the treaty at Pekin and in the provinces by imperial authority. A rt . 4. Direct correspondence (with the obligation to acknowledge and answer) of the Minister of the United States with the Privy Council or Prime Minister at Pekin. A rt . 5. Right of annual visit and sojourn at his own leasure, as to time, of the United States Minister at Pekin, journey to be either by the Peiho, or over land from Shanghae, and to be provided for by the Chinese government, as well as with an official residence at the capital. His suite not to consist of more than twenty, exclusive of Chinese attendants. His official intercourse to be with the Privy Council, or one of its members deputed for that purpose. A rt . 6. Permanent residence at Pekin if the same privilege is conceded to other powers. A A rt . 7. Equality o f rank in official correspondence. 8. Interviews of ministers with governor-general, governors, &c., always to be at official residences ; interviews never to be denied. A rt . 9. Interviews on terms of equality o f naval commanders with officials o f highest rank. Suppression of piracy. A rt . 13. Right to lease property without any intervention of officials. De signation of open ports, new ones being Swatow and Taiwan in Formosa, and any other granted to English, French, or Russians. Clandestine and contraband trade prohibited. Opium to be prohibited or allowed according to Chinese laws. A rt . 14. The United States never to pay higher duties than the “ most favored nation.” A rt. 15. Tonnage duties not higher than imposed on the most favored nation ; double tonnage dues abolished. Prospective application of tonnage dues to beacons, lighthouses, &c. A A rt . rt . 16. Regulations o f pilots. 20. Time of paying duties ; to be paid in sycee or foreign money; con suls not to give up papers before duties are paid. A rt . 24. Immunity of national flag and obligation of neutrality. A r t . 25. Apprehension o f mutineers and deserters, and punishment of crim i rt . nals. A r t . 26. Exclusive jurisdiction of United States authorities over rights and intercourse of its citizens. A rt . 27. Mutual appeals to public officers with complaints. A rt . 28. Recognition and absolute toleration of Christianity, and protection of Chinese converts. A rt . 29. Comprehensive provision that all rights, privileges, and powers gran ted to any nation, its merchants, or subjects, whether political, mercantile, or otherwise, and not conferred by this treaty on the United States, shall at once enure to the benefit of the United States, its public functionaries, merchants, or citizens. Treaty to be ratified within a year by the United States, and by the emperor forthwith. The claims for pecuniary indemnity, either for English, American, or French losses neither admitted nor denied, but referred to Canton. Permanent legation of the United States Minister, after settlement of pend ing question at Canton, understood to be hereafter at Shanghae. 494 N autical Intelligence. NAUTICAL INTELLIGENCE. PORT OF LIVERPOOL, ENGLAND. The Marine Surveyor of the port of Liverpool, England, has given notice, by order of the Mersey Docks and Harbor Board, that the following changes in the lighting and buoying of the approaches to the port will be carried into effect on the 18th August next, and following days, (weather permitting.) All bearings by compass. B ELATIVE CHANGE. BEAKINGS, ETC., FROM N EW POSITION. Formby light-ship will be moved 350 Crosby light-ship, S. E. f S., 2 } m iles; N' W. mark, E. by N. f N., 3 f miles; buoy fathoms S. E. by E. f E. from her pres ent position, into 25 feet at low water. Q. Fy., (bell beacon,) N. W. by W. f W., 2 f miles; V. 3 red, W . S. W., f mile nearly ; C. 1 red, S. by E. § E., f mile. Q. Fy. to be moved 350 fathoms N. W. by Formby light-ship and Crosby lighthouse W. f W., into 37 feet at low water, to in one, S. E. by E. f E., distant from be a black pillar buoy, bearing a bell, Formby light-ship 2$ miles; N. W. light with perch and ball on its summit, ship, S. W., 4 1 mites. marked Q. Fy., with the course up the channel S. E. by E. J E. Q. 1 black and white chequered to be Formby light-ship, S. E. f E., I f mile; Q. Fy., (bell beacon,) W . by NT. f N., 1 moved 85 fathoms N. E., into 12 feet at low water. m ile; Q. 1 red and white chequered, S. S. W. f VV., f mile nearly. Q. 1 red and white chequered to be moved Formby light-ship, E. by S. f S., I f m ile; 75 fathoms W. by S., into 12 feet at low Q. Fy., (bell beacon,) N. W. \ W., 1 water. mile. C. 1 red to be moved 250 fathoms S. S. E. Formby light-ship, N. by W .£ W .,£ mile ; S. V . 1 red and white striped can buoy, i E., into 14 feet at low water. W. by N., f m ile; Crosby lighthouse, E. by S. £ S., 3f- miles. C. 2 black to be moved 150 fathoms N. £ Crosby light ship, S. E. by S., I f m ile; C. E., into 23 feet at low water. 1 red, W est,f mile; Formby light-ship, N. W. i W., I f mile. 0. 3 black to be moved 90 fathoms If. E. Crosby light-ship, S. E. by S. f S., £ m ile; C. 2 red, W. f S., f mile nearly; C. 2 i N., into 29 feet at low water. black, N. W. £ N., £ mile nearly. F. 2 black to be moved 7 5 fathoms East, Crosby light-house, S. E. £ S., 2 f mile ; If. W. mark, N. E. \ N., I f m ile; F. 3 red, into 7 feet at low water. S. W. i W , f mile. The old bell beacon to be superseded in its present situation by a black nun perch buoy, market V . Fy. The buoy R. 1, black can, to be superseded by the old bell beacon, to be marked “ R. 1, Spencer’s Spit.” By order of the Lighthouse Board, THOENTON A. JEN K IN S, Secretary. W a s h in g t o n , August 11,1858. FIXED LIGHT AT THE GRAU D’AIGUES MORTES—MEDITERRANEAN, FRANCE. The Imperial Ministry for Public Works in France has given notice, that on and after the loth day of July, 1858, a harbor light will be exhibited from the northwest mole head o f the Grau d’Aigues Mortes, in the Department of the Bouches du Rhone, Gulf of Lion. The light will be a fixed red light, visible 3 miles, and it is placed at 295 yards to the southwest of the present lighthouse, or Phare d’Aigues Mortes. By order of the Lighthouse Board, THOENTON A. JEN KIN S, Secretory. W a s h in g t o n , A u gust 4, 1858. N autical Intelligence. 495 FIXED LIGHT ON BILLINGSGATE ISLAND-CAPE COD, MASSACHUSETTS. NORTH SIDE OF ENTRANCE OF WELLFLEET HARBOR. ‘ Notice is hereby given that Billingsgate Island lighthouse, situated on the north side of the entrance of Wellfleet Harbor, Massachusetts, has been rebuilt, and will be lighted for the first time at sunset on Wednesday, the first day of Sep tember next, and will be kept burning during that night, and every night there after, from sunset to sunrise. The lighthouse is situated on the east side of the island, and the ranges are the same as those published on the Coast Survey chart of 1853, of Wellfleet Harbor, with the old lighthouse. The tower is built of brick, square, and is of the natural color of the brick. The lantern is painted black. The dwelling-house, which is joined tathe tower, is built of brick, and is brick color. The tower is 30 feet high, and the focal plane is 40 feet above the level of the sea. The illuminating apparatus is a catadioptric lens of the 4th order of the system of Fresnel, showing a fixed light of the natural color, which should be seen in ordinary states of the atmosphere 12 nautical miles. The position of the lighthouse, as given by the Coast Survey, is latitude 41° 52' 22" N., longitude 70° 03' 55" W. The stake light now shown on the island will be discontinued from 1st September next. By order of the Lighthouse Board, W . B. FR A N K L IN , Engineer, Secretary. W ashington, August 11, 1858. LIGHTS AT ST, HELIER—ENGLISH CHANNEL, JERSEY, The harbormaster at St. Helier, Jersey, has given notice that the following lights are exhibited all night for the guidance of vessels bound into the barbor of that place :— A fixed white light from the lighthouse on Victoria, or New South Pier Head, placed at an elevation of 31 feet above the level of the sea at high water, and should be visible in ordinary weather from a distance of about 6 miles. A fixed red light from a lantern post on Albert Pier Head, elevated 15 feet above high water, and visible in ordinary weather from a distance of about 3 miles. A fixed blue light on the parapet of the Old North Pier, at 477 yards to the N. E. by E. of the Albert Pier light, and it should be seen about 3 miles dis tant in ordinary weather. A fixed red light from a lantern post on the Upper Pier Boad, 680 yards to the E. N. E. of the Victoria Pier light, at an elevation of 46 feet above high water, and also visible 3 miles in ordinary weather. Vessels approaching the harbor, by keeping the Albert Pier red and Old North Pier blue lights in line, will pass a little to the eastward of the Grune St. Michel, and to the eastward of, but rather too close to, Les Huitriers, or Oyster Bocks. The best approach from the westward will be the passage between the Oyster Bocks and the Bues, with the Victoria or New South Pier light in line with the Upper Pier Boad red light, although this leads too close to the Grune au Dart and the Grande Vaudin. The bearings are magnectic. Variation 21f° west in 1858. By order of the Lighthouse Board, THORNTON A . JENKINS, Secretary. W a s h in g t o n ’ , August 4,1858. K0KSCHEHEREN LIGHTHOUSE, RUSSIA. The Hydrographical Department of the Ministry of Marine of His Imperial Majesty of Bussia, has given notice, that to render the lighthouse tower of Kokscheheren a better day-mark, the base of that tower, constructed of stone, would, on and after the 6th of July ultimo, be painted red. By order of the Lighthouse Board, THORNTON A. JENKINS, Secretary. ■Wa s h i n g t o n , A ugust 25, 1858. 496 N autical Intelligence. LIGHT AT PORT ZEBU, PHILIPPINE ISLANDS. The Spanish Government has given notice, that a harbor light has been estab lished at Point Dapdap (?) at the northeast entrance of Port Zebu, on the eastern coast of Zebu, one of the Pilipinas or Philippine Islands, in the China Sea. The light is a fixed white light, placed at an elevation of 50 English feet above the level of the sea, and should be visible in clear weather at a distance of 4 miles. Its position is in about latitude 10° 21p N., longitude 124° 3' east of Green wich by the Admiralty Charts, or in longitude 123° 49' east, according to the Spanish official notice. L ight at P ort B omblon. Also, that a fixed white light is exhibited from a lighthouse erected on Point Sabang, at the northern extremity of the entrance to Port Bomblon, on the northeast coast of Bomblon Island. Filipinas. The lighttower is of stone, and stands in about latitude 12° 36f' N., longitude 122° 18' east of Greenwich. The extremities of the reefs within the port of Bomblon are marked by four beacons, from which lantern lights are shown by night. T rincomalee — I ndian O cean— C aution .—The usual notice of the fixed light at the flag-staff on the north side of the entrance of Trincomalee Harbor, on the northeast coast of Ceylon, says it is visible from N. 15° W. round easterly to S. 55® E. These bearings, if followed, would lead into danger. The mariner, therefore, is cautioned, when approaching from the northward, not to steer for the lights on a bearing to the eastward of S. I E., and when closing from the southward not to bring the lights to the northward of N. W . by W . £ W . magnetic. By order of the Lighthouse Board, THORNTON A . JENKINS, Secretary. ■Washington, August 4, 1858. FIXED LIGHT OFF LOBOS ISLAND-SOUTH ATLANTIC, RIO DE LA PLATA, The Captain of the Port at Monte Yideo has given notice, that after the 5th of April, 1858, a light would be exhibited from a lighthouse on Lobos Island, off Maldonado, on the north side of the entrance to the Biver Plata. The light is a fixed white and red light, (?) placed at an elevation of 84 English feet above the level of the sea, and should be visible in clear weather from a distance of about 14 miles. The lighthouse stands on the northwestern extremity of the island, in about latitude 35° l p S., longitude 54° 52J' west of Greenwich. L ight -vessel off the E nglish B ank .— Also, that a light-vessel has been moored off the north spit of the English Bank, in the entrance of the Itiver Plata. The light is a fixed white light, visible in clear weather from a distance of 11 miles. The vessel lies in 7 fathoms water, with the Monte Yideo N. W . by W . W., Flores Island N. by W. f W., and the Sugar Loaf N. E. i E. ; her position being in about latitude 35° 6' S., longitude 55° 54' west of Green wich. All bearings are magnetic. Variation 9i° east in 1858. By order of the Lighthouse Board, W ashington, August 4,1858. THORNTON A. JENKINS, Secretary. REVOLVING LIGHT ON CAPE BORDA—AUSTRALIA, SOUTH COAST, The Master and Wardens of the Trinity House of Adelaide have given notice, that on or about the 1st of May, 1858, a light would be exhibited from the light house recently erected on Cape Borda, the northwest point of Kangaroo Island, off the entrance to St. Yincent Gulf, South Australia. The light is a revolving light, showing alternately red and white, with intervals of half a minute between each exhibition. It is placed at an elevation of about 510 feet above the sea at high water, and should be visible in clear weather from the deck of a vessel at a distance of 30 miles. The lighthouse stands in about latitude 35° 45p S .; and longitude 136° 34 J' east of Greenwich. By order of the Lighthouse Board, THORNTON A. JENKINS, Secretary. W a s h in g t o n , A ugust 4, 1858. N autical Intelligence. 497 LIGHTS AT THE DELTA OF THE MISISSIPPI RIVER, LOUISIANA, The light at the Northeast Pass of the Mississippi Riven; Louisiana, having been discontinued in conformity to law, the lights at the Delta of the Mississippi will be known and distinguished as follows, viz. :— S outhwest P ass L ight . The Southwest Pass light is a fixed light, of the natural color, third order catadioptric apparatus of the system of Fresnel, illuminating 270° of the horizon, from northeast around by south to northwest, exhibited from a white tower, 70 feet above the mean level of the sea, situated on the west side of, and near the entrance to, the pass. S outh P ass L ight . The South Pass light is a revolving light, o f the natural color, third order catadioptric apparatus of the system of Fresnel, showing a brilliant flash once in every one minute and a half, exhibited from a slate-colored wooden tower, rising from the center of the keeper’s dwelling, 60 feet above the mean level of the sea, situated on the S. W . side of Gordon’s Island, and near the entrance of the South Pass. P ass a L outee. Pass a Loutre light, placed on Middle Ground Island, north side of the entrance to the Pass a Loutre, will be changed on and after the 1st of January, 1859, to a fixed light, of the natural color, third order catadioptric apparatus of the system of Fresnel, illuminating 270° of the horizon, exhibited from a tower, painted black, at an elevation of 77 feet above the mean level of the sea. The present distinction of the light at Pass a Loutre (fixed light varied by flashes) will be continued until the 1st January, 1859. N ortheast P ass D a y B eacon . The lighthouse tower on Frank’s Island at the Northeast Pass, 70 feet high, painted white, will be left standing to serve as a day-mark to guide mariners. By order of the Lighthouse Board, E. SEMMES, Inspector, Eighth Lighthouse District. M obile,A l a b a m a ,August 28,1858. FIXED LIGHT, VARIED BY FLASHES, AT SANDY POINT, CHESAPEAKE BAY. A fixed light, varied by flashes, of the natural color, will be exhibited for the first time on the night of October 1st, 1858, and on every night thereafter, from sunset to sunrise, from the lighthouse recently erected on Sandy Point, west side of Chesapeake Bay, between Greenbury Point lighthouse (entrance to Annapolis Harbor) and the mouth of the Magothy River. The light will be of the 4th order catadioptric of the system of Fresnel, and will appear to the mariner fixed, within the limit of range of the fixed part, varied by a brilliant flash once in every one-and a-half minute. Without or beyond the limit of visibility of the fixed part, the flashes only will be seen. The structure is a brick house, with a lantern on top, in the center, painted red. The height of the light from the base of the house is 35 feet, and the height above the mean level of the bay is 50 feet. The light should be visible to an observer, on the deck of a coasting vessel, at the distance of about 12 miles in good weather. By order of the Lighthouse Board, L. SITG EEAVES, Capt. Corps Top. Engineers., B a ltim o r e , August 11, 1858. REVOLVING LIGIIT ON CAV0LI ISLET— MEDITERRANEAN, SARDINIA. Official information has been received at this office that the Sardinian Govern ment has given notice, that on and after the 18th of July, 1858, a light would be exhibited from the lighthouse recently erected on Cavoli Islet, off Cape Carbonara, the eastern point of the Gulf of Cagliari, south coast of Sardinia. The light will be a revolving light, eclipsed every half minute, placed at an eleva tion of 242 English feet above the level of the sea, and should be visible in clear weather from the deck of a vessel at a distance of about 25 miles. The illumina ting apparatus is dioptric, or by lenses of the first order of Fresnel. The light house stands in latitude 39° 5' 18" N., longitude 9° 32' 35" east of Greenwich. Its form, height, and color are not stated. By order of the Lighthouse Board, THOKNTON A . JEN K IN S, Secretary. ■Washin gton , August 4,1858. VOL. X X X IX .---- NO. IV . 32 498 Journ al o f Insurance. JOURNAL OF INSURANCE. L I F E A S S U R A N CE, Life assurance has now become a fixed fact; a resource which common pru dence and foresight impel every one, with a due sense of his responsibility to those dependent on him for their subsistence, to avail himself of, to secure them from want in the event of his being cut off by death before he has had time or opportunity to make adequate provision for them. The exertions of pkilanthropical and statistical writers have not been unavailing in directing public attention to this subject, and the effects have become apparent in the large increase of policies of assurance opened and continued to be subscribed to. But precisely in the proportion that the practice of life assurance becomes general, is it necessary to guard against frauds or extortion on the part of those with whom it is effected. It is a hard case, indeed, after a man has applied the amount of his savings for years in an annual contribution to a company, that they, for whom the sacrifice is made, should be deprived of the legitimate fruits of it. Such things, however, have occurred ; the eagerness of competition between a large number of com panies has led to premiums below the rate which the statistics of longevity show to be necessary to make such companies profitable. When losses occur, as they must in the order of things do, they are left without the means of fulfilling their obligations. It is thus the interest of the assured that premiums lower than those which the chances of tenure of life justify, should not be paid, since their being so leads to bankruptcy of the company. On the other hand, it is manifestly in an equal degree the interest of the assured that he should not be overcharged. This of late years has been effectually guarded against by making the assured the partner with the assurer, in the profit on the rate charged. The mutual principle is in that respect a good one, but it is attended with this drawback, that it makes the assured participate in the losses the company are liable to, through mismanagement or miscalculation of chances by the governing body. This objection, too, has been obviated by making the assured participants at stated intervals in the profits, without involving him in the risk. This principle is now generally admitted in the best-regulated com panies, and has caused them to obtain the decided preference over other companies that have not adopted it. LIFE INSURANCE COMPANIES IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK. SYNOPSIS OF T H E A N N U A L ACCOU N TS O F L I F E IN S U R A N C E C O M P A N IE S D O IN G B U S IN E S S IN T H E 1857. /— Policies issued. — v "When Amount. organized. No. 1843 1,863 $5,852,087 1843 532 1,719,900 1845 711 2,675,102 1845 522 1,969,650 1846 531 1,310,870 582 980,750 1847 1850 750 2,345,000 1850 1,004 2,537,900 168 365,448 1853 337 722,150 .... STATE OF N E W Y O R K F O R TH E Y E A R Companies. Mutual Life, of JNew Y ork ... N. England Mutual, Boston. . New York Life ..................... Mutual Benefit, Newark, N. J. Connecticut Mutual, Hartford American Mutual, New Haven Manhattan, New Y ork........... United States, New York . . . Knickerbocker, New Y o r k .. . Mass. Mutual, Springfield . . . r— At risk, end of year. —» No. of policies. Amount. 10,390 $30,481,302 2,831 8,884,190 3,836 12,778,938 5,321 17,423,177 8,529 20.197,164 3,100 4,050,000 2,478 7,862.928 2,440 4,964,824 1,219,811 500 1,083 2,161,680 499 Journ al o f Insurance. Premiums and interest in cash. Mutual Life, o f New York . . $1,166,733 N. England Mutual, Boston.. 201,154 New York Life....................... 358,572 Mutual Benefit, Newark, N. J. 634,092 Connecticut Mutual, Hartford 899,580 American Mutual, New Haven 73,347 Manhattan, New Y ork ........... 202,553 United States, New York . . . 184,900 Knickerbocker, New Y ork__ 49,815 Mass. Mutual, Springfield . . . 43,771 Receipts.— Premium notes and other receipts not cash. Total income. $1,166,733 $317,043 299,346 94,350 474,191 153,788 695,018 198,115 637,455 217,225 80.392 47,975 317,106 57,863 184,900 68,794 4,009 53,824 3,000 56,635 12,864 5,500 $98,192 115,619 60,926 237,875 7,045 114,553 /— Disbursements.— * Expenses, Total including disburse- rCash. commissions. rnents. Mutual Life, o f New York . . $110,085 $466,635 *4,685,909 N. England Mutual, Boston. . 960,747 24,557 118,907 New York L ife....................... 62,534 262,770 864,820 Mutual Benefit, Newark, N. J. 58,301 436,204 1,730,648 Connecticut Mutual, Hartford 44,978 448,435 1,592,063 American Mutual, New Haven 21,564 69,772 168,781 Manhattan, New Y ork ........... 41,355 126,077 **287,535 United States, New York . . . 29,778 105,741 **341,611 Knickerbocker, New Y o r k ... 14,780 24,170 **155,597 Mass. Mutual, Springfield . . . 10,502 23,002 **146,249 Per cent Mutual Life, of New York . . N. England Mutual, Boston. . New York L ife....................... Mutual Benefit, Newark, N. ,T. Connecticut Mutual, Hartford American Mutual, New Haven Manhattan, New Y ork........... United States, New Y o r k .. . Knickerbocker, New York . . Mass. Mutual, Springfield.... ,----- Disbursements.----- * Paid Surrenclaims by dered poldeath. icies, &c. $39,507 f 46,448 ^179,788 186,232 243 §26,859 117,169 6,390 17,000 - Assets. — Not cash. Total. $199,406 538,146 1,012,678 1,053,776 24,603 318,974 ff78,873 32,713 47,572 *4,685,909 1,160,153 1,402.966 2,743,326 2,645,839 193,384 **606,509 **4 20,484 **188,310 **193,821 Per cent Per cent Per cent Per cent cash assets other assets tofal assets o f expenses of claims on amount on amount on amount on income, on income. at risk. at risk. at risk. 27 . 2 09.5 15.4 15.4 08.2 13.2 08.4 07.1 26.8 13.0 16.1 27.6 18.5 31.5 32 4 28.5 34.1 59.7 18.2 31.8 05.6 09.7 10.8 06.8 09.9 07.9 04.2 03.7 06.9 12.8 06.8 02.2 04.2 05.8 05.2 00.6 04 0 01.6 02.6 02.1 13.0 11.0 15.7 13.1 04.8 07.7 08.5 15.4 08.9 Of the last five columns, the first two represent respectively the amount paid for expenses of management and for claims by death for each $100 of income, while the last three columns represent the assets, (cash, credit, and total, respect ively,) for each $100 of amount at risk. MASSACHUSETTS INSURANCE, The Commissioners of Massachusetts report :— The amounts of these losses paid for the last two years, (the only years in which they can be ascertained from official sources,) are for the years ending October 31st, 1856, and October 31st, 1857, as follows :—*§ * Includes “ deferred premium account and interest accrued,” as returned by the other com panies. + Including $22,332 interest on dividends paid during the year. X Including dividends paid. § Including $16,000 interest on capital stock, fi Including interest on capital stock. ^ Interest on capital stock. ** Including $100,000 capital stock. t t Including $37,919 of “ premium notes on which policies are issued and in force.” 500 J ourn al o f Insurance. For the year ending October 31, 1856— $1,401,964 58 4,209,864 08 Fire losses... Marine losses Total................................................................... For the year ending October 31,1857— $5,611,828 66 Fire losses................................................................................ Marine losses.......................................................................... Total............................................................................. $978,88170 5,202,62889 $6,181,510 59 The Commissioners again report stock companies as being in a prosperous condition, the Hope Insurance Company, of Boston, which has been compelled, by large marine losses, to suspend lurther operations for the present, being the only exception. No change in laws relating to, or in the management of, this class of corporations is asked for. The suggestion made in the last annual re port, that a stock company, with a large capital, organized for the express pur pose of insuring “ extra hazardous” property, would be a great convenience, is renewed. There is a large and constantly increasing class of property, con sidered extra hazardous, such as steam saw and planing mills, carpenters’ and cabinet-makers’ shops, and the like, which it is exceedingly difficult now to insure, except in second-class mutual or in foreign companies ; the owners of this class of property are usually willing to pay fair and even liberal rates for insurance, but the liability to enormous assessments in such mutual companies as will write for them, and the uncertainty of recovery in case of loss from foreign companies, operates in many cases as an effectual bar to any insurance. There are fourteen mutual marine and mutual fire and marine insurance com panies reported this year. The amounts,at risk in these companies, November 1st, 1857, were— Fire risk s................................................................................ Marine risks........................................................................... $9,600,614 53,452,163 --------------- $63,052,777 Losses during the year— Fire losses.................................................................................................... Marine lo sses.............................................................................................. $7,335 32 2,051,815 47 Total...................................................................................................... $2,059,150 79 The Commissioners report mutual fire insurance companies as changing for the better. A larger cash premium is now required than formerly, a greater degree of care is exercised in issuing policies, and there is less litigation in cases of loss. Attention is called to the provision of the statute that every member of a mutual company shall, at the expiration of his policy, have a share in the profits of the company during the time his policy was in force, in proportion to the sums paid by him on said policy. Under this provision, the question arises—has any company a right to lay aside for the accumulation of a fund any part of its earnings ? It is very clear that the fund, if collected, must be collected or reserved from the profits of the com pany, and if so, it is clearly an infraction of the provision of the law which en titles each individual member to his proportion of such profits. Yet the returns show that a large proportion of the mutual companies in the State have already accumulated funds thus reserved ; and it is doubtless true that this fact of itself gives popularity and strength to such companies. But another question presents itself. The charters of nearly all mutual companies expire in twenty or twentyeight years after date of issue. In case of accumulation of a fund, to whom does that fund belong at the expiration of the charter ? The experience of the last year has still more strongly confirmed the opinion expressed in both the first and second annual reports of the Board, that a passage of a law prescribing a uniform policy for all mutual fire insurance companies, would be a measure o 501 P ostal D epartm ent. great, if not. indeed of universal, utility. There can be no doubt that a very large proportion of the vexatious lawsuits, which cause so much difficulty in these companies, arise from the ambiguous and complex by-laws which are by the companies made a part of their policies. The whole contract between the insurers and the insured should be contained in the face of the policy, and should be clearly and unequivocally set forth, and easily understood. POSTAL DEPARTMENT. UNITED STATES POST-OFFICE APPROPRIATION. The appropriations for the service of the year 1859 have been as follows:— APPROPRIATION FOR MAIL B From New York to Liverpool From New York to New Or leans, Havana, <fcc............... From Panama to California, and back............................... For mails between California and Washington................. $346,500 261,000 OCEAN STE A M E R S FO R 1859. For mails on Puget Sound . . From New York to Havre . . From Charleston to Havana.. Across the Isthmus................. $22,500 230,000 50,000 100,000 Total............................. $1,460,750 328,350 122,500 A P P R O P R I A T IO N F O R T H E P O S T -O F F IC E . For transportation of m ails.. $10,140,520 Compensation of postmasters 2,325,000 Ship and way letters............. 20,000 Wrapping paper..................... 55,000 Post-office furniture............... 5,000 Advertising............................. 85,000 Mail bags................................. 65,000 Total.................................................... Blanks and paper Locks and keys... Special agents . . , tlerks ................. Postage stamps.. Miscellaneous. $125,000 15.000 70.000 850.000 100.000 180,000 $14,035,620 This $14,035,520 is to be paid out of the receipts of the Post-office. If those receipts do not suffice, then $3,500,000 i3 to be paid out of the general treasury. This, with the amount paid for ocean steam mail above, makes $4,960,750. In addition to this $700,000 is appropriated for the mail service of the two Houses of Congress, making $5,660,750 expenses of a system which it is admitted should be self-supporting. SANDWICH ISLANDS POST-OFFICE. From the report of the postmaster it appears that, although the number of foreign letters which have passed through the Post-office, during the past two years, is smaller than those passed in the year 1855, still the amount of postage collected during the two years exceeds the amount collected in 1855. This is accounted for by the sea postage having been collected in addition to the Hawaiian postage, and also by the increase in the number of pamphlets and newspapers received. The minister in his report says :—“ I beg to call your attention to the post master’s suggestion, that a small rate of postage be imposed on inter-islaud letters, and that he be authorized by the law to issue inter-island postage stamps, to carry the plan into effect. Although it is now a fixed principle of every civilized community to reduce its postage to the lowest possible figure, in order to facilitate the inter-communication of thought and the transactions of business, 502 P osta l D epartm ent. yet I know of no country but our own where postage of some kind is not levied to assist at least in defraying the expenses of that department. “ In the new code a clause has been introduced prescribing a definite time and mode of disposing of dead letters, which I hope you will approve of.” ENGLISH D E A D - L E T T E R OFFICE. The following report from the English Dead-letter Office is interesting :— The total number of letters sent to the Returned Letter Office in 1857, (as dead letters,) amounted in England to 2,024,057 ; in Scotland to 183,132 ; and in Ireland to 199,651. Of these there were returned to the writers 1,460,792 in England, 145,512 in Scotland, and 123,904 in Ireland. In England 102,234 letters were re-issued to corrected addresses, 196,779 were returned unopened to foreign countries and the colonies, and 264,251 were destroyed ; 12,239 letters were destroyed in Scotland, 66,351 in Ireland. The number of dead letters con taining money and valuables, was (for the United Kingdom) 30.669, and the amount of property was £419.939. Almost all this property was, however, ultimately returned to the writers of the letters ; 3,320 letters in England, to the amount of £16,202, with the exception of 141 refused letters, containing dupli cate bills of exchange for £7,936 3s. Id., which have been destroyed as of no value, are still in the Returned Letter Branch awaiting application, (there being no means of discovering the writers,) where they will remain for two clear years, when the letters will be destroyed, with the bills and other securities, which may have become valueless through lapse of time. The jewelry and other articles of permanent value will be sold by auction, and the sum realized, as well as the cash and bank notes found in such letters, will be carried to the account of the Life Insurance Fund. There are 793 let ters, containing cash and bank notes to the value of £250 4s. 6d., but many of them will probably yet be applied for and delivered. The sum of £527 6s. 5d. was carried to the account of the Life Insurance Fund during the year, as the proceeds of lost property ; but this sum does not represent the amount properly appertaining to the year, for, owing to an alteration in the arrangements for the disposal of returned letters, the proceeds of two years’ letters were carried to account in 1857. EXTENSION OF THE ATLANTIC TELEGRAPH CABLE. It is stated that the French Government have granted to the Atlantic Telegraph Company the exclusive right for fifty years to land telegraph cables on the Islands of Miquelon, which lie between Nova Scotia and Newfoundland, in a direc tion about thirty miles southwest from the latter, and about two hundred miles distant from Sydney, N. S. Having secured the right, the company propose to run a cable from Placentia Bay, N. F., to St. Pierre, the chief fish depot of the islands, and thence to a point near Sydney, Cape Breton, N. S. By this means the two French islands will be thrown into telegraphic communication with Europe, while the company will get rid of the necessity of keeping in repair some four or five hundred miles of land line running across Newfoundland and Cape Breton, through regions where there are no inhabitants, excepting a few scattered Indians, and no roads other'than those which have been constructed by the telegraph company at its own expense. In according this liberal grant, the French Government doubtless had in view the advantages it must confer upon its immense fishing interest, which centers at St. Pierre, and which will thus be brought into daily and almost instantaneous communication with France. R ailroad, Canal, and Steam boat Statistics. 503 CHI LI AN POS T - OF FI CE. The number of letters posted in 1857 in ail the Chili Post-offices amounted to 613,772 ; that of certified letters to 410 ; that of fined letters to 126,297 ; that of samples to 6,509 ; that of newspapers 168,060 ; and newspapers fined, 2,445 ; total, 1,314 908, and their value $79,565. The number of letters posted for foreign countries in 1857 was 792,601. RAILROAD, CANAL, AND STEAMR0AT STATISTICS. ENGLISH RAILWAYS, The editor of the Railroad Journal writes from London as follows :— The distinguishing feature of English railways, compared with American, is the more costly character of their structures, and the finish given to these, as well as to the roads and everything pertaining to them. Give an English engineer his way, and he will use indestructible materials, and put them together in a man ner that will defy the action of the elements and of time. The best station houses, consequently, are constructed of stone, iron, and glass. The bridges are almost universally of stone or iron. The cuts and embankments are reduced to an uniform slope, and turfed.* Instead of fences, the leading lines are enclosed by hedges, thrifty and well triihmed. On my trip from Liverpool to London, on the first day of June, these were in full bloom. This line runs through one of the best and most highly cultivated portions of England, and the trip presented a striking contrast to that on most American railways, which generally seek the most uncultivated and poorest portions of the district they traverse, while on either side of them little is seen, save naked banks of earth covered often with charred remains of trunks and stumps of trees, and a poor apology for a fence in the shape of posts connected by a few frail pieces of boards. This manifest superiority of English railways is very agreeable to the eye, and in fact to the comfort of traveling; but it has been obtained (though not necessarily) at a cost which compels a high rate of charges for transportation, and has rendered, and must continue to render, the investments in them unproduc tive. According to the report of Captain Galton to the Committee of the Privy Council of the Board of Trade, for 1856, the total cost of the railways in Eng land and Wales was £244,300,855. The total mileage was 6,153 miles; showing an average cost of £39.705, or nearly $200,000, per mile. This sum exceeds five times the average cost of American railways. The total earnings of the above mileage was £19,314,999, which is at the rate of £3,191, or $15,955, per mile ; or about 7f per cent gross on its cost. The net earnings equal very nearly 4 per cent. The total cost of operating the roads in 1857 was £9,369,234— leaving £9,945,755 as net earnings. Of this sum. £5,371,498 went for interest and dividends on preferred shares, leaving £4,574,257 as net earnings for dividends on £125,554,694 ordinary shares. Such is the pecuniary results for one of the most favorable years English railways have known ; that of the present year be ing much less so, from causes operating upon English, in common with American roads. As an investment, therefore, English railroads have proved failures under con ditions most favorable to success. England has a population of 360 to the square mile, one-half of which is engaged in manufactures and commerce. The number of passengers exceeds five times her entire population. The average rate of charges, for the accomodations, is high. The country is not unfavorable to the construction of roads. Labor and material are cheap—cheaper than in the Uni ted States. How is it, then, that English railways have been so expensive, when they could be so cheaply constructed, and are so unremunerative in the face of enormous receipts ? The explanation appears to me to be a simple one, and all 504 R ailroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. the more important to be stated, for the reason that the excessive cost of roads both in England and America is often due to the same cause. The parties who plan aud execute, and superintend the railways of this country neither furnish the means for their construction, nor are they interested in their results. Whether they cost much or little, or prove productive or unproductive, is all the same to them. There is, consequently, no necessary relationship be tween the sum to be expended on a railway and the income it will produce. We readily see how such relationship is preserved in the mind of the manufacturer in the construction of an iron or a cotton mill, that success is a necessary sequence of his premises. We can also see that if a manufacturing establishment should be got up and conducted as are railways, it would inevitably break down. The English engineer, who constructs a railway, ignores all such considerations. He simply carries out the idea of what a work should be. The more expensive and elaborate it is, the greater often will be the credit gained. The Britannia and Victoria Bridges will, very likely, immortalize their projectors, although every cent invested in them may be lost; the same may be said, to a certain extent, of the magnificent structures that are found upon almost every line of road in Eng land. They are grand affairs, and are a great convenience to the public, pur chased, however, at the cost of high charges for traveling, and loss of income to stockholders. RAILROAD ACCI DENTS. We draw some interesting facts from the British Board of Trade Beport, on railway casualties for 1857, by Captain Galton. The French Minister of Pub lic Works has also, through a commission appointed for that purpose in 1854, made an elaborate report, detailing with great minuteness the railroad disasters in France. It appears from Captain Galton’s report, that during the year 1857, 25 per sons were killed and 631 wounded on British railways, “ by causes beyond their own control.” Of the 25 deaths, but one occurred in Scotland and none in Ire land. Taking into account the number of persons carried, this gives one fatal accident to every 5,200,000 passengers carried. This, though a large number, is yet neither as great as that of 1851 nor 1853. Subjoined is the result of a series of comparison of railroad disasters in various countries during several years :— Passengers carried. Prussia, one killed or wounded to every.......................................................... Belgium, ODe killed or wounded to every........................................................ France, one killed or wounded to every........................................................... England, one killed or wounded to every............... ...................................... United States, one killed or wounded to every.............................................. 3,294,075 1,611,237 376,092 311,345 188,459 These figures can no wise be considered absolute ; being the result of too con tracted a system of comparisons. From the commencement of the railroad system in France, in 1835, up to 1855 — a period of twenty years—513 accidents happened, of which 274 were from running off the track, and 239 from collisions. In these accidents 111 persons were killed, giving one person killed for every 1,703,123 passengers carried. To this must be added 393 wounded ; and, taking killed and wounded into account, it presents one killed or wounded for every 375,092 passengers carried. This does not include agents, or persons who suffered from causes within their own control, as suicides, &c. Of these 513 accidents, 252 were the fault of the em ployees, their carelessness or violation of the rules bringing on collisions, and 261 from defects in the state of the road, locomotive, &c. 505 R ailroad, Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. There is one aspect of railroad accidents that is very surprising, and which should be stated as a per contra. When we take into account the immense num ber of persons who travel by railroad, it turns out that, when we come to balance the accidents on railways, with those happening to an equal number of persons by the old methods of transport, the advantage is entirely on the side of rail roads. Thus, in the French post system, there occured in the period from 1846 to 1856, accidents causing 20 deaths and 238 wounded for 7,109,276 passengers carried, giving oue to every 355,463— that is, nearly seven times as many deaths as occur in an equal number by railroad, even according to the reckless Ameri can system. According to Dr. Lardner’s computations, 366,036,923 passengers must travel one mile to cause the death of one railroad employee. The chances of a person’s meeting bodily injury in traveling one mile of railroad, are 8,512,486 to one. And the chances of one’s meeting with a fatal accident in traveling one mile of railroad, are more than sixty-live million to one ! What a consolation for a cracked cranium or a fractured femur ! COST AIVD MANAGEMENT OF ENGLISH AND AMERICAN RAILROADS. A comparison of the reports, and an examination into the details, of the man agement of railways in this country and in Europe, disclose the following com parisons :— Annual expense o f American railways..................................................... “ “ English railways, same mileage............................... $120,000,000 80,000,000 Annual difference.................................................................................. $40,000,000 Average annual expense for maintenance of way of American lin es.. “ “ of English lines, same m ileage..................... $33,000,000 12,500,000 Annual difference.................................................................................. $20,500,000 Average annual cost of fuel for American lin e s .................................... “ “ “ English lines, same mileage................. $18,000,000 7,500,000 Annual difference................................................................................. $10,500,000 Total annual expenses of American railw ays........................................ “ “ English “ ........................................ $171,000,000 100,000,000 Total annual difference......................................................................... $71,000,000 In regard to the net results and financial profits of administration, the contrast between the two systems is remarkable :— England, (1 8 5 6 )............................. France, (1855)................................................. New York, (1 8 5 5 )......................... ............. Massachusetts. (1855)................... “ (1856).................... Percentage Receipts per Expenses per of expenses mile run. on receipts. mile run. 44 $0 63£ 2 03 43 o 87 i 1 00 57 176 62 1 05 59 1 08 The expenses for “ maintenance of way, engines, and working,” are thus stated :— New York railroads........................................................... Western “ ........................................................... English railways, (1856)..................................................... French “ (1855)..................................................... Per cent of Per cent of total expenses, gross receipts. 70£ 40.1 80 43.8 57 25.3 48 20.7 506 R ailroad , Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. Some of the expenses of American railways are necessarily higher than those of the English. We must pay more for fuel; still more disproportionately for labor and service, the wages of day laborei-s here being at least double that in England. The price of land, however, is greater there. The road-beds in the Northern States are annually upheaved by frost, and the snows of winter, alternating with the extreme heats of summer, affect the wooden substructures. Our extraordinary freshets in the spring inflict immense damage upon the roads. The cost of engines and cars is greater; and the mechanical repair of both is made at a greater price. Our roads are not unfrequently built through fresh-broken wildernesses ; and, it must not be forgotten, are constructed and maintained, less with an idea to their profitableness, as investments, than for the incidental advantages they con fer on the neighboring country and the terminal cities and villages. CUBAN R A I L R O A D S . The Bay of Havana and Matanzas Railway was recently opened with great ceremony to Guanabaco. His Excellency, the Captain-General, and suite were present, and also the Right Rev., the Bishop of the Diocese. As on all public occasion in Cuba, there was a great display of the military. The steam ferry boats connected with the line, which ply from this city to Regia, were gaily decorated with flags and streamers, as was also the railroad depot at Regia—nor could I avoid observing the stars and stripes floating nobly among the rest from the pretty ship Riga, of Marblehead, which was at her berth alongside the com pany’s wharf. On the 17th August, His Excellency, the Captain-General, accompanied by General Manzano, Segundo Cabo, Brigadiers Echavarria, the political Governor of this city, the Director of Public Works, Don Domingo, and Don Miguel Aldumer* and several other gentlemen, embarked in a special train of the Havana and Gaines Railway to inspect a new iron bridge that has been erected for the purpose of the railway over the River Almendares. The bridge is upwards of seventy feet in length, and is a light and elegant yet strong structure. The new railroad depot, for the railway now building between Regia and Matanzas, is an elegant gothic building, nearly 300 feet in length, and about 60 feet in breadth. The painted doors and windows are all of solid mahogany. These two new splendid locomotives, called “ the Marquis de la Habana ” and “ Jacinto G. Laninaga,” were built at Patterson. Nevv Jersey, and each weighs eighteen tons. There is a third locomotive, the “ Edward Eesser,” built at Philadelphia, employed on the line. The first-class passenger cars, are possessed of admirable ventilation and general comfort and elegance. The cars were built in Jersey City. The rails possess uncommon strength, weighing no less than 68 pounds to the yard. This railway will prove of immense public benefit; at pres ent, six or seven hours are occupied in going by a circuitous route, change of cars, &c., to Matanzas. By the new line, which is direct to Matanzas, a man will be able to take an early train and be in Matanzas in good time for breakfast, remain there through the day, and return to ihis city in the evening. R ailroad , Canal, and Steamboat Statistics. FRENCH 507 RAILROADS. The imperial government, as is well known, has long favored the amalgamation of the leading lines of railroads in this country, and is well satisfied to see them reduced to five or six companies, enjoying an immunity from that private and public competition which has often proved so fatal to railway enterprise else where. But the French railways, though undoubtedly the best established, the most remunerative, and, upon the whole, perhaps the best administered in the world, have not been allowed to gain their present position and privileges with out paying some equivalents. In return for its patronage and protection, the government has imposed the condition of carrying out and completing a vast number of branches, of great service and benefit to the localities through which they pass, but by no means certain to be remunerative for the amount of capital expended on them. To carry on these works, the companies have been compelled to issue their obligations (bonds or debentures) in a continuous stream, chiefly through the intervention of the Bank of France, which, at their request, under took to negotiate 240,000,000 worth of their securities, making advances the meanwhile, from time to time, to the companies. The effect of this state of things has been, in the first place, to keep the public stocks at their present low figure, by daily feeding the market with the issue of these rail way .bonds, and in the next place, to cause the credit of the companies to become seriously affected, both by the redundancy of their paper in the market, and also by the apprehension of the public that the numerous branch lines which they are compelled to construct would tend to anything rather than to increase the dividends of the shareholders. Under these circumstances, the railway companies have been, for some time past, appealing to the administration for the modification of a contract of which they profess to find the conditions too hard for them ; and an agreement for their relief appears to have been at last come to with the Minister of Public Works. The course adopted seem3, in fact, to amount to a guaranty to 4fr. 68c. per cent on the part of the government. That is to say, a dividend is to be paid first at the rate of the last returns of profits per kilometre, and the residue is to be applied to W'orking expenses. If there be more than sufficient for the latter, the supplies will go to increase the dividend ; if less, then the government steps in to make up the deficiency to the extent of 4.68 per cent. In addition to the above arrange ment, it has been decided that no more railway paper shall be negotiated daily by the Bank of France. One hundred and sixty-five millions of obligations have been already so issued; the remaining seventy-five millions are to be issued at once, and the money raised by public subscription, as in the case of the State loans during the war. CINCINNATI, HAMILTON, AND DAYTON RAILROAD, Years. 1 8 5 2 -5 3 ... 1 8 5 3 -5 4 ... 1 8 5 4 -5 5 ... 1 8 5 5 -5 6 ... 1 8 5 6 -5 7 ... 1 8 5 7 -5 8 ... No. of passengers. 236,828 342,954 370,189 352,451 362,630 370,957 Passenger earnings. $191,700 93 274,650 39 259.915 35 236,568 12 231,571 54 232,596 95 Freight earnings. $122,377 25 176,142 11 211,562 79 221,697 54 268,819 20 214,272 37 Mails and express. $7,714 99 12,228 95 12,142 34 13,620 04 17,943 21 18,868 93 Total. $321,793 463,021 483,620 471,885 518,333 465,738 17 45 48 70 95 19 508 Journ al o f M ining, M anufactures, and A rt. JOURNAL OF MINING, MANUFACTURES, AND ART. ESTIMATES OF COAL AREA. P. W . S h e a f e e , Esq., Civil and Mining Engineer, of Pottsville, Pennsyl vania, has presented several estimates of the area of the anthracite coal regions of Pennsylvania, together with statistics pertaining to the bituminous coal area of this country and of Europe. To this is added a few remarks upon the com parative importance of our anthracite and bituminous coal fields at present and in the future :— E S T IM A T E S O F T H E P E N N S Y L V A N IA A N T H R A C IT E CO A L F IE L D S . Square miles. Acres. Air. Packer’s report to the Legislature............................................ Mr. S. B. Fisher— 1. Southern or Schuylkill Coal Field............................................ 2. Middle Coal Field, including the Mahanoy Basin, 59,450 acres 3. Wyoming or Northern Field....................................................... 976 624,000 119 183 120 76,950 85,525 76,805 Total, according to S. B. Fisher............................................ R. C. Taylor— 4 1. Southern or Schuylkill Coal Field............................................ 2. Middle, containing the Mahanoy and Sbamokin Coal Basin. 3. Wyoming or Northern Basin..................................................... 872 238,280 164 1 15 118 104,960 70,600 75,520 Total, according to Taylor...................................................... E S T IM A T E M A D E FROM THE O U TLIN E S OF TH E COAL F IE L D S ON 397 ROGERS’ NEW 254,080 MAP, BY P . W . SH EAFER. 1. Southern or Schuylkill Coal Fields. Square miles. Acres. Fast of Tamaqua...................................................................................... Tamaqua to Pottsville............................................................................. Pottsville to fork o f the Basin............................................................... North Fork, Lykens Valley prong......................................................... South “ Dauphin “ ......................................................... North Mine Hill Range............................................................................ 16 36 65 16 15 8 10,240 23,040 35,200 10,240 9,600 6,120 Total Southern Field................................................................... 146 93,440 2. Middle Coal Field. Shamokin D istrict................................................................................... Mahanoy District....................................................................................... Beaver Meadow 2.3 square miles of mammoth bed, in a ll............. Hazleton Distr’t 3 “ “ “ “ ............. Big Black Creek 2.3 “ “ “ “ ............. Little “ 0.6 “ “ “ « ............. 50 41 6.4 13 13.3 2.3 32,000 26,240 4,096 8,320 8,512 1,472 8.1 square miles of mammoth bed, total.............. 126 80,640 3. Wyoming Coal Field........................................................................... 198 126,720 Total, as estimated from Rogers’ map...................................... 470 300,800 It is also interesting to consider the relative areas in the various coal fields which are drained by the several great water courses which form the outlets to the Atlantic seaboard. The course of trade has, however, diverted the product of certain portions of the coal fields from the natural channels.; hence, two sys tems of drainage may be taken into account—1st. The natural drainage of the Journ al o f M ining, M anufactures, and A rt. streams. 509 2d. The artificial drainage, or transit o f the products in part by lines o f transportation which do not follow the water drainage. N A T U R A L D R A IN A G E E S T IM A T E D IN J . DUTTON S T E E L E ’ S R E P O R T T O T H E R E A D IN G R A I L R O A D FOR 1856, F U R N IS H E D B Y H . W . P O O L E . Total, Square square miles, miles. 70 70 By the Schuylkill— Southern Coal Field................................................................................. By the Lehigh— Southern Coal Field........................................................................... Middle Coal Field.................................................................. 3 17 — 20 42 104 120 ----- 266 To^al ............................................................................................................. 856 By the Susquehanna— Southern Coal Field........................................................................... Middle Coal Field.............................. Wyoming............................................................................................ E S T IM A T E FROM ROGERS’ M AP, BY P . W . SHEAFER. Total, Square square miles, miles. 85 85 By the Schuylkill— Main body of the Southern Coal Field.......................................... By the Lehigh— East end of Southern Field.............................................................. Part of east end of Middle Field, (Beaver Meadow and Hazle ton Basins.)...................................................................................... 3 22 — By the Susquehanna— Wyoming Coal Field......................................................................... Shamokin............................................................................................. Mahanoy.............................................................................................. Part of eastern end of Middle Coal F ie ld .................................... West end of Southern Coal F ie ld ................................................... 198 50 41 13 68 Drainage by the Susquehanna......................................................... 360 ----- Total....................................................................................................... A R T I F IC I A L D R A IN A G E , F R O M 25 360 470 3 . D U TTO N S T E E L E ’ S R E P O R T . By the Schuylkill— Southern F ie ld ........................................................................... Middle Field.................................................................. B y the Lehigh— Southern Field............................................................................. Middle Field................................................................................. B y the Susquehanna— Southern F ie ld ........................................... Middle Field....................................................i .......................... Wyoming...................................................................................... Eastward from Wyoming to New York....................................... Square miles. 92 42 Acres. 68,880 26,880 4 17 2,560 10,880 19 62 60 60 12,160 39,680 38,400 38,400 856 227,840 ESTIMATE FROM RO G ERS’ NEW MAP, BY P. W . SHEAFER. By the Schuylkill— Middle Coal Field, Mahanoy.................................................... Southern Coal Field................................................................... Artificial drainage by the Schuylkill............................... Square miles. Acres. 41 26,240 93 59,520 134 85,760 J ourn al o f M ining , M anufactures, and A rt. 510 By the Lehigh— Eastern end of Middle Coal Field........................................... Eastern end of Southern Coal Field........................................ Portion of Wyoming, via Lehigh and Susquehanna Railroad Artificial drainage by the Lehigh...................................... By the Susquehanna— Western end of Wyoming Coal Field..................................... Shamokin Coal Field................................................................. Western end of Southern Coal Field....................................... Part of eastern end of Middle Coal Field................................ Artificial drainage by the Susquehanna......................... Scranton routes and Delaware and Hudson CanaWEast end of Wyoming to New York, <tc....................... . . . 22 13 10 14,080 8,320 6,400 45 28,800 80 51 40 13 51,200 32,000 26,600 8,320 183 117,120 108 89,120 470 300,800 The following table, principally by R. C. Taylor, exhibits the area of the coal fields in the several States :— “ SS }(“•*»*>••• Pennsylvania.................................. 15,437 Maryland......................................... 550 Virginia.......................................... 21,195 N. Carolina, from Olmstead’s data. 1,000 Georgia........................................... 150 Alabama.......................................... 3,400 Total........................................................ Ohio....................... ..... Indiana....................... Illinois......................... K entucky................... Tennessee.................... Michigan....................... Missouri....................... ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. ................. 11,900 7,700 44,000 13,500 4,300 6,000 6,000 Of these, Pennsylvania alone possesses anthracite coal, and of the large sup ply owned by this State, the anthracite, amounting ,to 470 square miles, as before shown, is but a small portion. The coal field of Rhode Island and Massachusetts is considered by Professor Hitchcock as a metamorphic coal field— being truly neither anthracite nor bituminous. The same eminent authority believes that important seams of workable coal will yet be found in these fields, although none are now known to exist. Professor Hitchcock estimates our coal area as follows :— Square miles. The great Appalachian Coal Field extends from New York to Alabama 720 miles in length......................................................................................... Indiana Coal Field, 350 miles in length.......................................................... Michigan Coal Field, 150 miles in length........................................................ Missouri and Iowa as mapped by Prof. Owen................................................ Massachusetts and Rhode Island..................................................................... Total 100,000 55,000 12,000 55,000 500 222,500 The following summary presents the total coal area of the United States and of several countries of Europe, according to the estimate of R. C. Taylor:— Area of the coal fields of the United States........................... square miles. British America, bituminous........................................................ 18,000') Great Britain, bituminous........................................................... 8,139 | Great Britain, with Ireland, anthracite and cu lm .................. 8,720 i Spain............................................................................................... 3,408 J France............................................................................................ 1,719 I Belgium.......................................................................................... 618 J Anthracite of Pennsylvania estimated from Rogers’ new map. square mil’s. 133,132 35,604 470 The bulk of the coal trade of the United States is in anthracite, and although Journ al o f M ining, M anufactures, and A rt. 511 the trade in bituminous coal is rapidly increasing on the Western rivers, yet anthracite promises to continue to be, for several generations, the principal fuel of the Atlantic States. What may be the condition of the coal trade of this country at the end of another century cannot be probably conjectured. Either the anthracite mines in course cf time must greatly increase in value, because comparatively soon exhausted, or else the bituminous coals must become the great source of supply for the country. When I compare the narrow limits of the anthracite fields, confined to the Atlantic slope of the Alleghanies, and cut off from the great body of the country by that mountain ridge, with the wide-spread bituminous fields which extends over parts of thirteen great States, I am forced to the conclusion that within one hundred years the great bulk of our coal trade must be supplied by the softer coals. But as the time when this will occur is yet far distant in the future, we need not give way to dismal forebodings of the consequences of this change in the course of trade. Of one thing, however, we may be assured, viz., that we do not sufficiently appreciate the great value ot the anthracite coal fields. With the impetuosity characteristic of our nation, we crowd the whole extent of the coal districts with railroads above and below the surface— open mines, erect machinery, cut tunnels, sink slopes—each individual striving to out-do his neighbor in the product of his mines—the miners, operators, landowners, transporters, and all engaged in the tiade, urging on the work of rivalry as if it were necessary to mine all the coal of the State within this century. To such an extent has this injudicious system been pursued, that at this early day much of the coal above the water level has been exhausted, without adequately remunerating those engaged in the production. Scarcely a dozen of large collieries in the southern coal basins are now above the water level; nor are there as many below the water level which are now working their first lift, nor at the eud of the present leases will there be as many working their third lift. England consumes 6,000,000 of tons of coal annually— London consumes 500,000 tons, w'hich produces 4,500,000,000 cubic feet of gas. The main gas arteries of that great city are 1,600 miles in length. The coal trade of Great Britain, in 1856, amounted to more than 66} millions of tons. Our own coal trade is yet in the weakness of infancy, its annual product, in 1857, being but 7} millions of tons, and the aggregate product, since its com mencement in 1820, being but 77} millions, or in 37 years a total product but one-sixth more than the annual product of Great Britain. But this is no dis paraging contrast, when we compare the 470 square miles of our anthracite coal fields with the 11,859 square miles of coal area in England, Ireland, Scotland, and Wales. If we consider the length of time in which coal has been used in Great Britain, and then reflect that our own coal trade has but just begun, we shall find much cause for hope and encouragement. To my mind a much stronger contrast is presented, if we place our small patch of 470 square miles of anthracite coal besides the 200,000 square miles of our bituminous districts. How will the products of these fields compare in the future ? I leave this for the consideration of my readers. 512 Journal o f M ining, M anufactures, and A rt. LAKE SUPERIOR COPPER MINES, The following table shows the quantity and value of copper shipped from the mining region of Lake Superior, from the commencement of operations in 1845 to January 1,1858 :— Mr. Whitney, in his “ Metallic Wealth of the United States,” estimated that, to the close o f 1854, there had been received in ingot copper, in tons of 2,000 lbs.................................................................* .................... tons Rough copper shipped from 1855 to 1857, inclusive— Districts. Ontonagon................................tons Portage L ake................................. Keweenaw Point............................ 1855. 1,984 315 2,245 1856. 1857. 2,767 462 2,128 3,190 704 2,200 4,544 5,357 6,094 Total.................................... A dd product of November and December, 1857, raised but not shipped, estimated......................................................................... Total. 7,642 Total. 7,941 1,481 6,573 15,995 888 16,883 Equal, when smelted, at 67 per cent, to, 11,312 Total product from 1845 to 1857, inclusive............................ 18,954 Valued, at $500 per ton, at........................................................ $9,477,000 THE NEW METHOD OF OBTAINING SILK. It appears from the Indian journals that some slight notice has been taken of an Italian discovery, already practically and extensively carried out in Prance and Syria, for obtaining silk, at a most moderate cost, direct from the bark of the mulberry tree, and for converting the residue, after the silk has been extracted, into a pulp, suited better than most materials for the manufacture of paper. This process has been secured by patent in England and France, and by an Im perial firman in Turkey ; and it is said that steps are about to be adopted for taking advantage of an extension of the patent laws in India to secure the right of the process to the discoverers, and to work it in that country. In Bengal alone millions of mulberry plants, which would yield tons of silk and of pulp, are now next to thrown away—that is, employed as fire wood, for no other use has hitherto been found for them. There is nothing peculiar in the bark of the mulberry tree. It is the chemical process in the stomach of the silk worm, and the subsequent fine spinning, that makes the silk—given these, silk may be pro duced from any fiber that can be got of sufficient strength. Some fibers are better than others, but of these the best is not that obtained from the bark of the mulberry tree. A t present the silkworm is the most experienced chemist, and the cheapest dresser and spinner of fine numbers, yet occupied in the manu facture and spinning of silk from fiber, which it finds readiest of the right quality in the leaf of the mulberry tree. MANUFACTURE OF V E L V E T S . B . S iiiers , Jr., lias obtained a patent in England for the manufacture of silk velvets after the manner of those which are now manufactured of cotton, by em ploying silk threads for the wrap and weft, so combined, adapted, and attached to each other as to gain the required surface, heretofore produced by forming loops with the wrap. Statistics o f A gricu ltu re , etc. 513 STATISTICS OF AGRICULTURE, &c. WHEAT CROP. The New York Courier and Enquirer remarks, in relation to the wheat crop, that, in the several States, it may be considered as harvested, and partially ready for market. We can, therefore, give the following returns with some degree of certainty :— N ew Y ore .—The crop is under the last year’s about fifteen per cent, but the quality is much ! etter. P ennsylvania .—The crop is fully an average one, but ten per cent less than last year per acre. M aryland .— The crop is an average one, but less per acre, and better in quality, than last year. V irg in ia .— The wheat crop in this State is twenty per cent less than last year, for the amount of ground in cultivation, and the quality not much superior. N orth C arolina .—The crop in this State is probably nearer to a total fail ure than in any other—the yield being fully fifty per cent less than last year, and poor in quality. K entucky .—The crop is above the average, but less than last year; the qual ity is, however, unsurpassed. T ennessee.—The crop is a good one, but under the average in the yield per acre. The quality is good. M issouri.—The amount of the wheat crop in this State is not fully known, but it will generally compare well per acre with the other Western States. O hio .—The yield of wheat per acre is fully twenty per cent less than last year, but from the increase of land in cultivation the decrease from an average crop will not much exceed ten per cent. I owa .—The accounts from the center of the State, in regard to the wheat crop, are very gloomy. The crop will hardly average ten bushels to the acre. Oats are generally a failure. I llinois .— Iu Southern Illinois the yield of wheat is about a fair average, rather under than over. The winter wheat has been generally successful, and spring wheat the reverse. In other parts of the State the yield will not be over half the usual crop. I ndiana .— I n Indiana the yield of wheat has been from one-half to two-thirds of the average crop. M innesota .—The yield of wheat in this State is of better quality than usual, and in quantity nearly two-thirds the usual crop. M ichigan .—The yield of wheat in Michigan is over two-thirds an average crop, and generally of good quality. W isconsin.— The crop of wheat is up to the average, the greater extent in cultivation compensating for any deficiency in the yield per acre. The upward tendency in wheat, promising good prices, and the present fair prices, will, we think, make the receipts at tide-water this year nearly equal to those of last year. The quality of last year’s wheat is such that an attempt to store it longer will be ruinous. We have reason, therefore, for believing that the movement of the crop to the seaboard will be active for the rest of the year. AMERI CAN CHAMPAGNE. The manufacture of champagne wine in the United States is no longer an experiment; it is an established fact. The ingredients in use, for the production of champagne in this country, are the same as are employed in France and Gervol. x x x ix .— n o . iy . 33 514 Statistics o f A gricu ltu re , etc. many. The French champagne, which originally obtained such great celebrity throughout the world, was manufactured from the common pear, and that species of fruit was for many years in such request, that it ultimately became almost extinct, so that the producers of that delicious and elegant wine were compelled to seek for some other fruit which was produced in greater abundance. It is be lieved that the first champagne made from the w'hitewine was made in Germany; in fact, much of the best champagne offered in the market of the United States is the produce of the German vinyards. All the champagne wines now in use are manufactured from the white wine, and the greater part of it is from the white wine of the German States. Of late years, the vinyards of France have not been so productive as formerly, and the result has been, that much less of the rich wines have been manufactured into champagne than heretofore. But as all the mystery, which has for so many years been allowed to surround the manufacture of this favorite beverage, has been revealed and exploded by French men themselves, there is no reason why as good champagne should not be produced in this country as in France or Germany. The same wine used by them is im ported into the United States in vast quantities, and the same men who have served their long and faithful apprenticeships in the French and German wine factories, and bottling establishments, have been brought to this country, so that the material in all its details is here. There is a great deal of very poor French champagne that finds its way into our markets; much of it is highly charged with sulphur and other obnoxious ingredients, used for the purpose of driving the carbonic acid gas into the head, and will thus create a sudden delirium or dis order of the intellect, and not uufrequently will produce mania a potu. Alum is also introduced into the wine in the incipient stages of its manufacture, and is injurious in its efiects upon the system. These practices, however, are only re sorted to by those who produce the poorest quality of American champagne, and their poisonous liquids are easily detected. The higher and more respectable order of manufacturers repudiate those dishonorable means to palm upon the pub lic such baneful beverages. Good American champagne is equal to the French commodity, and there is no necessity for counterfeiting French labels, corks, bottles, foil, or any other branch of the business. WINE-MAKING IN TEXAS. The progress of wine-making near Breuham, in Texas, is thus described in a letter to the New Orleans Picayune:— We have been engaged during the last month in making wine from the Mus tang grape, under the direction of a French gentleman, M. Gerard. But for the scant supply of labor available for the purpose this season, and so much of other work to do, we could easily have made one hundred barrels of rich wine, without going over five miles in any direction to gather grapes. As it is, we have had to content ourselves with less than half the quantity. Of the process of wine making, I will treat at some future time. I am fully satisfied that Texas pos sesses in this grape an inexhaustible source of wealth. The wine is a rich, acid, red wine, stronger in alcohol than any other natural wine, it is positively as serted. What we have made is the pure juice of the grape, without the addition of one grain of sugar or drop of spirits of any kind. Some small experiments, it is true, were tried in that way, but which resulted in every instance in injury to the wine. Statistics o f A gricu ltu re, etc. 515 AGRICULTURE IN FRANCE. The Moniteur contains a long report to the Emperor from the Minister of Agriculture and Commerce on the labors of the Cantonal Commissions of Sta tistics :— The document begins by stating that a decree of the 1st of July, 1852, or dered the establishment, in each of the 2,846 cantons of the empire, of a com mission charged to obtain annual statistical returns of the most important agri cultural facts, such as the quantity of land cultivated, the yield of the various crops, &c., and every ten years to group the statistics, so as to show the aspect, the state of agriculture, and the economic situation of the agricultural classes. It then makes some remarks on the importance of such information, and observes that to obtain it requires great practical knowledge, activity, patience, and per severance. After mentioning, as a proof of that importance, that both Charle magne and William the Conqueror caused similar intelligence to be collected, and after glancing at what was done to procure it in Prance from the time of Louis X IV . down to that of the first empire, the report goes on to describe the manner in which agricultural statistics are obtained in Belgium, Prussia, most of the German States, the Scandinavian countries, Italy, and the United States; and it expresses great surprise that England, from the hostility of her farmers, should be one of the three countries in Europe, the other two being Portugal and Turkey, which have no regular system of agricultural statistics; a circum stance the more extraordinary, as in both Ireland and Scotland statistics are carefully attended to. The report, after enumerating the advantages of agricul tural statistics, (the most important of which is that, in case of an insufficient harvest, commerce is enabled to procure supplies of foreign grain before an ex cessive rise in prices takes place,) remarks that in France statistics are more difficult to obtain than in any other country in Europe, inasmuch as the agricul tural populations, thinking that the object of them is to impose new taxes, are reluctant to give information ; as, from not keeping correct accounts, they are not able to state with precision the quantity of land cultivated, nor that of grain sown, nor the expense of cultivation, nor the yield obtained ; as in France there are not fewer than 42,000,000 hectares (the hectare is two-and-a-half acres) of lands under cultivation, which are divided into 130,000.000 holdings, possessed or occupied by at least 7,000,000 heads of families; as France, possessing great variations of climate, produces not only wheat and other grain, but vines, silk, textile plants, &c.; and, lastly, as the technical language of agriculture is not the same in all provinces. To overcome these difficulties requires, says the re port, great energy and perseverance, and great care in the choice of the cantonal commissions. It then describes how the statistics are obtained. A series of questions are sent every year from the Ministry of Agriculture to the commis sions, and are transmitted by them to sub-commissions in every commune. These questions are sent back to the commissions answered in the latter part of Octo ber ; that is, when all the crop3 are got in. The commissions carefully verify the truth of the answers given, and send in a general return for the whole can ton to the sub-prefect of the arrondissement, who also causes it to be examined. The sub prefect, in his turn, sends in tables for his arrondissement to the prefect of the department, and the prefect has them examined by a central commission, and by the Chamber of Agriculture; after which they are forwarded to the Ministry of Agriculture, where their principal points are summed up and class ified ; but, previous to this, the Ministry, in the first fortnight of October, re ceives from the presidents of commissions general details, which enable it to esti mate the state of the harvests. The report concludes by stating that the com missions are now beginning to work well, and that the prejudices of the fanners against giving returns are beginning to wear away; and it recommends to the Emperor a long list of members of the commissions in all of the departments o f the empire as deserving of medals or “ honorable mentions” for their services. The official journal declares that the Emperor approves the report, and the grant of recompenses recommended. 516 Statistics o f A gricu ltu re, etc. NEW INSPECTION OF CHICAGO SPRING WHEAT, The following, which we find in the Chicago papers, may be of interest to many of our readers :— To prevent any misunderstanding on the part of our readers and the public, we give below the designation of the various grades into which Chicago spring wheat will be inspected in this market after the 15th of June, 1858 :—Chicago club wheat, No. 1 spring wheat, No. 2 spring wheat, rejected spring wheat. The “ Chicago club wheat ” grade is intended to comprise a very superior quality of spring wheat which comes to this market, of the kind known as “ club,” or equal to it in every respect. It must be entirely free of dirt, oats, or other substances—have a plump, sound berry, and be perfectly sound. “ No. 1 spring wheat” will represent the lower qualities of that which is at present classed as “ extra.” It must be perfectly free of dirt, screenings, and other substances, and be sound and dry. This grade will, in all probability, be our standard wheat. “ No. 2 spring wheat” will represent our common spring wheat, sound and dry, but mixed with dust, or other substau&s. All good wheat coming to this market in a dirty condition will be inspected into this grade. “ Rejected spring wheat ” will represent all wheat coming to this market in an unsound or damaged condition, whether it be dirty or clean. VALUE OF HORSES, It is estimated that there are 50,000 horses in the State of Massachusetts, 221.000 in the New England States, and 4,500,000 in the United States. Ohio stands foremost in the number of horses, New York next, Pennsylvania next, Kentucky next, and Minnesota last of all. Estimating the horses of Massachu setts at §75 per head, their value will be §3,750,000 ; and all the horses in the United States, at the same rate, would make a value of §337,500,000, or more than three times the whole cotton and woolen manufacturing capital of the O'nion. The horse interest is a most important one to the wealth and prosperity of the States. HOP CROP IN NEW YORK. The Cooperstown Journal, after remarking upon the effects of blight and wind storms, states :— VVe have seen a great many yards, located in this and two or three of the ad joining counties, within the past week, and have reliable information from gen tlemen of experience in hop growing, who have traversed nearly the entire hop districts—and from such sources of information, have no hesitation in saying that the growing crop does not promise to exceed one-half the ordinary average. As soon as this state of things became known, the dealers advanced their rates, and have purchased all the old hops they could ; they have also made contracts, to a considerable extent, for the new crop. Prices are very unsettled just at present, and it would be difficult to give proper quotations. Growers, who have not already contracted, would now prefer to take the risks of the market, and dealers will not be in haste to sell, except at large advances. Most of the old hops in the country are held by regular dealers and specula tors ; a fair proportion is still in the hands of the more wealthy class of growers ; some of the brewers hold as many as they may wish to use, with new hops, in the manufacture of beer. A large class of small brewers, however, are without any hops. The news from England, received at this place during the past week, is to the effect that the crop there has been considerably damaged by high winds ; the crop on the continent will be a short one; and, therefore, no export to this coun try will probably take place. Statistics o f P opulation, etc. 517 A material increase in the brewing business is reasonably anticipated, com pared with last year ; and from present appearances the hops of 1857 and 1858 will all be needed. For three or four years past the brewers have had everything their own way, in regard to hops, and the growers have not been fairly remuner ated. This year, if the brewers do not have to pay over fifteen to twenty cents, they may consider themselves well off. They may rely upon it, the quantity of prime, No. 1 hops brought to market this year will be comparatively small. STATISTICS OF POPULATION, &c. EMIGRATION FROM STATE TO STATE. According to the returns of the last United States census, remarks the Boston Post, there are more natives of the Southern States residing in the Xorth, in proportion to Southern population, than of the Northerners who live in the South. In Maine there are to be found 3,092 persons who were Southerners by birth ; whereas in Mississippi there are but 2,566 natives of the Northern States. The smallness of the number of New Englanders in the South is quite re markable ; and we think that the largeness of the number of the natives of the South to be found in New England will quite astonish those who have not ex amined the subject. For example, there are 271 natives of Virginia residing in Maine, and only 94 natives of -Maine residing in Virginia. The w'hole number of natives of New England residing in Mississippi is 125, while there are 1,023 natives of Mississippi residing in New England. These are examples of the state of things on a wide scale. In looking over all the free States, we find that Massachusetts has 8,752 natives of the South, while New York has about 20,000. Other Northern States that have large numbers of Southern born inhabitants are Pennsylvania, Ohio, Illinois, and Indiana. A few facts will further show that Southern men emigrate much from one State to another in their own section. Of the inhabitants of Virginia, 10,000 were natives of North Carolina; as many of Alabama ; 46,000 of Tennessee, and 54,000 of Kentucky. To people North Carolina, there came 37,000 from Georgia, 28,000 from Alabama, 72,000 from Tennessee, and 14,000 from Ken tucky. As a general law, the emigration flows westward from State to State, on the parallels of latitude. For example, emigrants from New England find their homes in New York, Ohio, Michigan, Wisconsin, Illinois, and Iowa, while the Georgian seeks an adopted home in Alabama, Mississippi, Louisiana, or Texas ; and yet we find many exceptions to this law. It was, perhaps, owing, in part, to this general tendency of emigration in this country that it flowed rather more naturally into Kansas from the free than from the slave States. Emigration has flowed very rapidly from the seaboard slave States to the Western and Southwestern. Two or three facts will indicate the vast extent of it. From South Carolina alone, 186,479 native white Carolinians have been distributed through the West and Southwest. The population of Texas in 1850, was but 51,641 ; now, it is about 600,000, and mainly the result of emigration from States to the eastward of it. Foreigners, particularly Germans, have set tled more in Texas than perhaps in any other Southern State. Germans began to settle in Texas as early as 1843, being invited there by Texas land speculators. 518 iStatistics o f P opulation, etc. In 1845, 2,000 families, embracing 5,200 Germans, had been induced to cross the sea, by promises of great advantage, to enter a State that was that year annexed to the United States, an event which was followed by a war with Mexico. Within a few years there has been a considerable emigration from the free States to Virginia, Kentucky, Missouri and other slave States, with a view of introducing free labor for agricultural and other purposes. Thus slave labor has gradually pressed further South. Such processes may have something to do in promoting a general system of emancipation in the northern slave States. POPULATION OF CANARY ISLANDS. The Canary Islands are thirteen in number, the most eastern of which is only one hundred and fifty miles from the coast of Africa. Six are quite inconsider able in size, being accumulations of rocks rather than inhabited or inhabitable islands, whose names are Gracissa, Rocea, Allegranza, Santa Clara, Inferno, and Lobos. The size and population of the seven largest islands have been given as follows:— Square miles. Population, Teneriffe...................................................... 219 10,000 Forteventura............................................... 184 9,000 Grand Canary............................................ 180 50,000 P alm a.......................................................... 81 22,600 Bancerotta............................................ 78 10,000 G om era........................................................ 42 7,400 Ferro............................................................. 21 5,000 Total..................................................... 810 Population to squaro mile. 958 142 833 837 384 528 714 174,900 644 This estimate of the population was given some years since, from which time it has not probably increased but a trifle. Some, however, give the whole group of islands above 3,000 square miles. CITY POPULATION AND VALUATION, 8LAVE CITIES. FREE CITIES. In h a b ita n ts. In h a b ita n ts. V a lu a tio n . 500,000 165,000 225^000 55,000 210,000 112,000 75,000 20,391 $511,740,492 300,000,000 249,162,600 96,800,440 58,064,400 88,810,734 171,000,000 45,474,476 27,047,000 Baltim ore......... New Orleans.. . Total....... . . 2,083,000 $1,547,100,153 Total.......... New Y o r k .. . Philadelphia.. . . Brooklyn........ . Providence.... Cincinnati . . . Chicago......... . New Bedford. . V a lu a tio n . 250,000 .$102,053,139 175,000 91,000,000 225,000 95,800,440 Charleston, S. C. 65,000 86,127,751 Louisville........ 67,000 31,500,000 Richmond, Va... 34,612 20,143,520 Norfolk, V a ___ 17,000 12,000,000 25.000 12,000,000 Wilmingt’n, N. C. 10.000 7,550,000 787,000 $375,862,320 The slaves are included at so much per head in the average, in personal pro perty. Boston is the richest city in the United States according to population— equal to one-twentieth of the value of the whole Union. Chicago stands next. The wealth, jper capita, in the free States, is as $754 to $477 in the slave States. Another table presents the following returns :— In sixteen free States......................... In fifteen slave States....................... Property. § 4 ,102 , 1.72,108 2,986,090,787 Revenue. $18,725,211 8,232,715 Expenditures. §17,076,738 7,249,933 The area of the free States in 1857, was 612,597 square miles, with a popula 519 M ercantile M iscellanies. tion of almost twenty-two to the square mile. That of the fifteen slave States 351,448 square miles, with a population of a little over eleven to the square mile. White population of the free States in 1850,13,233,670 ; white popula tion in slave States, 6,184,477. I MMI GRATI ON. The number of arrivals in the United States from 1790 have been as follows :— Number. 1790 1810 1820 1830 1840 1850 to to to to to to 1810.................................... 1820.................................... 1880.................................... 1840.................................... 1850.................................... 1858..................................... Per annum. 12,000 11,400 20,397 77,850 154,285 377,494 Total im m igration.................... It will be seen that more emigrants arrived during the last eight years than during the whole of the sixty preceding years. MERCANTILE MISCELLANIES. MONEY OF THE ANCIENTS. Before the invasion of Julius Cmsar, the natives of England had tin plates, iron plates, and rings, which were money, and their only money. On the authority of Seneca, a curious account is given of a period when leather, appropriately stamped to give it a certain legal character, was the only current money. A t a comparatively recent date in the annals of Europe, Fredich the second, who died in 1250, at the siege of Milan, actually paid his troops with leather money. Nearly the same circumstance occurred in England during the great wars of the barons. In the course of 1350, King John, for the ransom of his royal person, promised to pay Edward the Third, of England, 3,000,000 of gold crowns. In order to fulfill the obligation, he was reduced to the mortifying necessity of pay ing the expenses of the palace in leather money, in the center of each piece there being a little, bright point of silver. In that reign is found the origin of the travestied honor of boyhood, called— conferring a leather medal. The imposing ceremonies accompauing a presentation, gave full force, dignity, and value to a leather jewel, which noblemen were probably proud and gratified to receive at the hand of majesty. So late as 1574, there was an immense issue of money in Holland stamped on small sheets of paste-board. But further back in the vista of years, Numa Pompilius, the second king of Rome, who reigned 672 years before the Christian era, made money out of wood as well as leather ; a knowledge of which might have influenced King John in the bold project of substituting the tanned hide of an animal for gold and silver, well known to his subjects to be exceedingly precious. Both gold and silver appear to have been in extensive circulation in Egypt, soon after their potency was understood in Asia. From thence they were in troduced into Carthage and Greece ; and finally, traveling further and further in 520 M ercantile M iscellanies. a westerly direction, the city of Rome discovered the importance of legalizing their circulation. Weight having alwajs been of the first importance in early times, the shape of money appears to have been regarded with perfect indifference for a series of ages. When the bits and portions of metal received as precious, were extensively circulated, it is quite probable that each possessor shaped them to suit his own conception, as practiced to some extent at this time in remote places in the East Indies. The payer away cuts off parts with shears, till he obtains, by exact weight, the stipulated amount. It was thus that men traveled with the evidence of their possessions in a sack. But great inconvenience must have resulted from this often tedious process; and as nations advanced in civilization and the economic arts, a certain mark or impression on certain sized pieces were acknowleged to be the sign of a certain weight. This facilitated negotiations, and afterwards led to further improvements, both in the shape, weight, and beauty of the external devices. By and by, the profile of the king, the date of the coin age, and the record of important events, gave still more completeness and char acter to the circulating article of exchange. THE PAYMENT OF DEBTS, The Chicago Commercial Express remarks:— “ Among the compensating blessings of hard times, one of the greatest is, that it compels men, who other wise would never stop, to cease running into debt. The recklessness with which the mass of men, in this country, plunge into debt, is only equaled by the deplorable laxity of morals which exists in the community regarding the obliga tions imposed by it. Of all the minor evils which curse society, there is none more productive of mischief than the procrastination and inveterate reluctance to pay of those who design to be moderately just—honest only when it advances their selfish aims. Thousands of men who roll in luxury, and deny themselves hardly a pleasure which money can buy, resort to the meanest and most pitiful shifts to evade the discharge of their petty debts; and only pay at the last extremity when their property is about to be wrested by the strong grasp of the law, and pretexts can no longer avail. Hundreds of others, who acknowledge that a debt is a moral lien on all their goods and estates, yet concealing their knavery under cover of shallow sophistry touching the duty which every man owes to his family, place their property beyond their creditors’ reach, and practically assert that a debt is an obligation to pay when it is most convienent, or is absolutely inevitable. But he who pleads the wants of his family as an excuse for withholding pay ment of his honest dues, is just as truly and irretrievably a knave, as he who forcibly seizes possession of an eligible house, and lives rent-free for years. “ No matter how great sacrifices may be required by a compliance with the letter of his obligations; not only would nine-tenths of the losses that now result from commercial revulsions, bankruptcy, and extravagance, be avoided, if every man would make it a part of his acknowledged code of honor to pay every debt at the precise time agreed, but he would be doubly rewarded in the increased consideration, respect, and credit, to which such conscientiousness and integrity would entitle him. The poorest punctual man, whose word may be relied on, is with justice held in better credit than a long-winded, procrastinating Croesus. M ercantile M iscellanies. 521 In fact, a young man who enters into business with a determination, from which he never swerves, to discharge every liability at the exact day and hour, will in ninety-nine cases out of a hundred, have acquired an independence at thirty, even if he has amassed nothing but a reputation for promptness and integrity. NAVIGATION OF THE P O U R SEA, A t a session of the American Association for the Advancement of Science, in Baltimore, in June last, Dr. Isaac I. Hayes, Surgeon of Dr. Kane’s last Arctic exploring party, read a paper upon the propriety of continuing the explorations. He thought that the northern limit of land, with the exception of Greenland and Grinnell, had been definitely determined, and doubted the Russian theory that a large continent lies north of Asia. Four attempts at exploration with sledges have been made by the Russians in 1810 and 1822, to look for the Northern continent; by Perry, in 1827, to reach the north pole, and by Dr. Kane, in 1854, to find an open polar sea. The highest latitude was attained by William Morton and an Esquimaux attached to Dr. Kane’s expedition, who found a channel of open water between 80° 25' and 81° 30', and from an eleva tion of 300 feet at the latter point looked upon miles of solid ice. The fact of water within the icy limit is thus established, but not decisively a polar sea. There are other evidences, however, of such a sea. Morton found many aquatic birds which get their food from the sea. An open sea would have a milder temperature than the icy limit, but the isothermal currents fix the point of greatest cold several degrees below the pole. The traditions of the Esquimaux make the north their place of origin, and the remains of colonies are found be tween 77° and 81°. As we advance southward this race deteriorates, and if they ever inhabited land north of Smith’s Straits, there is open water there, for the Esquimaux get their living from the sea. Again, the summer winds from the north, in that latitude, are often warm, and mist clouds are often seen in the northern horizon. The fact of a deep sea current towards the north is also established, in various ways. Facts seem to combine to show the existence of a force or agency, constantly operating to keep the waters of the Polar Sea above the freezing point, which, aided by the wind and other causes, keeps it con stantly open. The most practicable route to be followed to reach this sea, in the opinion of Dr. Hayes, is through Davis’ Strait, Baffin’s Bay, Smith’s Strait, and Kennedy’s Channel. He saw no insurmountable obstacle to the successful exploration of this sea, and urged the attention of the association to the subject. The experi ence of previous expeditions will conduce to its success. A vessel of 100 tons, manned with twelve men, and provisions for two and-a-half years, with perhaps a small steam tender, would be sufficient equipment. The expedition should leave America early in April, should stop at the Danish trading posts in Green land to secure supplies; should pass the winter at some harbor in Grinnell Land if possible, probably near the parallel of 80°. Early in the following spring the shores of Grinnell Land should be stored with provisions as far north as 82°. A boat’s crew should start iu April, and would probably meet open water by the middle of June. Dr. Hayes explained the advantages to science to be derived from the success of such an expedition, and announced that he is now endeavor ing to organize one. 11c said that while our flag is carried to the remote heights 522 M ercantile M iscellanies. of the Rocky Mountains, the Andes, and the Cordilleras, we should not forget that it now floats upon the northernmost point of land yet discovered, and de mands further investigation in the same direction. THE PACIFIC OCEAN. A California paper remarks that it is astonishing how little is absolutely known about the navigation of the Pacific Ocean as compared with that of the Atlantic. Every little while we receive news of the discoveries of islands having been made, that are not laid down in any chart. The ship Frigate Bird, arrived from Hong Kong, July 4th, reports having fallen in with a group of rocky islets, not laid down on the charts. The report says :—“ Went north as far as latitude 45° 17'; June 3d., at 4 P. M., made a group of rocks bearing south, distant six miles, sea breaking very high around them ; some of them were even with the surface, and some forty or fifty feet high; they appeared to extend east and west about a mile; they lay in latitude 31° 50' N., longitude 140° E., and are not down on my chart; after running E. N. E. thirty miles, made South Islands, bearing N. N. W.. distant thirty-five miles, which made these rocks bearing from South Is lands S. by W. half W., distant seventy miles.” It will also be remembered that guano islands of considerable extent were discovered little more than a year ago to the northwest of the Sandwich Islands. PINS AND NEEDLES. The manufacture of the indispensable little pin was commenced in the United States between 1812 and 1820, since which time the business has extended greatly, and several patents for the manufacture of pins have been taken out. The manu facture in England and other parts of Europe is conducted upon improvements made here. Notwithstanding the extent of our own production, the United States imported in 1856 pins to the value of $40,255, while in the same year there were imported into this country needles to the amount of $246,060. Needles were first made in England in the time of “ bloody Mary,” by a negro from Spain, but as he would not impart his secret, it was lost at his death, and not recovered again until 1566, in the reign of Queen Elizabeth, when a German taught the art to the English, who have since brought it to the greatest perfection. The construction of a needle requires about one hundred and twenty operations, but they are rapidly and uninterruptedly successive. PUSSY ON SHIPBOARD . Two years and a half ago one of our citizens, to oblige a friend, the captain of a ship about to sail for the East Indies, gave him a cat for the purpose of keeping the vermin on board in proper subjection. Pussy, during the intervening time, voyaged to Calcutta, thence to Liverpool, back to Bombky, thence to Charleston, South Carolina, and finally to Boston. A few days after the arrival of the ship at this port, the former owners of the cat were sitting at breakfast, when in walked tabby, the same as if she had never been away from home, and after a general review of the premises she came and jumped on the knee of the master of the household, as had been her wont in old times. The story is a curious evidence of attachment to locality in the animal, and a singular proof of its retention of memory. M ercantile M iscellanies. 523 VALUE OF SLAVE LABOR. The value of slave labor in the South— particularly upon the sugar planta tions of Louisiana—is well illustrated in a recent article in the New Orleans Picayune. That journal gives some interesting statistics concerning the Parish of St. Mary’s, in Louisiana, which show not only an extraordinary productive ness of soil, but perhaps a larger net return from the labor of slaves than can be found in any other portion o'f the Southern country. The Parish of St. Mary’s is situated in the swamp district of Louisiana, immediately upon the gulf coast. To enable our agricultural friends to make a comparison of the value of slave labor in Louisiana and Virginia, we subjoin the interesting figures of the Pica yune The population of St. Mary’s, by these assessment rolls, consists of 4,021 whites of all ages and sexes, and 12,019 slaves. We do not see the number of free negroes stated, but by the census, five years ago, they numbered 585. The slave property is assessed at $>6,433,250, averaging $535 25 as the value of each slave, and about $1,600 a head of slave property for every white man, woman, and child in the parish. The total assessed valuation of all the taxable property in the parish is $13,978,169, or within a trifle of $3,500 a head for every white inhabitant. The number of plantations in the parish is 171, and the number of acres cul tivated and in swamp lands is 279,547, of which the assessed value is $5,948,100. It is difficult to state from this with accuracy the average value of the culti vated land, which is returned at 59.326 acres. The estimate in the register takes $5 per acre as the value of the swamp lands, and deducts from the aggregate the estimated value of the town lots and buildings in the towns at $610,000. The average deduced from all the circumstances is, that the cultivated land in St. Mary’s is to be valued at $65 62 per acre—an estimate which the writer himself is startled with, but he can only amend it by estimating some of the uncultivated land at more than $5 an acre, or in supposing the number of cultivated acres understated. The figures will bear no other alteration, and they show, at all events, an extraordinary state of prosperity. The products of these 171 plantations for the year ending with the crops of 1857, are estimated by the prices furnished in New Orleans, viz., sugar at $55 net per hogshead, molasses at 6£ net, corn at 70 cents, and cotton at $40 per bale, although only forty bales were raised in the parish. The total value of the products raised, viz., 31,915 hogsheads of sugar, 41,309 barrels of molasses, 401,600 bushels of corn, and smaller products, is put down at $2,316,553 50. The average production is, therefore, $39 and a small frac tion per acre of the cultivated iands. Taking the excess of 2,019 over 10,000, as the estimate of slaves employed other than in agriculture, the production of every slave on the plantation—men, women, and children— exceeded $231 a head ; and if we take only the working hands, must be nearly $500 a head. The product of every white person, of every age and sex, averaged $576 a head. The plantations being 171, the average of each plantation was $13,547 09. These are the gross receipts. The following are the estimates made of the net income. The molasses on plantations is estimated as paying current expenses, and the other products, excepting sugar, as consumed on the place. The sugar, therefore, is net profit. This amounted to $1,755,325. Each slave, therefore, netted his master $175 a year, or nearly 33 per cent on his assessed value. The summing up is as follows :—The 171 plantations have an average value each of $72,188, an average net income of $10,265. There are 970 voters in the parish, and it follows that if it were equally divided among the white popula tion. each would receive $3,407 82 ; if shared among the 970 voters, each would receive $14,410 48 ; if shared among the whole population, including whites, negroes, and Indians, there would be for each $839 88. The total number of slaves being 12,019, there are three to each white in the parish, over twelve to each voter, and over seventy to each plantation. 524 M ercantile M iscellanies. ORIGIN OF B R A N D Y . Brandy began to be distilled in France about the year 1313, but it was pre pared only as a medicine, and was considered as possessing such marvellous strengthening and sanitary powers that the physicians named it “ the water of life,” (I'eau de vie.) a name it still retains, though now rendered, by excessive potations, one of life’s most powerful and prevalent destroyers. Raymond Lully, a disciple of Arnold de Villa Nova, considered this admirable essence of wine to be an emanation from the Divinity, and that it was intended to re-animate and prolong the life of man. lie even thought that this discovery indicated that the time had arrived for the consummation of all things—the end of the world. Be fore the means of determining the true quantity of alcohol in spirits were known, the dealers were in the habit of employing a very rude method of forming a no tion of the strength. A given quantity of the spirits was poured upon a quantity of gunpowder in a dish, and set on fire. If at the end of the aornbustion the gunpowder continued dry enough it exploded, but if it had been wetted by the water in the spirits, the flame of the alcohol went out without setting the powder on fire. This was called the proof. Spirits which kindled gunpowder were said to be above proof. From the origin of the term “ proof,” it is obvious that its meaning must at first have been very indefinite. It could serve only to point out those spirits which are too weak to kindle gunpowder, but could not give any information respecting the relative strength of those spirits which were above proof. Even the strength of proof was not fixed, because it was influenced by the quantity of spirits employed—a small quantity of weaker spirit might be made to kindle gun powder, while a greater quantity of a stronger might fail. Clarke, in his hydro meter, which was invented about the year 1730, fixed the strength of proof spirits on the stem at the specific gravity of 0.920, at the temperature of 60D. This is the strength at which proof spirits is fixed in Great Britain by act of Parliament, and at this strength it is no more than a mixture of 49 pounds of pure alcohol with 51 pounds of water. Brandy, rum, gin, and whisky, contain similar pro portions. SHALL WE GIVE OR ASK CREDIT? It is convenient, and under the existing condition of the commercial world, it is not far from necessary. That it might be different by “ mutual consent,” is a question to be decided. Who would it build up, who would it pull down ? Farmer G. of our acquaintance owned a fine farm of two hundred acres. He was an enter-prising, go-ahead farmer, and a proud one. He was fond of ” creating sensations” among his neighbors—wanted to be looked up to—was happiest when surrounded by a half score of well-fed men, ready to do his bidding as their employer. Farmer G. could do up farm labor on a large scale, but could not descend to details. His teams could “ put in ” large fields of grain, and do it after the stereotyped manner of his ancestors. His “ force ” could harvest those fields in autumn, and garner the sheaves. His manure heaps were made to cover his soil without any regard to adaptation, the main object being to “ get it out.” If the crop was “ short ” he was “ out of pocket,” and charged it to the weather; never to the soil, or its culture. Had the soil, on which he depended to pay his bills and help, neither of which were small in the aggregate, been never-failing in fertility, he might have survived all other relapses. He gave and received credit. In both he was indiscreet and unwise. Why? He credited his soil with too much ability to pay his demand upon it. He a.-ked credit largely because he credited in this manner. He based his supposed ability to pay upon the sup posed ability of his soil to pay, or rather give, him its wealth undiminished. He asked accommodation and got it. He drew checks on his larm which were not paid, because no deposits had been made. Yet he was regarded prosperous. His note was good, and received when crops failed. How easy to glide down hill, unconscious of the rapidity with which we move ! The credit system is a hill well glazed with glittering ice. The sled we ride is our own good credit, finely shod. We are on it to coast. Here we are at the top—we start slowly, but the mo M ercantile M iscellanies. 525 mentum grows greater, and away we go. We are confident of our power to guide it, and regulate its speed. We grow more fearless, and soon find ourselves at the bottom—perhaps have approached ere we are aware a rock, or root, were thrown out, and the sled we rode smashed—irreparably broken. We have a new sled to build, our own bruses to recover from, and then clamber to the top of the hill ere we may ride again. Farmer G-. was at the top of the hill, had a good sled of his own building, and was in for a ride. He did ride—rode to the bottom—unobstructed was his ride, hence the more badly was his sled broken, and the worse were his bruises. “ I ’ve learned something I tell you." said he to us after he had sold half his farm to pay his debts, and mortgaged the other half for money to build with, (having no buildings on the half retained.) “ Now" said he, “ when I buy a thing I shall pay for it. No man can credit me with even a paper of needles. What I am not able to pay for I am able to do without.” He learned this lesson at fifty years of age. Ten years subsequent he had as much laud as he owned originally, paid for, and well stocked, beside being in much better culture than ever the old one was. Necessity stimulated effort, and “ the most was made of everything.” A t this writing, he is a hale, happy, hearty farmer of seventy years, and owes not a dollar. Ask him for advice, if you are a young man, he will answer briefly, “ go to work, and neither ask or give credit.” He does not practice strictly what he preaches about giving credit, but he gives less, yet sells more than his neighbors. RAISING SUNKEN VESSELS, Among the various devices for raising sunken vessels which have been brought forward lately, that involving the appl ication of lifting tanks, according to "the method adopted by Captain Bell, certainly possesses some unique features. The apparatus consists of two separate water and air tight tanks, with straight or square sides, each having on its outer side the form of an acute angle ; while the inner surface resembles an arch, which would best compare with a narrow breast-hook timber of a vessel. They are four feet six inches deep by five feet six inches wide, the whole length being fifty-seven feet, with forty-five feet from the span of the arch to the ends, and eighteen feet wide across the crotch. A bulkhead, also water and air tight, is placed through the crotch, dividing the tank into three separate chambers, with a valve under each to admit and let out the water. The valves are opened simultaneously by a lever attached to them all, and, by letting go the lever, are closed by the pressure of the water. The tanks are attached one to the bow, and the other to the stern of the sunken ves sel, each one receiving so much of the vessel within its arch. A sufficient weight is applied to submerge them when filled with water, and when made fast to a vessel or any sunken body, the water within them is expelled by the force of air on its surface, which is to be applied by means of a pump, and which then give to the tanks their lifting power. This arrangement is both ingenious and practi cable. TANNERIES. According to official statistics there are 6,263 tanneries in the United States, of which the South has about one-third. Pennsylvania alone has nearly one-sixth part of the whole number, or 1,039. The Southern States rank in the following order:—Tennessee has 394, "Virginia, 341; Kentucky, 275 ; North Carolina, 151; Alabama, 149; Missouri, 148 ; Georgia, 140 ; Maryland, 116 ; Mississippi, 92 ; South Carolina, 91 ; Arkansas, 51; and the other Southern States a less number each. The entire capital invested in all the tanneries in the land is $18,900,557, the number of skins in them being 2,658,065, and the number of sides of leather counting up 12,257,940. 526 T he B ooh Trade. THE BOOK TRADE. 1.— Abridgment of the Delates of Congress, from 1789 to 1856. By T homas H. B enton, author of “ Thirty Tears’ View.” Vol. Y III. 8vo., pp. 757. New York : D. Appleton & Co. The eighth volume of this noble work is now given to the press and the public, embracing the period from April, 1824, to the termination of the eighteenth Congress, March, 1826. It covers the period of John Quincy Adams’ admin istration, and many of its debates are of an important character, containing several of John Randolph’s most noted speeches, as well as Colonel Benton’s celebrated speech before the United States Senate on the appointment of re presentatives to the Diplomatic Congress at Panama, and many questions of international law regarding the position this country should assume with respect to other States and nations on this continent. The Diplomatic Congress at Panama, it will be remembered, was a call from the confederated republics of South America for a general assembly of the representatives of free American States to convene at Panama, having for its ostensible object the formation of a league which w’ould unite in a closer bond of union all the different republics, but in reality it was nothing more or less than a grand scheme of the liberator Bolivar to enlist the growing power of this country in the cause of Colombia and other South American States, in enabling them to make a more successful stand against their common enemy, old Spain. The question, involving as it did the neutrality laws of nations, at a time when party spirit was rampant, elicited in its cause the greatest minds of the nation, and the debate must always retain a permanent value from the ability which it developed, as well as the views of national policy which it opened. True, the questions that arise from the inter course of the United States with the Spanish American States present them selves at this day in a somewhat different light from the above period, circum stances having so greatly changed ; but, as some one has said, “ right views of the present come from knowledge and consideration of the past,” and hence they should have great weight in pointing out the true position of this country in its dealings with our South American neighbors. The statesmen who participated in these events, and who have established for themselves an undying fame, have now nearly all passed away, and there now remains but this record of the olden time, so big with the destinies of nations. 2.— American Biographical Series. Numbers 1, 2, and 3. Comprising the Lives of Captain John Smith, General Israel Putnam, and Benedict Arnold. By G eorge C anning H il l . Three volumes. 12mo., pp. 286, 270, 295. Boston: E. 0. Libby & Co. This new biographical series, which will comprise some ten volumes, lias been designed by the author to furnish the youth of our day with an attractive collec tion, embracing the lives of a few of the most heroic and manly characters who have made their deep and lasting mark upon the minds of the American people. It is by such simple narratives as these that the characters of those who have vividly impressed the times in which they lived, and shaped the mould of great events, are, perhaps, revealed by minute details and personal sketches far more clearly than by the more dignified and historic narrative, and so far the author has succeeded in presenting to the youthful vision fresh, living pictures, which must prove highly palatable to the taste of an intelligent boy, filled as they are with the spirit of heroic adventure, while, at the same time, they possess the additional charm of historical truth. A parent can scarcely do better than to put into the hands of his children such attractive biographies as these, and we congratulate both the author and the publishers upon the well-merited success with which they have been thus far received. T he B ooh Trade. 527 3. — History of Civilization in England. r By H enry T h o m a s B uckle. From the second London edition. To which is added an alphabetical index. Yol. I. 8vo., pp. 677. New York : D. Appleton & Co. The large field covered by political economy has for long occupied the best minds of every country ; but so varied are the opinions in regard to this specula tive science, without it be those great fundamental principles of morality of which all moral systems are composed—to do good to others, to love your neighbor as yourself, etc.— that with each successive generation, the opinions once popular in every nation, as to those laws which should govern mankind, are displaced by some new theory, and what at one period is denounced as a paradox, or heresy, at another we are found hugging to our bosoms as sound, sober truth, only, in its turn, to be replaced by some new novelty. Mr. Buckle, in dealing with his sub ject, the progressive civilization of old England, cannot be considered a treatise on political economy, although in an investigation of this kind there is much analogy, entering so largely as he does into the different elements and progress of society, including in his scope the whole world, and at different epochs, when every man was either a tyrant or slave, to that period when mankind began to be imbued with a sense of their own rights, and to receive the image and superscription of freedom, which remained for America to warm into life, by declaring to the world, in words that can never die, that the true ob ject for the institution of all governments should be to secure the rights of the people, and that from the people alone it derives its powers, and “ that whenever any form of government becomes destructive of these ends, it is the right of the people to alter or abolish it, and to institute a new government, laying its founda tions on such principles, and organizing its powers in such form, as to them shall seem most likely to effect their safety and happiness.” Mr. Buckle treats his sub ject in the most able manner, displaying a highly cultivated mind, and a close ness of reasoning deserving of the highest praise. Indeed, it is long since we have seen a work, judging from the first volume, which gives tokens of so much promise. It is an English book, but in its reprint here, loses none of those nice points in “ getting-up,” characteristic of English works, at the hands of those enterprising publishers, Messrs. D. Appleton & Co. 4. — The Two Sisters. By Mrs. E mma D. E. N. S outhworth, author of the “ Lost Heiress,” “ Missing Bride,” “ Wife’s Yietory,” “ Curse of Clifton,” etc. 12mo., pp. 497. Philadelphia: T. B. Peterson & Brother. Mrs. Southworth is one of the very few American women who have gained an individuality among our female fiction writers. We have had, and have now, many women of decided talent, but the number of those whose force of concep tion, knowledge of human nature, and powers of delineation fit them to grapple with works of this sort, is comparatively' few. She has now given to the public another of her entertaining stories in the “ Two Sisters,” which will be found full of live characters, warm and brilliant in invention, and abounding in that deep thought and rich pathos which lends a charm to all her pen-paintings, and is a work which all may read with profit. Messrs. T. B. Peterson & Brother have recently published a complete and uniform edition of all Mrs. Southworth’s works, which will be seut to anyTplace in the United States on application. 5. — Men and Things; or Short Essays on Various Subjects. By J ames L. B a k e r . 12mo., pp. 287. Boston : Crosby, Nichols & Co. The most of these essays originally appeared in a daily paper, but the notice which they attracted at the time has induced the author to give them a more permanent form than that afforded by the columns of a newspaper, and we have the neat volume before us. They embody much thought, showing the author to be a profound thinker, as well as a good common-sense reasoner, and many of the suggestions herein contained will be found eminently calculated to quicken the mind of the general reader, if not furnish a few texts from which profitable sermons may be preached. We see but one fault with them, and that is, we think, they7 are too brief, when we consider the importance of the various sub jects treated on, and the material they must afford to a thinking mind like that of Mr. Baker’s. 528 T he Booh Trade. 6. — T h e A g e ; a Colloquial Satire. “ Festus.” 12mo., pp. 208. By P hilip J ames B ailey , author of Boston: Ticknor & Field. W e have neither had the patience nor the time to wade through this satirical production of Mr. Bailey’s, and are, therefore, not well qualified to say much concerning it, more than that his shafts seem directed, pretty generally, at humanity, occupying nearly every estate of human life. But we opine Mr. Bailey has found it as hard to satirize well a man of distinguished vices, as to praise well a man of distinguished virtues. For instance, the critics, those lam pooners, of whom he says— “ Writers in whose narrow views All high is false, all low life only true ; Who own no taste as sound, nor purpose valid, But what concerns the vile, or paints the squalid; Profoundest sciolists, who proclaim with gravity, That human nature simply means depravity. Critics, whose lucubratious feast our eyes In journals of the most portentious size ; Who, ignorant of all but native graces, Like leopards lick and paw each other’s faces.” These are parlous words, Mr. Dissectors, and we advise you to take a back seat forthwith, tor he is evidently after you with a sharp quill. 7. — Shamah in Pursuit of Freedom; or, the Branded Hand. Translated from the original Showiah by an American citizen. 12mo., pp. 600. New York : Thatcher & Hutchinson. This narrative appears to be a series of letters by the chief of a tribe of Kabyles, who inhabit the high regions among the mountains of Algiers, addressed to his brother, while on a tour of travel and adventure in the United States. The translator says of this people, that morally and physically speaking, the Kabylesare among the noblest in the world, imbued as they are with a passionate love of liberty, which, though often assailed, has never yet been overthrown by any neighboring power ; and of Shamah himself, that he is a self-made man, opening rare and profound depths of thought, and sometimes even disturbing deep fountains of wisdom, with no other guide than the few books that come in his way to direct him. For ourselves, we can discover no such high attributes in the chevalier, more than a somewhat musical flow of language, mixed up with a great deal of unreal and high-wrought sentiment, which would go to proclaim Shamah rather a clever Lothario than a practical philosopher, who views things in the true light in which he finds them. 8.1—Courtship and Matrimony: with other Sketches from Scenes and Experi ences in Social Life, particularly adapted to Every-day Reading. By R obert M orris . 12mo., pp. 508. Philadelphia : T. B. Peterson & Brother. We have been most agreeably disappointed in our examination of this book, supposing, from its title, it to be one of the many ephemeral publications that have become so common on this and kindred subjects, whose wretched sophistry is fruitful of the most pernicious influences ; but, on the contrary, we find it as far from fraud as heaven is from earth, wrought in gold, breathing forth a spirit of clear, common sense, and presenting life in its purest and most practical aspects. It is in every respect a family book— one intended for every-day read ing—one which no family, especially those who have children growing up around them, should be without— and one which cannot be perused without inspiring more or less good feeling and sensible reflection in the minds of all who look into it.